1 /* PowerPC-specific support for 32-bit ELF 2 Copyright (C) 1994-2019 Free Software Foundation, Inc. 3 Written by Ian Lance Taylor, Cygnus Support. 4 5 This file is part of BFD, the Binary File Descriptor library. 6 7 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify 8 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by 9 the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or 10 (at your option) any later version. 11 12 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, 13 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of 14 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the 15 GNU General Public License for more details. 16 17 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License 18 along with this program; if not, write to the 19 Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, 20 Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. */ 21 22 23 /* This file is based on a preliminary PowerPC ELF ABI. The 24 information may not match the final PowerPC ELF ABI. It includes 25 suggestions from the in-progress Embedded PowerPC ABI, and that 26 information may also not match. */ 27 28 #include "sysdep.h" 29 #include <stdarg.h> 30 #include "bfd.h" 31 #include "bfdlink.h" 32 #include "libbfd.h" 33 #include "elf-bfd.h" 34 #include "elf/ppc.h" 35 #include "elf32-ppc.h" 36 #include "elf-vxworks.h" 37 #include "dwarf2.h" 38 #include "opcode/ppc.h" 39 40 typedef enum split16_format_type 41 { 42 split16a_type = 0, 43 split16d_type 44 } 45 split16_format_type; 46 47 /* RELA relocations are used here. */ 48 49 static bfd_reloc_status_type ppc_elf_addr16_ha_reloc 50 (bfd *, arelent *, asymbol *, void *, asection *, bfd *, char **); 51 static bfd_reloc_status_type ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc 52 (bfd *, arelent *, asymbol *, void *, asection *, bfd *, char **); 53 54 /* Branch prediction bit for branch taken relocs. */ 55 #define BRANCH_PREDICT_BIT 0x200000 56 /* Mask to set RA in memory instructions. */ 57 #define RA_REGISTER_MASK 0x001f0000 58 /* Value to shift register by to insert RA. */ 59 #define RA_REGISTER_SHIFT 16 60 61 /* The name of the dynamic interpreter. This is put in the .interp 62 section. */ 63 #define ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER "/usr/lib/ld.so.1" 64 65 /* For old-style PLT. */ 66 /* The number of single-slot PLT entries (the rest use two slots). */ 67 #define PLT_NUM_SINGLE_ENTRIES 8192 68 69 /* For new-style .glink and .plt. */ 70 #define GLINK_PLTRESOLVE 16*4 71 #define GLINK_ENTRY_SIZE(htab, h) \ 72 ((4*4 \ 73 + (h != NULL \ 74 && h == htab->tls_get_addr \ 75 && !htab->params->no_tls_get_addr_opt ? 8*4 : 0) \ 76 + (1u << htab->params->plt_stub_align) - 1) \ 77 & -(1u << htab->params->plt_stub_align)) 78 79 /* VxWorks uses its own plt layout, filled in by the static linker. */ 80 81 /* The standard VxWorks PLT entry. */ 82 #define VXWORKS_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE 32 83 static const bfd_vma ppc_elf_vxworks_plt_entry 84 [VXWORKS_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE / 4] = 85 { 86 0x3d800000, /* lis r12,0 */ 87 0x818c0000, /* lwz r12,0(r12) */ 88 0x7d8903a6, /* mtctr r12 */ 89 0x4e800420, /* bctr */ 90 0x39600000, /* li r11,0 */ 91 0x48000000, /* b 14 <.PLT0resolve+0x4> */ 92 0x60000000, /* nop */ 93 0x60000000, /* nop */ 94 }; 95 static const bfd_vma ppc_elf_vxworks_pic_plt_entry 96 [VXWORKS_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE / 4] = 97 { 98 0x3d9e0000, /* addis r12,r30,0 */ 99 0x818c0000, /* lwz r12,0(r12) */ 100 0x7d8903a6, /* mtctr r12 */ 101 0x4e800420, /* bctr */ 102 0x39600000, /* li r11,0 */ 103 0x48000000, /* b 14 <.PLT0resolve+0x4> 14: R_PPC_REL24 .PLTresolve */ 104 0x60000000, /* nop */ 105 0x60000000, /* nop */ 106 }; 107 108 /* The initial VxWorks PLT entry. */ 109 #define VXWORKS_PLT_INITIAL_ENTRY_SIZE 32 110 static const bfd_vma ppc_elf_vxworks_plt0_entry 111 [VXWORKS_PLT_INITIAL_ENTRY_SIZE / 4] = 112 { 113 0x3d800000, /* lis r12,0 */ 114 0x398c0000, /* addi r12,r12,0 */ 115 0x800c0008, /* lwz r0,8(r12) */ 116 0x7c0903a6, /* mtctr r0 */ 117 0x818c0004, /* lwz r12,4(r12) */ 118 0x4e800420, /* bctr */ 119 0x60000000, /* nop */ 120 0x60000000, /* nop */ 121 }; 122 static const bfd_vma ppc_elf_vxworks_pic_plt0_entry 123 [VXWORKS_PLT_INITIAL_ENTRY_SIZE / 4] = 124 { 125 0x819e0008, /* lwz r12,8(r30) */ 126 0x7d8903a6, /* mtctr r12 */ 127 0x819e0004, /* lwz r12,4(r30) */ 128 0x4e800420, /* bctr */ 129 0x60000000, /* nop */ 130 0x60000000, /* nop */ 131 0x60000000, /* nop */ 132 0x60000000, /* nop */ 133 }; 134 135 /* For executables, we have some additional relocations in 136 .rela.plt.unloaded, for the kernel loader. */ 137 138 /* The number of non-JMP_SLOT relocations per PLT0 slot. */ 139 #define VXWORKS_PLT_NON_JMP_SLOT_RELOCS 3 140 /* The number of relocations in the PLTResolve slot. */ 141 #define VXWORKS_PLTRESOLVE_RELOCS 2 142 /* The number of relocations in the PLTResolve slot when creating 143 a shared library. */ 144 #define VXWORKS_PLTRESOLVE_RELOCS_SHLIB 0 145 146 /* Some instructions. */ 147 #define ADDIS_11_11 0x3d6b0000 148 #define ADDIS_11_30 0x3d7e0000 149 #define ADDIS_12_12 0x3d8c0000 150 #define ADDI_11_11 0x396b0000 151 #define ADD_0_11_11 0x7c0b5a14 152 #define ADD_3_12_2 0x7c6c1214 153 #define ADD_11_0_11 0x7d605a14 154 #define B 0x48000000 155 #define BA 0x48000002 156 #define BCL_20_31 0x429f0005 157 #define BCTR 0x4e800420 158 #define BEQLR 0x4d820020 159 #define CMPWI_11_0 0x2c0b0000 160 #define LIS_11 0x3d600000 161 #define LIS_12 0x3d800000 162 #define LWZU_0_12 0x840c0000 163 #define LWZ_0_12 0x800c0000 164 #define LWZ_11_3 0x81630000 165 #define LWZ_11_11 0x816b0000 166 #define LWZ_11_30 0x817e0000 167 #define LWZ_12_3 0x81830000 168 #define LWZ_12_12 0x818c0000 169 #define MR_0_3 0x7c601b78 170 #define MR_3_0 0x7c030378 171 #define MFLR_0 0x7c0802a6 172 #define MFLR_12 0x7d8802a6 173 #define MTCTR_0 0x7c0903a6 174 #define MTCTR_11 0x7d6903a6 175 #define MTLR_0 0x7c0803a6 176 #define NOP 0x60000000 177 #define SUB_11_11_12 0x7d6c5850 178 179 /* Offset of tp and dtp pointers from start of TLS block. */ 180 #define TP_OFFSET 0x7000 181 #define DTP_OFFSET 0x8000 182 183 /* The value of a defined global symbol. */ 184 #define SYM_VAL(SYM) \ 185 ((SYM)->root.u.def.section->output_section->vma \ 186 + (SYM)->root.u.def.section->output_offset \ 187 + (SYM)->root.u.def.value) 188 189 /* Relocation HOWTO's. */ 190 /* Like other ELF RELA targets that don't apply multiple 191 field-altering relocations to the same localation, src_mask is 192 always zero and pcrel_offset is the same as pc_relative. 193 PowerPC can always use a zero bitpos, even when the field is not at 194 the LSB. For example, a REL24 could use rightshift=2, bisize=24 195 and bitpos=2 which matches the ABI description, or as we do here, 196 rightshift=0, bitsize=26 and bitpos=0. */ 197 #define HOW(type, size, bitsize, mask, rightshift, pc_relative, \ 198 complain, special_func) \ 199 HOWTO (type, rightshift, size, bitsize, pc_relative, 0, \ 200 complain_overflow_ ## complain, special_func, \ 201 #type, FALSE, 0, mask, pc_relative) 202 203 static reloc_howto_type *ppc_elf_howto_table[R_PPC_max]; 204 205 static reloc_howto_type ppc_elf_howto_raw[] = { 206 /* This reloc does nothing. */ 207 HOW (R_PPC_NONE, 3, 0, 0, 0, FALSE, dont, 208 bfd_elf_generic_reloc), 209 210 /* A standard 32 bit relocation. */ 211 HOW (R_PPC_ADDR32, 2, 32, 0xffffffff, 0, FALSE, dont, 212 bfd_elf_generic_reloc), 213 214 /* An absolute 26 bit branch; the lower two bits must be zero. 215 FIXME: we don't check that, we just clear them. */ 216 HOW (R_PPC_ADDR24, 2, 26, 0x3fffffc, 0, FALSE, signed, 217 bfd_elf_generic_reloc), 218 219 /* A standard 16 bit relocation. */ 220 HOW (R_PPC_ADDR16, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE, bitfield, 221 bfd_elf_generic_reloc), 222 223 /* A 16 bit relocation without overflow. */ 224 HOW (R_PPC_ADDR16_LO, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE, dont, 225 bfd_elf_generic_reloc), 226 227 /* The high order 16 bits of an address. */ 228 HOW (R_PPC_ADDR16_HI, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE, dont, 229 bfd_elf_generic_reloc), 230 231 /* The high order 16 bits of an address, plus 1 if the contents of 232 the low 16 bits, treated as a signed number, is negative. */ 233 HOW (R_PPC_ADDR16_HA, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE, dont, 234 ppc_elf_addr16_ha_reloc), 235 236 /* An absolute 16 bit branch; the lower two bits must be zero. 237 FIXME: we don't check that, we just clear them. */ 238 HOW (R_PPC_ADDR14, 2, 16, 0xfffc, 0, FALSE, signed, 239 bfd_elf_generic_reloc), 240 241 /* An absolute 16 bit branch, for which bit 10 should be set to 242 indicate that the branch is expected to be taken. The lower two 243 bits must be zero. */ 244 HOW (R_PPC_ADDR14_BRTAKEN, 2, 16, 0xfffc, 0, FALSE, signed, 245 bfd_elf_generic_reloc), 246 247 /* An absolute 16 bit branch, for which bit 10 should be set to 248 indicate that the branch is not expected to be taken. The lower 249 two bits must be zero. */ 250 HOW (R_PPC_ADDR14_BRNTAKEN, 2, 16, 0xfffc, 0, FALSE, signed, 251 bfd_elf_generic_reloc), 252 253 /* A relative 26 bit branch; the lower two bits must be zero. */ 254 HOW (R_PPC_REL24, 2, 26, 0x3fffffc, 0, TRUE, signed, 255 bfd_elf_generic_reloc), 256 257 /* A relative 16 bit branch; the lower two bits must be zero. */ 258 HOW (R_PPC_REL14, 2, 16, 0xfffc, 0, TRUE, signed, 259 bfd_elf_generic_reloc), 260 261 /* A relative 16 bit branch. Bit 10 should be set to indicate that 262 the branch is expected to be taken. The lower two bits must be 263 zero. */ 264 HOW (R_PPC_REL14_BRTAKEN, 2, 16, 0xfffc, 0, TRUE, signed, 265 bfd_elf_generic_reloc), 266 267 /* A relative 16 bit branch. Bit 10 should be set to indicate that 268 the branch is not expected to be taken. The lower two bits must 269 be zero. */ 270 HOW (R_PPC_REL14_BRNTAKEN, 2, 16, 0xfffc, 0, TRUE, signed, 271 bfd_elf_generic_reloc), 272 273 /* Like R_PPC_ADDR16, but referring to the GOT table entry for the 274 symbol. */ 275 HOW (R_PPC_GOT16, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE, signed, 276 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc), 277 278 /* Like R_PPC_ADDR16_LO, but referring to the GOT table entry for 279 the symbol. */ 280 HOW (R_PPC_GOT16_LO, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE, dont, 281 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc), 282 283 /* Like R_PPC_ADDR16_HI, but referring to the GOT table entry for 284 the symbol. */ 285 HOW (R_PPC_GOT16_HI, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE, dont, 286 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc), 287 288 /* Like R_PPC_ADDR16_HA, but referring to the GOT table entry for 289 the symbol. */ 290 HOW (R_PPC_GOT16_HA, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE, dont, 291 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc), 292 293 /* Like R_PPC_REL24, but referring to the procedure linkage table 294 entry for the symbol. */ 295 HOW (R_PPC_PLTREL24, 2, 26, 0x3fffffc, 0, TRUE, signed, 296 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc), 297 298 /* This is used only by the dynamic linker. The symbol should exist 299 both in the object being run and in some shared library. The 300 dynamic linker copies the data addressed by the symbol from the 301 shared library into the object, because the object being 302 run has to have the data at some particular address. */ 303 HOW (R_PPC_COPY, 2, 32, 0, 0, FALSE, dont, 304 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc), 305 306 /* Like R_PPC_ADDR32, but used when setting global offset table 307 entries. */ 308 HOW (R_PPC_GLOB_DAT, 2, 32, 0xffffffff, 0, FALSE, dont, 309 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc), 310 311 /* Marks a procedure linkage table entry for a symbol. */ 312 HOW (R_PPC_JMP_SLOT, 2, 32, 0, 0, FALSE, dont, 313 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc), 314 315 /* Used only by the dynamic linker. When the object is run, this 316 longword is set to the load address of the object, plus the 317 addend. */ 318 HOW (R_PPC_RELATIVE, 2, 32, 0xffffffff, 0, FALSE, dont, 319 bfd_elf_generic_reloc), 320 321 /* Like R_PPC_REL24, but uses the value of the symbol within the 322 object rather than the final value. Normally used for 323 _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_. */ 324 HOW (R_PPC_LOCAL24PC, 2, 26, 0x3fffffc, 0, TRUE, signed, 325 bfd_elf_generic_reloc), 326 327 /* Like R_PPC_ADDR32, but may be unaligned. */ 328 HOW (R_PPC_UADDR32, 2, 32, 0xffffffff, 0, FALSE, dont, 329 bfd_elf_generic_reloc), 330 331 /* Like R_PPC_ADDR16, but may be unaligned. */ 332 HOW (R_PPC_UADDR16, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE, bitfield, 333 bfd_elf_generic_reloc), 334 335 /* 32-bit PC relative */ 336 HOW (R_PPC_REL32, 2, 32, 0xffffffff, 0, TRUE, dont, 337 bfd_elf_generic_reloc), 338 339 /* 32-bit relocation to the symbol's procedure linkage table. 340 FIXME: not supported. */ 341 HOW (R_PPC_PLT32, 2, 32, 0, 0, FALSE, dont, 342 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc), 343 344 /* 32-bit PC relative relocation to the symbol's procedure linkage table. 345 FIXME: not supported. */ 346 HOW (R_PPC_PLTREL32, 2, 32, 0, 0, TRUE, dont, 347 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc), 348 349 /* Like R_PPC_ADDR16_LO, but referring to the PLT table entry for 350 the symbol. */ 351 HOW (R_PPC_PLT16_LO, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE, dont, 352 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc), 353 354 /* Like R_PPC_ADDR16_HI, but referring to the PLT table entry for 355 the symbol. */ 356 HOW (R_PPC_PLT16_HI, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE, dont, 357 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc), 358 359 /* Like R_PPC_ADDR16_HA, but referring to the PLT table entry for 360 the symbol. */ 361 HOW (R_PPC_PLT16_HA, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE, dont, 362 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc), 363 364 /* A sign-extended 16 bit value relative to _SDA_BASE_, for use with 365 small data items. */ 366 HOW (R_PPC_SDAREL16, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE, signed, 367 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc), 368 369 /* 16-bit section relative relocation. */ 370 HOW (R_PPC_SECTOFF, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE, signed, 371 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc), 372 373 /* 16-bit lower half section relative relocation. */ 374 HOW (R_PPC_SECTOFF_LO, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE, dont, 375 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc), 376 377 /* 16-bit upper half section relative relocation. */ 378 HOW (R_PPC_SECTOFF_HI, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE, dont, 379 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc), 380 381 /* 16-bit upper half adjusted section relative relocation. */ 382 HOW (R_PPC_SECTOFF_HA, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE, dont, 383 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc), 384 385 /* Marker relocs for TLS. */ 386 HOW (R_PPC_TLS, 2, 32, 0, 0, FALSE, dont, 387 bfd_elf_generic_reloc), 388 389 HOW (R_PPC_TLSGD, 2, 32, 0, 0, FALSE, dont, 390 bfd_elf_generic_reloc), 391 392 HOW (R_PPC_TLSLD, 2, 32, 0, 0, FALSE, dont, 393 bfd_elf_generic_reloc), 394 395 /* Marker relocs on inline plt call instructions. */ 396 HOW (R_PPC_PLTSEQ, 2, 32, 0, 0, FALSE, dont, 397 bfd_elf_generic_reloc), 398 399 HOW (R_PPC_PLTCALL, 2, 32, 0, 0, FALSE, dont, 400 bfd_elf_generic_reloc), 401 402 /* Computes the load module index of the load module that contains the 403 definition of its TLS sym. */ 404 HOW (R_PPC_DTPMOD32, 2, 32, 0xffffffff, 0, FALSE, dont, 405 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc), 406 407 /* Computes a dtv-relative displacement, the difference between the value 408 of sym+add and the base address of the thread-local storage block that 409 contains the definition of sym, minus 0x8000. */ 410 HOW (R_PPC_DTPREL32, 2, 32, 0xffffffff, 0, FALSE, dont, 411 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc), 412 413 /* A 16 bit dtprel reloc. */ 414 HOW (R_PPC_DTPREL16, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE, signed, 415 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc), 416 417 /* Like DTPREL16, but no overflow. */ 418 HOW (R_PPC_DTPREL16_LO, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE, dont, 419 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc), 420 421 /* Like DTPREL16_LO, but next higher group of 16 bits. */ 422 HOW (R_PPC_DTPREL16_HI, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE, dont, 423 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc), 424 425 /* Like DTPREL16_HI, but adjust for low 16 bits. */ 426 HOW (R_PPC_DTPREL16_HA, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE, dont, 427 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc), 428 429 /* Computes a tp-relative displacement, the difference between the value of 430 sym+add and the value of the thread pointer (r13). */ 431 HOW (R_PPC_TPREL32, 2, 32, 0xffffffff, 0, FALSE, dont, 432 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc), 433 434 /* A 16 bit tprel reloc. */ 435 HOW (R_PPC_TPREL16, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE, signed, 436 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc), 437 438 /* Like TPREL16, but no overflow. */ 439 HOW (R_PPC_TPREL16_LO, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE, dont, 440 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc), 441 442 /* Like TPREL16_LO, but next higher group of 16 bits. */ 443 HOW (R_PPC_TPREL16_HI, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE, dont, 444 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc), 445 446 /* Like TPREL16_HI, but adjust for low 16 bits. */ 447 HOW (R_PPC_TPREL16_HA, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE, dont, 448 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc), 449 450 /* Allocates two contiguous entries in the GOT to hold a tls_index structure, 451 with values (sym+add)@dtpmod and (sym+add)@dtprel, and computes the offset 452 to the first entry. */ 453 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE, signed, 454 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc), 455 456 /* Like GOT_TLSGD16, but no overflow. */ 457 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_LO, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE, dont, 458 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc), 459 460 /* Like GOT_TLSGD16_LO, but next higher group of 16 bits. */ 461 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HI, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE, dont, 462 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc), 463 464 /* Like GOT_TLSGD16_HI, but adjust for low 16 bits. */ 465 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HA, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE, dont, 466 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc), 467 468 /* Allocates two contiguous entries in the GOT to hold a tls_index structure, 469 with values (sym+add)@dtpmod and zero, and computes the offset to the 470 first entry. */ 471 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE, signed, 472 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc), 473 474 /* Like GOT_TLSLD16, but no overflow. */ 475 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_LO, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE, dont, 476 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc), 477 478 /* Like GOT_TLSLD16_LO, but next higher group of 16 bits. */ 479 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HI, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE, dont, 480 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc), 481 482 /* Like GOT_TLSLD16_HI, but adjust for low 16 bits. */ 483 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HA, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE, dont, 484 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc), 485 486 /* Allocates an entry in the GOT with value (sym+add)@dtprel, and computes 487 the offset to the entry. */ 488 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE, signed, 489 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc), 490 491 /* Like GOT_DTPREL16, but no overflow. */ 492 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_LO, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE, dont, 493 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc), 494 495 /* Like GOT_DTPREL16_LO, but next higher group of 16 bits. */ 496 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_HI, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE, dont, 497 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc), 498 499 /* Like GOT_DTPREL16_HI, but adjust for low 16 bits. */ 500 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_HA, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE, dont, 501 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc), 502 503 /* Allocates an entry in the GOT with value (sym+add)@tprel, and computes the 504 offset to the entry. */ 505 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE, signed, 506 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc), 507 508 /* Like GOT_TPREL16, but no overflow. */ 509 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_LO, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE, dont, 510 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc), 511 512 /* Like GOT_TPREL16_LO, but next higher group of 16 bits. */ 513 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HI, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE, dont, 514 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc), 515 516 /* Like GOT_TPREL16_HI, but adjust for low 16 bits. */ 517 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HA, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE, dont, 518 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc), 519 520 /* The remaining relocs are from the Embedded ELF ABI, and are not 521 in the SVR4 ELF ABI. */ 522 523 /* 32 bit value resulting from the addend minus the symbol. */ 524 HOW (R_PPC_EMB_NADDR32, 2, 32, 0xffffffff, 0, FALSE, dont, 525 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc), 526 527 /* 16 bit value resulting from the addend minus the symbol. */ 528 HOW (R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE, signed, 529 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc), 530 531 /* 16 bit value resulting from the addend minus the symbol. */ 532 HOW (R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_LO, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE, dont, 533 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc), 534 535 /* The high order 16 bits of the addend minus the symbol. */ 536 HOW (R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_HI, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE, dont, 537 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc), 538 539 /* The high order 16 bits of the result of the addend minus the address, 540 plus 1 if the contents of the low 16 bits, treated as a signed number, 541 is negative. */ 542 HOW (R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_HA, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE, dont, 543 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc), 544 545 /* 16 bit value resulting from allocating a 4 byte word to hold an 546 address in the .sdata section, and returning the offset from 547 _SDA_BASE_ for that relocation. */ 548 HOW (R_PPC_EMB_SDAI16, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE, signed, 549 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc), 550 551 /* 16 bit value resulting from allocating a 4 byte word to hold an 552 address in the .sdata2 section, and returning the offset from 553 _SDA2_BASE_ for that relocation. */ 554 HOW (R_PPC_EMB_SDA2I16, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE, signed, 555 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc), 556 557 /* A sign-extended 16 bit value relative to _SDA2_BASE_, for use with 558 small data items. */ 559 HOW (R_PPC_EMB_SDA2REL, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE, signed, 560 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc), 561 562 /* Relocate against either _SDA_BASE_ or _SDA2_BASE_, filling in the 16 bit 563 signed offset from the appropriate base, and filling in the register 564 field with the appropriate register (0, 2, or 13). */ 565 HOW (R_PPC_EMB_SDA21, 2, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE, signed, 566 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc), 567 568 /* Relocation not handled: R_PPC_EMB_MRKREF */ 569 /* Relocation not handled: R_PPC_EMB_RELSEC16 */ 570 /* Relocation not handled: R_PPC_EMB_RELST_LO */ 571 /* Relocation not handled: R_PPC_EMB_RELST_HI */ 572 /* Relocation not handled: R_PPC_EMB_RELST_HA */ 573 /* Relocation not handled: R_PPC_EMB_BIT_FLD */ 574 575 /* PC relative relocation against either _SDA_BASE_ or _SDA2_BASE_, filling 576 in the 16 bit signed offset from the appropriate base, and filling in the 577 register field with the appropriate register (0, 2, or 13). */ 578 HOW (R_PPC_EMB_RELSDA, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE, signed, 579 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc), 580 581 /* A relative 8 bit branch. */ 582 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_REL8, 1, 8, 0xff, 1, TRUE, signed, 583 bfd_elf_generic_reloc), 584 585 /* A relative 15 bit branch. */ 586 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_REL15, 2, 16, 0xfffe, 0, TRUE, signed, 587 bfd_elf_generic_reloc), 588 589 /* A relative 24 bit branch. */ 590 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_REL24, 2, 25, 0x1fffffe, 0, TRUE, signed, 591 bfd_elf_generic_reloc), 592 593 /* The 16 LSBS in split16a format. */ 594 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_LO16A, 2, 16, 0x1f07ff, 0, FALSE, dont, 595 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc), 596 597 /* The 16 LSBS in split16d format. */ 598 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_LO16D, 2, 16, 0x3e007ff, 0, FALSE, dont, 599 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc), 600 601 /* Bits 16-31 split16a format. */ 602 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_HI16A, 2, 16, 0x1f07ff, 16, FALSE, dont, 603 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc), 604 605 /* Bits 16-31 split16d format. */ 606 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_HI16D, 2, 16, 0x3e007ff, 16, FALSE, dont, 607 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc), 608 609 /* Bits 16-31 (High Adjusted) in split16a format. */ 610 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_HA16A, 2, 16, 0x1f07ff, 16, FALSE, dont, 611 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc), 612 613 /* Bits 16-31 (High Adjusted) in split16d format. */ 614 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_HA16D, 2, 16, 0x3e007ff, 16, FALSE, dont, 615 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc), 616 617 /* This reloc is like R_PPC_EMB_SDA21 but only applies to e_add16i 618 instructions. If the register base is 0 then the linker changes 619 the e_add16i to an e_li instruction. */ 620 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_SDA21, 2, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE, signed, 621 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc), 622 623 /* Like R_PPC_VLE_SDA21 but ignore overflow. */ 624 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_SDA21_LO, 2, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE, dont, 625 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc), 626 627 /* The 16 LSBS relative to _SDA_BASE_ in split16a format. */ 628 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_LO16A, 2, 16, 0x1f07ff, 0, FALSE, dont, 629 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc), 630 631 /* The 16 LSBS relative to _SDA_BASE_ in split16d format. */ 632 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_LO16D, 2, 16, 0x3e007ff, 0, FALSE, dont, 633 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc), 634 635 /* Bits 16-31 relative to _SDA_BASE_ in split16a format. */ 636 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HI16A, 2, 16, 0x1f07ff, 16, FALSE, dont, 637 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc), 638 639 /* Bits 16-31 relative to _SDA_BASE_ in split16d format. */ 640 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HI16D, 2, 16, 0x3e007ff, 16, FALSE, dont, 641 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc), 642 643 /* Bits 16-31 (HA) relative to _SDA_BASE split16a format. */ 644 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HA16A, 2, 16, 0x1f07ff, 16, FALSE, dont, 645 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc), 646 647 /* Bits 16-31 (HA) relative to _SDA_BASE split16d format. */ 648 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HA16D, 2, 16, 0x3e007ff, 16, FALSE, dont, 649 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc), 650 651 /* e_li split20 format. */ 652 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_ADDR20, 2, 20, 0x1f7fff, 0, FALSE, dont, 653 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc), 654 655 HOW (R_PPC_IRELATIVE, 2, 32, 0xffffffff, 0, FALSE, dont, 656 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc), 657 658 /* A 16 bit relative relocation. */ 659 HOW (R_PPC_REL16, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, TRUE, signed, 660 bfd_elf_generic_reloc), 661 662 /* A 16 bit relative relocation without overflow. */ 663 HOW (R_PPC_REL16_LO, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, TRUE, dont, 664 bfd_elf_generic_reloc), 665 666 /* The high order 16 bits of a relative address. */ 667 HOW (R_PPC_REL16_HI, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, TRUE, dont, 668 bfd_elf_generic_reloc), 669 670 /* The high order 16 bits of a relative address, plus 1 if the contents of 671 the low 16 bits, treated as a signed number, is negative. */ 672 HOW (R_PPC_REL16_HA, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, TRUE, dont, 673 ppc_elf_addr16_ha_reloc), 674 675 /* Like R_PPC_REL16_HA but for split field in addpcis. */ 676 HOW (R_PPC_REL16DX_HA, 2, 16, 0x1fffc1, 16, TRUE, signed, 677 ppc_elf_addr16_ha_reloc), 678 679 /* A split-field reloc for addpcis, non-relative (gas internal use only). */ 680 HOW (R_PPC_16DX_HA, 2, 16, 0x1fffc1, 16, FALSE, signed, 681 ppc_elf_addr16_ha_reloc), 682 683 /* GNU extension to record C++ vtable hierarchy. */ 684 HOW (R_PPC_GNU_VTINHERIT, 0, 0, 0, 0, FALSE, dont, 685 NULL), 686 687 /* GNU extension to record C++ vtable member usage. */ 688 HOW (R_PPC_GNU_VTENTRY, 0, 0, 0, 0, FALSE, dont, 689 NULL), 690 691 /* Phony reloc to handle AIX style TOC entries. */ 692 HOW (R_PPC_TOC16, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE, signed, 693 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc), 694 }; 695 696 /* Initialize the ppc_elf_howto_table, so that linear accesses can be done. */ 697 698 static void 699 ppc_elf_howto_init (void) 700 { 701 unsigned int i, type; 702 703 for (i = 0; 704 i < sizeof (ppc_elf_howto_raw) / sizeof (ppc_elf_howto_raw[0]); 705 i++) 706 { 707 type = ppc_elf_howto_raw[i].type; 708 if (type >= (sizeof (ppc_elf_howto_table) 709 / sizeof (ppc_elf_howto_table[0]))) 710 abort (); 711 ppc_elf_howto_table[type] = &ppc_elf_howto_raw[i]; 712 } 713 } 714 715 static reloc_howto_type * 716 ppc_elf_reloc_type_lookup (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, 717 bfd_reloc_code_real_type code) 718 { 719 enum elf_ppc_reloc_type r; 720 721 /* Initialize howto table if not already done. */ 722 if (!ppc_elf_howto_table[R_PPC_ADDR32]) 723 ppc_elf_howto_init (); 724 725 switch (code) 726 { 727 default: 728 return NULL; 729 730 case BFD_RELOC_NONE: r = R_PPC_NONE; break; 731 case BFD_RELOC_32: r = R_PPC_ADDR32; break; 732 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_BA26: r = R_PPC_ADDR24; break; 733 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_ADDR16_DS: 734 case BFD_RELOC_16: r = R_PPC_ADDR16; break; 735 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_ADDR16_LO_DS: 736 case BFD_RELOC_LO16: r = R_PPC_ADDR16_LO; break; 737 case BFD_RELOC_HI16: r = R_PPC_ADDR16_HI; break; 738 case BFD_RELOC_HI16_S: r = R_PPC_ADDR16_HA; break; 739 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_BA16: r = R_PPC_ADDR14; break; 740 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_BA16_BRTAKEN: r = R_PPC_ADDR14_BRTAKEN; break; 741 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_BA16_BRNTAKEN: r = R_PPC_ADDR14_BRNTAKEN; break; 742 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_B26: r = R_PPC_REL24; break; 743 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_B16: r = R_PPC_REL14; break; 744 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_B16_BRTAKEN: r = R_PPC_REL14_BRTAKEN; break; 745 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_B16_BRNTAKEN: r = R_PPC_REL14_BRNTAKEN; break; 746 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_GOT16_DS: 747 case BFD_RELOC_16_GOTOFF: r = R_PPC_GOT16; break; 748 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_GOT16_LO_DS: 749 case BFD_RELOC_LO16_GOTOFF: r = R_PPC_GOT16_LO; break; 750 case BFD_RELOC_HI16_GOTOFF: r = R_PPC_GOT16_HI; break; 751 case BFD_RELOC_HI16_S_GOTOFF: r = R_PPC_GOT16_HA; break; 752 case BFD_RELOC_24_PLT_PCREL: r = R_PPC_PLTREL24; break; 753 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_COPY: r = R_PPC_COPY; break; 754 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GLOB_DAT: r = R_PPC_GLOB_DAT; break; 755 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_LOCAL24PC: r = R_PPC_LOCAL24PC; break; 756 case BFD_RELOC_32_PCREL: r = R_PPC_REL32; break; 757 case BFD_RELOC_32_PLTOFF: r = R_PPC_PLT32; break; 758 case BFD_RELOC_32_PLT_PCREL: r = R_PPC_PLTREL32; break; 759 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_PLT16_LO_DS: 760 case BFD_RELOC_LO16_PLTOFF: r = R_PPC_PLT16_LO; break; 761 case BFD_RELOC_HI16_PLTOFF: r = R_PPC_PLT16_HI; break; 762 case BFD_RELOC_HI16_S_PLTOFF: r = R_PPC_PLT16_HA; break; 763 case BFD_RELOC_GPREL16: r = R_PPC_SDAREL16; break; 764 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_SECTOFF_DS: 765 case BFD_RELOC_16_BASEREL: r = R_PPC_SECTOFF; break; 766 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_SECTOFF_LO_DS: 767 case BFD_RELOC_LO16_BASEREL: r = R_PPC_SECTOFF_LO; break; 768 case BFD_RELOC_HI16_BASEREL: r = R_PPC_SECTOFF_HI; break; 769 case BFD_RELOC_HI16_S_BASEREL: r = R_PPC_SECTOFF_HA; break; 770 case BFD_RELOC_CTOR: r = R_PPC_ADDR32; break; 771 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_TOC16_DS: 772 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TOC16: r = R_PPC_TOC16; break; 773 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TLS: r = R_PPC_TLS; break; 774 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TLSGD: r = R_PPC_TLSGD; break; 775 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TLSLD: r = R_PPC_TLSLD; break; 776 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_DTPMOD: r = R_PPC_DTPMOD32; break; 777 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_TPREL16_DS: 778 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TPREL16: r = R_PPC_TPREL16; break; 779 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_TPREL16_LO_DS: 780 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TPREL16_LO: r = R_PPC_TPREL16_LO; break; 781 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TPREL16_HI: r = R_PPC_TPREL16_HI; break; 782 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TPREL16_HA: r = R_PPC_TPREL16_HA; break; 783 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TPREL: r = R_PPC_TPREL32; break; 784 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_DTPREL16_DS: 785 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_DTPREL16: r = R_PPC_DTPREL16; break; 786 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_DTPREL16_LO_DS: 787 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_DTPREL16_LO: r = R_PPC_DTPREL16_LO; break; 788 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_DTPREL16_HI: r = R_PPC_DTPREL16_HI; break; 789 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_DTPREL16_HA: r = R_PPC_DTPREL16_HA; break; 790 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_DTPREL: r = R_PPC_DTPREL32; break; 791 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16: r = R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16; break; 792 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_LO: r = R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_LO; break; 793 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HI: r = R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HI; break; 794 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HA: r = R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HA; break; 795 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16: r = R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16; break; 796 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_LO: r = R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_LO; break; 797 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HI: r = R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HI; break; 798 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HA: r = R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HA; break; 799 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TPREL16: r = R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16; break; 800 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_LO: r = R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_LO; break; 801 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HI: r = R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HI; break; 802 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HA: r = R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HA; break; 803 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16: r = R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16; break; 804 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_LO: r = R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_LO; break; 805 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_HI: r = R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_HI; break; 806 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_HA: r = R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_HA; break; 807 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_NADDR32: r = R_PPC_EMB_NADDR32; break; 808 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_NADDR16: r = R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16; break; 809 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_LO: r = R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_LO; break; 810 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_HI: r = R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_HI; break; 811 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_HA: r = R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_HA; break; 812 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_SDAI16: r = R_PPC_EMB_SDAI16; break; 813 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_SDA2I16: r = R_PPC_EMB_SDA2I16; break; 814 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_SDA2REL: r = R_PPC_EMB_SDA2REL; break; 815 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_SDA21: r = R_PPC_EMB_SDA21; break; 816 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_MRKREF: r = R_PPC_EMB_MRKREF; break; 817 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_RELSEC16: r = R_PPC_EMB_RELSEC16; break; 818 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_RELST_LO: r = R_PPC_EMB_RELST_LO; break; 819 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_RELST_HI: r = R_PPC_EMB_RELST_HI; break; 820 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_RELST_HA: r = R_PPC_EMB_RELST_HA; break; 821 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_BIT_FLD: r = R_PPC_EMB_BIT_FLD; break; 822 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_RELSDA: r = R_PPC_EMB_RELSDA; break; 823 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_REL8: r = R_PPC_VLE_REL8; break; 824 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_REL15: r = R_PPC_VLE_REL15; break; 825 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_REL24: r = R_PPC_VLE_REL24; break; 826 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_LO16A: r = R_PPC_VLE_LO16A; break; 827 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_LO16D: r = R_PPC_VLE_LO16D; break; 828 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_HI16A: r = R_PPC_VLE_HI16A; break; 829 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_HI16D: r = R_PPC_VLE_HI16D; break; 830 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_HA16A: r = R_PPC_VLE_HA16A; break; 831 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_HA16D: r = R_PPC_VLE_HA16D; break; 832 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_SDA21: r = R_PPC_VLE_SDA21; break; 833 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_SDA21_LO: r = R_PPC_VLE_SDA21_LO; break; 834 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_LO16A: 835 r = R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_LO16A; 836 break; 837 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_LO16D: 838 r = R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_LO16D; 839 break; 840 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HI16A: 841 r = R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HI16A; 842 break; 843 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HI16D: 844 r = R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HI16D; 845 break; 846 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HA16A: 847 r = R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HA16A; 848 break; 849 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HA16D: 850 r = R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HA16D; 851 break; 852 case BFD_RELOC_16_PCREL: r = R_PPC_REL16; break; 853 case BFD_RELOC_LO16_PCREL: r = R_PPC_REL16_LO; break; 854 case BFD_RELOC_HI16_PCREL: r = R_PPC_REL16_HI; break; 855 case BFD_RELOC_HI16_S_PCREL: r = R_PPC_REL16_HA; break; 856 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_16DX_HA: r = R_PPC_16DX_HA; break; 857 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_REL16DX_HA: r = R_PPC_REL16DX_HA; break; 858 case BFD_RELOC_VTABLE_INHERIT: r = R_PPC_GNU_VTINHERIT; break; 859 case BFD_RELOC_VTABLE_ENTRY: r = R_PPC_GNU_VTENTRY; break; 860 } 861 862 return ppc_elf_howto_table[r]; 863 }; 864 865 static reloc_howto_type * 866 ppc_elf_reloc_name_lookup (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, 867 const char *r_name) 868 { 869 unsigned int i; 870 871 for (i = 0; 872 i < sizeof (ppc_elf_howto_raw) / sizeof (ppc_elf_howto_raw[0]); 873 i++) 874 if (ppc_elf_howto_raw[i].name != NULL 875 && strcasecmp (ppc_elf_howto_raw[i].name, r_name) == 0) 876 return &ppc_elf_howto_raw[i]; 877 878 return NULL; 879 } 880 881 /* Set the howto pointer for a PowerPC ELF reloc. */ 882 883 static bfd_boolean 884 ppc_elf_info_to_howto (bfd *abfd, 885 arelent *cache_ptr, 886 Elf_Internal_Rela *dst) 887 { 888 unsigned int r_type; 889 890 /* Initialize howto table if not already done. */ 891 if (!ppc_elf_howto_table[R_PPC_ADDR32]) 892 ppc_elf_howto_init (); 893 894 r_type = ELF32_R_TYPE (dst->r_info); 895 if (r_type >= R_PPC_max) 896 { 897 /* xgettext:c-format */ 898 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: unsupported relocation type %#x"), 899 abfd, r_type); 900 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value); 901 return FALSE; 902 } 903 904 cache_ptr->howto = ppc_elf_howto_table[r_type]; 905 906 /* Just because the above assert didn't trigger doesn't mean that 907 ELF32_R_TYPE (dst->r_info) is necessarily a valid relocation. */ 908 if (cache_ptr->howto == NULL) 909 { 910 /* xgettext:c-format */ 911 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: unsupported relocation type %#x"), 912 abfd, r_type); 913 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value); 914 915 return FALSE; 916 } 917 918 return TRUE; 919 } 920 921 /* Handle the R_PPC_ADDR16_HA and R_PPC_REL16_HA relocs. */ 922 923 static bfd_reloc_status_type 924 ppc_elf_addr16_ha_reloc (bfd *abfd, 925 arelent *reloc_entry, 926 asymbol *symbol, 927 void *data, 928 asection *input_section, 929 bfd *output_bfd, 930 char **error_message ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) 931 { 932 enum elf_ppc_reloc_type r_type; 933 long insn; 934 bfd_size_type octets; 935 bfd_vma value; 936 937 if (output_bfd != NULL) 938 { 939 reloc_entry->address += input_section->output_offset; 940 return bfd_reloc_ok; 941 } 942 943 reloc_entry->addend += 0x8000; 944 r_type = reloc_entry->howto->type; 945 if (r_type != R_PPC_REL16DX_HA) 946 return bfd_reloc_continue; 947 948 value = 0; 949 if (!bfd_is_com_section (symbol->section)) 950 value = symbol->value; 951 value += (reloc_entry->addend 952 + symbol->section->output_offset 953 + symbol->section->output_section->vma); 954 value -= (reloc_entry->address 955 + input_section->output_offset 956 + input_section->output_section->vma); 957 value >>= 16; 958 959 octets = reloc_entry->address * bfd_octets_per_byte (abfd); 960 insn = bfd_get_32 (abfd, (bfd_byte *) data + octets); 961 insn &= ~0x1fffc1; 962 insn |= (value & 0xffc1) | ((value & 0x3e) << 15); 963 bfd_put_32 (abfd, insn, (bfd_byte *) data + octets); 964 return bfd_reloc_ok; 965 } 966 967 static bfd_reloc_status_type 968 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc (bfd *abfd, 969 arelent *reloc_entry, 970 asymbol *symbol, 971 void *data, 972 asection *input_section, 973 bfd *output_bfd, 974 char **error_message) 975 { 976 /* If this is a relocatable link (output_bfd test tells us), just 977 call the generic function. Any adjustment will be done at final 978 link time. */ 979 if (output_bfd != NULL) 980 return bfd_elf_generic_reloc (abfd, reloc_entry, symbol, data, 981 input_section, output_bfd, error_message); 982 983 if (error_message != NULL) 984 { 985 static char buf[60]; 986 sprintf (buf, _("generic linker can't handle %s"), 987 reloc_entry->howto->name); 988 *error_message = buf; 989 } 990 return bfd_reloc_dangerous; 991 } 992 993 /* Sections created by the linker. */ 994 995 typedef struct elf_linker_section 996 { 997 /* Pointer to the bfd section. */ 998 asection *section; 999 /* Section name. */ 1000 const char *name; 1001 /* Associated bss section name. */ 1002 const char *bss_name; 1003 /* Associated symbol name. */ 1004 const char *sym_name; 1005 /* Associated symbol. */ 1006 struct elf_link_hash_entry *sym; 1007 } elf_linker_section_t; 1008 1009 /* Linked list of allocated pointer entries. This hangs off of the 1010 symbol lists, and provides allows us to return different pointers, 1011 based on different addend's. */ 1012 1013 typedef struct elf_linker_section_pointers 1014 { 1015 /* next allocated pointer for this symbol */ 1016 struct elf_linker_section_pointers *next; 1017 /* offset of pointer from beginning of section */ 1018 bfd_vma offset; 1019 /* addend used */ 1020 bfd_vma addend; 1021 /* which linker section this is */ 1022 elf_linker_section_t *lsect; 1023 } elf_linker_section_pointers_t; 1024 1025 struct ppc_elf_obj_tdata 1026 { 1027 struct elf_obj_tdata elf; 1028 1029 /* A mapping from local symbols to offsets into the various linker 1030 sections added. This is index by the symbol index. */ 1031 elf_linker_section_pointers_t **linker_section_pointers; 1032 1033 /* Flags used to auto-detect plt type. */ 1034 unsigned int makes_plt_call : 1; 1035 unsigned int has_rel16 : 1; 1036 }; 1037 1038 #define ppc_elf_tdata(bfd) \ 1039 ((struct ppc_elf_obj_tdata *) (bfd)->tdata.any) 1040 1041 #define elf_local_ptr_offsets(bfd) \ 1042 (ppc_elf_tdata (bfd)->linker_section_pointers) 1043 1044 #define is_ppc_elf(bfd) \ 1045 (bfd_get_flavour (bfd) == bfd_target_elf_flavour \ 1046 && elf_object_id (bfd) == PPC32_ELF_DATA) 1047 1048 /* Override the generic function because we store some extras. */ 1049 1050 static bfd_boolean 1051 ppc_elf_mkobject (bfd *abfd) 1052 { 1053 return bfd_elf_allocate_object (abfd, sizeof (struct ppc_elf_obj_tdata), 1054 PPC32_ELF_DATA); 1055 } 1056 1057 /* When defaulting arch/mach, decode apuinfo to find a better match. */ 1058 1059 bfd_boolean 1060 _bfd_elf_ppc_set_arch (bfd *abfd) 1061 { 1062 unsigned long mach = 0; 1063 asection *s; 1064 unsigned char *contents; 1065 1066 if (abfd->arch_info->bits_per_word == 32 1067 && bfd_big_endian (abfd)) 1068 { 1069 1070 for (s = abfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next) 1071 if ((elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_flags & SHF_PPC_VLE) != 0) 1072 break; 1073 if (s != NULL) 1074 mach = bfd_mach_ppc_vle; 1075 } 1076 1077 if (mach == 0) 1078 { 1079 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, APUINFO_SECTION_NAME); 1080 if (s != NULL && bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd, s, &contents)) 1081 { 1082 unsigned int apuinfo_size = bfd_get_32 (abfd, contents + 4); 1083 unsigned int i; 1084 1085 for (i = 20; i < apuinfo_size + 20 && i + 4 <= s->size; i += 4) 1086 { 1087 unsigned int val = bfd_get_32 (abfd, contents + i); 1088 switch (val >> 16) 1089 { 1090 case PPC_APUINFO_PMR: 1091 case PPC_APUINFO_RFMCI: 1092 if (mach == 0) 1093 mach = bfd_mach_ppc_titan; 1094 break; 1095 1096 case PPC_APUINFO_ISEL: 1097 case PPC_APUINFO_CACHELCK: 1098 if (mach == bfd_mach_ppc_titan) 1099 mach = bfd_mach_ppc_e500mc; 1100 break; 1101 1102 case PPC_APUINFO_SPE: 1103 case PPC_APUINFO_EFS: 1104 case PPC_APUINFO_BRLOCK: 1105 if (mach != bfd_mach_ppc_vle) 1106 mach = bfd_mach_ppc_e500; 1107 break; 1108 1109 case PPC_APUINFO_VLE: 1110 mach = bfd_mach_ppc_vle; 1111 break; 1112 1113 default: 1114 mach = -1ul; 1115 } 1116 } 1117 free (contents); 1118 } 1119 } 1120 1121 if (mach != 0 && mach != -1ul) 1122 { 1123 const bfd_arch_info_type *arch; 1124 1125 for (arch = abfd->arch_info->next; arch; arch = arch->next) 1126 if (arch->mach == mach) 1127 { 1128 abfd->arch_info = arch; 1129 break; 1130 } 1131 } 1132 return TRUE; 1133 } 1134 1135 /* Fix bad default arch selected for a 32 bit input bfd when the 1136 default is 64 bit. Also select arch based on apuinfo. */ 1137 1138 static bfd_boolean 1139 ppc_elf_object_p (bfd *abfd) 1140 { 1141 if (!abfd->arch_info->the_default) 1142 return TRUE; 1143 1144 if (abfd->arch_info->bits_per_word == 64) 1145 { 1146 Elf_Internal_Ehdr *i_ehdr = elf_elfheader (abfd); 1147 1148 if (i_ehdr->e_ident[EI_CLASS] == ELFCLASS32) 1149 { 1150 /* Relies on arch after 64 bit default being 32 bit default. */ 1151 abfd->arch_info = abfd->arch_info->next; 1152 BFD_ASSERT (abfd->arch_info->bits_per_word == 32); 1153 } 1154 } 1155 return _bfd_elf_ppc_set_arch (abfd); 1156 } 1157 1158 /* Function to set whether a module needs the -mrelocatable bit set. */ 1159 1160 static bfd_boolean 1161 ppc_elf_set_private_flags (bfd *abfd, flagword flags) 1162 { 1163 BFD_ASSERT (!elf_flags_init (abfd) 1164 || elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags == flags); 1165 1166 elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags = flags; 1167 elf_flags_init (abfd) = TRUE; 1168 return TRUE; 1169 } 1170 1171 /* Support for core dump NOTE sections. */ 1172 1173 static bfd_boolean 1174 ppc_elf_grok_prstatus (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note) 1175 { 1176 int offset; 1177 unsigned int size; 1178 1179 switch (note->descsz) 1180 { 1181 default: 1182 return FALSE; 1183 1184 case 268: /* Linux/PPC. */ 1185 /* pr_cursig */ 1186 elf_tdata (abfd)->core->signal = bfd_get_16 (abfd, note->descdata + 12); 1187 1188 /* pr_pid */ 1189 elf_tdata (abfd)->core->lwpid = bfd_get_32 (abfd, note->descdata + 24); 1190 1191 /* pr_reg */ 1192 offset = 72; 1193 size = 192; 1194 1195 break; 1196 } 1197 1198 /* Make a ".reg/999" section. */ 1199 return _bfd_elfcore_make_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg", 1200 size, note->descpos + offset); 1201 } 1202 1203 static bfd_boolean 1204 ppc_elf_grok_psinfo (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note) 1205 { 1206 switch (note->descsz) 1207 { 1208 default: 1209 return FALSE; 1210 1211 case 128: /* Linux/PPC elf_prpsinfo. */ 1212 elf_tdata (abfd)->core->pid 1213 = bfd_get_32 (abfd, note->descdata + 16); 1214 elf_tdata (abfd)->core->program 1215 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd, note->descdata + 32, 16); 1216 elf_tdata (abfd)->core->command 1217 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd, note->descdata + 48, 80); 1218 } 1219 1220 /* Note that for some reason, a spurious space is tacked 1221 onto the end of the args in some (at least one anyway) 1222 implementations, so strip it off if it exists. */ 1223 1224 { 1225 char *command = elf_tdata (abfd)->core->command; 1226 int n = strlen (command); 1227 1228 if (0 < n && command[n - 1] == ' ') 1229 command[n - 1] = '\0'; 1230 } 1231 1232 return TRUE; 1233 } 1234 1235 static char * 1236 ppc_elf_write_core_note (bfd *abfd, char *buf, int *bufsiz, int note_type, ...) 1237 { 1238 switch (note_type) 1239 { 1240 default: 1241 return NULL; 1242 1243 case NT_PRPSINFO: 1244 { 1245 char data[128] ATTRIBUTE_NONSTRING; 1246 va_list ap; 1247 1248 va_start (ap, note_type); 1249 memset (data, 0, sizeof (data)); 1250 strncpy (data + 32, va_arg (ap, const char *), 16); 1251 #if GCC_VERSION == 8000 || GCC_VERSION == 8001 1252 DIAGNOSTIC_PUSH; 1253 /* GCC 8.0 and 8.1 warn about 80 equals destination size with 1254 -Wstringop-truncation: 1255 https://gcc.gnu.org/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=85643 1256 */ 1257 DIAGNOSTIC_IGNORE_STRINGOP_TRUNCATION; 1258 #endif 1259 strncpy (data + 48, va_arg (ap, const char *), 80); 1260 #if GCC_VERSION == 8000 || GCC_VERSION == 8001 1261 DIAGNOSTIC_POP; 1262 #endif 1263 va_end (ap); 1264 return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz, 1265 "CORE", note_type, data, sizeof (data)); 1266 } 1267 1268 case NT_PRSTATUS: 1269 { 1270 char data[268]; 1271 va_list ap; 1272 long pid; 1273 int cursig; 1274 const void *greg; 1275 1276 va_start (ap, note_type); 1277 memset (data, 0, 72); 1278 pid = va_arg (ap, long); 1279 bfd_put_32 (abfd, pid, data + 24); 1280 cursig = va_arg (ap, int); 1281 bfd_put_16 (abfd, cursig, data + 12); 1282 greg = va_arg (ap, const void *); 1283 memcpy (data + 72, greg, 192); 1284 memset (data + 264, 0, 4); 1285 va_end (ap); 1286 return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz, 1287 "CORE", note_type, data, sizeof (data)); 1288 } 1289 } 1290 } 1291 1292 static flagword 1293 ppc_elf_lookup_section_flags (char *flag_name) 1294 { 1295 1296 if (!strcmp (flag_name, "SHF_PPC_VLE")) 1297 return SHF_PPC_VLE; 1298 1299 return 0; 1300 } 1301 1302 /* Return address for Ith PLT stub in section PLT, for relocation REL 1303 or (bfd_vma) -1 if it should not be included. */ 1304 1305 static bfd_vma 1306 ppc_elf_plt_sym_val (bfd_vma i ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, 1307 const asection *plt ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, 1308 const arelent *rel) 1309 { 1310 return rel->address; 1311 } 1312 1313 /* Handle a PowerPC specific section when reading an object file. This 1314 is called when bfd_section_from_shdr finds a section with an unknown 1315 type. */ 1316 1317 static bfd_boolean 1318 ppc_elf_section_from_shdr (bfd *abfd, 1319 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr, 1320 const char *name, 1321 int shindex) 1322 { 1323 asection *newsect; 1324 flagword flags; 1325 1326 if (! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, shindex)) 1327 return FALSE; 1328 1329 newsect = hdr->bfd_section; 1330 flags = bfd_get_section_flags (abfd, newsect); 1331 if (hdr->sh_flags & SHF_EXCLUDE) 1332 flags |= SEC_EXCLUDE; 1333 1334 if (hdr->sh_type == SHT_ORDERED) 1335 flags |= SEC_SORT_ENTRIES; 1336 1337 bfd_set_section_flags (abfd, newsect, flags); 1338 return TRUE; 1339 } 1340 1341 /* Set up any other section flags and such that may be necessary. */ 1342 1343 static bfd_boolean 1344 ppc_elf_fake_sections (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, 1345 Elf_Internal_Shdr *shdr, 1346 asection *asect) 1347 { 1348 if ((asect->flags & SEC_SORT_ENTRIES) != 0) 1349 shdr->sh_type = SHT_ORDERED; 1350 1351 return TRUE; 1352 } 1353 1354 /* If we have .sbss2 or .PPC.EMB.sbss0 output sections, we 1355 need to bump up the number of section headers. */ 1356 1357 static int 1358 ppc_elf_additional_program_headers (bfd *abfd, 1359 struct bfd_link_info *info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) 1360 { 1361 asection *s; 1362 int ret = 0; 1363 1364 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".sbss2"); 1365 if (s != NULL && (s->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0) 1366 ++ret; 1367 1368 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".PPC.EMB.sbss0"); 1369 if (s != NULL && (s->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0) 1370 ++ret; 1371 1372 return ret; 1373 } 1374 1375 /* Modify the segment map for VLE executables. */ 1376 1377 bfd_boolean 1378 ppc_elf_modify_segment_map (bfd *abfd, 1379 struct bfd_link_info *info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) 1380 { 1381 struct elf_segment_map *m; 1382 1383 /* At this point in the link, output sections have already been sorted by 1384 LMA and assigned to segments. All that is left to do is to ensure 1385 there is no mixing of VLE & non-VLE sections in a text segment. 1386 If we find that case, we split the segment. 1387 We maintain the original output section order. */ 1388 1389 for (m = elf_seg_map (abfd); m != NULL; m = m->next) 1390 { 1391 struct elf_segment_map *n; 1392 bfd_size_type amt; 1393 unsigned int j, k; 1394 unsigned int p_flags; 1395 1396 if (m->p_type != PT_LOAD || m->count == 0) 1397 continue; 1398 1399 for (p_flags = PF_R, j = 0; j != m->count; ++j) 1400 { 1401 if ((m->sections[j]->flags & SEC_READONLY) == 0) 1402 p_flags |= PF_W; 1403 if ((m->sections[j]->flags & SEC_CODE) != 0) 1404 { 1405 p_flags |= PF_X; 1406 if ((elf_section_flags (m->sections[j]) & SHF_PPC_VLE) != 0) 1407 p_flags |= PF_PPC_VLE; 1408 break; 1409 } 1410 } 1411 if (j != m->count) 1412 while (++j != m->count) 1413 { 1414 unsigned int p_flags1 = PF_R; 1415 1416 if ((m->sections[j]->flags & SEC_READONLY) == 0) 1417 p_flags1 |= PF_W; 1418 if ((m->sections[j]->flags & SEC_CODE) != 0) 1419 { 1420 p_flags1 |= PF_X; 1421 if ((elf_section_flags (m->sections[j]) & SHF_PPC_VLE) != 0) 1422 p_flags1 |= PF_PPC_VLE; 1423 if (((p_flags1 ^ p_flags) & PF_PPC_VLE) != 0) 1424 break; 1425 } 1426 p_flags |= p_flags1; 1427 } 1428 /* If we're splitting a segment which originally contained rw 1429 sections then those sections might now only be in one of the 1430 two parts. So always set p_flags if splitting, even if we 1431 are being called for objcopy with p_flags_valid set. */ 1432 if (j != m->count || !m->p_flags_valid) 1433 { 1434 m->p_flags_valid = 1; 1435 m->p_flags = p_flags; 1436 } 1437 if (j == m->count) 1438 continue; 1439 1440 /* Sections 0..j-1 stay in this (current) segment, 1441 the remainder are put in a new segment. 1442 The scan resumes with the new segment. */ 1443 1444 amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map); 1445 amt += (m->count - j - 1) * sizeof (asection *); 1446 n = (struct elf_segment_map *) bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt); 1447 if (n == NULL) 1448 return FALSE; 1449 1450 n->p_type = PT_LOAD; 1451 n->count = m->count - j; 1452 for (k = 0; k < n->count; ++k) 1453 n->sections[k] = m->sections[j + k]; 1454 m->count = j; 1455 m->p_size_valid = 0; 1456 n->next = m->next; 1457 m->next = n; 1458 } 1459 1460 return TRUE; 1461 } 1462 1463 /* Add extra PPC sections -- Note, for now, make .sbss2 and 1464 .PPC.EMB.sbss0 a normal section, and not a bss section so 1465 that the linker doesn't crater when trying to make more than 1466 2 sections. */ 1467 1468 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section ppc_elf_special_sections[] = 1469 { 1470 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".plt"), 0, SHT_NOBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_EXECINSTR }, 1471 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".sbss"), -2, SHT_NOBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE }, 1472 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".sbss2"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC }, 1473 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".sdata"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE }, 1474 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".sdata2"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC }, 1475 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".tags"), 0, SHT_ORDERED, SHF_ALLOC }, 1476 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (APUINFO_SECTION_NAME), 0, SHT_NOTE, 0 }, 1477 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".PPC.EMB.sbss0"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC }, 1478 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".PPC.EMB.sdata0"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC }, 1479 { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 } 1480 }; 1481 1482 /* This is what we want for new plt/got. */ 1483 static struct bfd_elf_special_section ppc_alt_plt = 1484 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".plt"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC }; 1485 1486 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section * 1487 ppc_elf_get_sec_type_attr (bfd *abfd, asection *sec) 1488 { 1489 const struct bfd_elf_special_section *ssect; 1490 1491 /* See if this is one of the special sections. */ 1492 if (sec->name == NULL) 1493 return NULL; 1494 1495 ssect = _bfd_elf_get_special_section (sec->name, ppc_elf_special_sections, 1496 sec->use_rela_p); 1497 if (ssect != NULL) 1498 { 1499 if (ssect == ppc_elf_special_sections && (sec->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0) 1500 ssect = &ppc_alt_plt; 1501 return ssect; 1502 } 1503 1504 return _bfd_elf_get_sec_type_attr (abfd, sec); 1505 } 1506 1507 /* Very simple linked list structure for recording apuinfo values. */ 1508 typedef struct apuinfo_list 1509 { 1510 struct apuinfo_list *next; 1511 unsigned long value; 1512 } 1513 apuinfo_list; 1514 1515 static apuinfo_list *head; 1516 static bfd_boolean apuinfo_set; 1517 1518 static void 1519 apuinfo_list_init (void) 1520 { 1521 head = NULL; 1522 apuinfo_set = FALSE; 1523 } 1524 1525 static void 1526 apuinfo_list_add (unsigned long value) 1527 { 1528 apuinfo_list *entry = head; 1529 1530 while (entry != NULL) 1531 { 1532 if (entry->value == value) 1533 return; 1534 entry = entry->next; 1535 } 1536 1537 entry = bfd_malloc (sizeof (* entry)); 1538 if (entry == NULL) 1539 return; 1540 1541 entry->value = value; 1542 entry->next = head; 1543 head = entry; 1544 } 1545 1546 static unsigned 1547 apuinfo_list_length (void) 1548 { 1549 apuinfo_list *entry; 1550 unsigned long count; 1551 1552 for (entry = head, count = 0; 1553 entry; 1554 entry = entry->next) 1555 ++ count; 1556 1557 return count; 1558 } 1559 1560 static inline unsigned long 1561 apuinfo_list_element (unsigned long number) 1562 { 1563 apuinfo_list * entry; 1564 1565 for (entry = head; 1566 entry && number --; 1567 entry = entry->next) 1568 ; 1569 1570 return entry ? entry->value : 0; 1571 } 1572 1573 static void 1574 apuinfo_list_finish (void) 1575 { 1576 apuinfo_list *entry; 1577 1578 for (entry = head; entry;) 1579 { 1580 apuinfo_list *next = entry->next; 1581 free (entry); 1582 entry = next; 1583 } 1584 1585 head = NULL; 1586 } 1587 1588 /* Scan the input BFDs and create a linked list of 1589 the APUinfo values that will need to be emitted. */ 1590 1591 static void 1592 ppc_elf_begin_write_processing (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *link_info) 1593 { 1594 bfd *ibfd; 1595 asection *asec; 1596 char *buffer = NULL; 1597 bfd_size_type largest_input_size = 0; 1598 unsigned i; 1599 unsigned long length; 1600 const char *error_message = NULL; 1601 1602 if (link_info == NULL) 1603 return; 1604 1605 apuinfo_list_init (); 1606 1607 /* Read in the input sections contents. */ 1608 for (ibfd = link_info->input_bfds; ibfd; ibfd = ibfd->link.next) 1609 { 1610 unsigned long datum; 1611 1612 asec = bfd_get_section_by_name (ibfd, APUINFO_SECTION_NAME); 1613 if (asec == NULL) 1614 continue; 1615 1616 /* xgettext:c-format */ 1617 error_message = _("corrupt %s section in %pB"); 1618 length = asec->size; 1619 if (length < 20) 1620 goto fail; 1621 1622 apuinfo_set = TRUE; 1623 if (largest_input_size < asec->size) 1624 { 1625 if (buffer) 1626 free (buffer); 1627 largest_input_size = asec->size; 1628 buffer = bfd_malloc (largest_input_size); 1629 if (!buffer) 1630 return; 1631 } 1632 1633 if (bfd_seek (ibfd, asec->filepos, SEEK_SET) != 0 1634 || (bfd_bread (buffer, length, ibfd) != length)) 1635 { 1636 /* xgettext:c-format */ 1637 error_message = _("unable to read in %s section from %pB"); 1638 goto fail; 1639 } 1640 1641 /* Verify the contents of the header. Note - we have to 1642 extract the values this way in order to allow for a 1643 host whose endian-ness is different from the target. */ 1644 datum = bfd_get_32 (ibfd, buffer); 1645 if (datum != sizeof APUINFO_LABEL) 1646 goto fail; 1647 1648 datum = bfd_get_32 (ibfd, buffer + 8); 1649 if (datum != 0x2) 1650 goto fail; 1651 1652 if (strcmp (buffer + 12, APUINFO_LABEL) != 0) 1653 goto fail; 1654 1655 /* Get the number of bytes used for apuinfo entries. */ 1656 datum = bfd_get_32 (ibfd, buffer + 4); 1657 if (datum + 20 != length) 1658 goto fail; 1659 1660 /* Scan the apuinfo section, building a list of apuinfo numbers. */ 1661 for (i = 0; i < datum; i += 4) 1662 apuinfo_list_add (bfd_get_32 (ibfd, buffer + 20 + i)); 1663 } 1664 1665 error_message = NULL; 1666 1667 if (apuinfo_set) 1668 { 1669 /* Compute the size of the output section. */ 1670 unsigned num_entries = apuinfo_list_length (); 1671 1672 /* Set the output section size, if it exists. */ 1673 asec = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, APUINFO_SECTION_NAME); 1674 1675 if (asec && ! bfd_set_section_size (abfd, asec, 20 + num_entries * 4)) 1676 { 1677 ibfd = abfd; 1678 /* xgettext:c-format */ 1679 error_message = _("warning: unable to set size of %s section in %pB"); 1680 } 1681 } 1682 1683 fail: 1684 if (buffer) 1685 free (buffer); 1686 1687 if (error_message) 1688 _bfd_error_handler (error_message, APUINFO_SECTION_NAME, ibfd); 1689 } 1690 1691 /* Prevent the output section from accumulating the input sections' 1692 contents. We have already stored this in our linked list structure. */ 1693 1694 static bfd_boolean 1695 ppc_elf_write_section (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, 1696 struct bfd_link_info *link_info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, 1697 asection *asec, 1698 bfd_byte *contents ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) 1699 { 1700 return apuinfo_set && strcmp (asec->name, APUINFO_SECTION_NAME) == 0; 1701 } 1702 1703 /* Finally we can generate the output section. */ 1704 1705 static void 1706 ppc_elf_final_write_processing (bfd *abfd, bfd_boolean linker ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) 1707 { 1708 bfd_byte *buffer; 1709 asection *asec; 1710 unsigned i; 1711 unsigned num_entries; 1712 bfd_size_type length; 1713 1714 asec = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, APUINFO_SECTION_NAME); 1715 if (asec == NULL) 1716 return; 1717 1718 if (!apuinfo_set) 1719 return; 1720 1721 length = asec->size; 1722 if (length < 20) 1723 return; 1724 1725 buffer = bfd_malloc (length); 1726 if (buffer == NULL) 1727 { 1728 _bfd_error_handler 1729 (_("failed to allocate space for new APUinfo section")); 1730 return; 1731 } 1732 1733 /* Create the apuinfo header. */ 1734 num_entries = apuinfo_list_length (); 1735 bfd_put_32 (abfd, sizeof APUINFO_LABEL, buffer); 1736 bfd_put_32 (abfd, num_entries * 4, buffer + 4); 1737 bfd_put_32 (abfd, 0x2, buffer + 8); 1738 strcpy ((char *) buffer + 12, APUINFO_LABEL); 1739 1740 length = 20; 1741 for (i = 0; i < num_entries; i++) 1742 { 1743 bfd_put_32 (abfd, apuinfo_list_element (i), buffer + length); 1744 length += 4; 1745 } 1746 1747 if (length != asec->size) 1748 _bfd_error_handler (_("failed to compute new APUinfo section")); 1749 1750 if (! bfd_set_section_contents (abfd, asec, buffer, (file_ptr) 0, length)) 1751 _bfd_error_handler (_("failed to install new APUinfo section")); 1752 1753 free (buffer); 1754 1755 apuinfo_list_finish (); 1756 } 1757 1758 static bfd_boolean 1759 is_nonpic_glink_stub (bfd *abfd, asection *glink, bfd_vma off) 1760 { 1761 bfd_byte buf[4 * 4]; 1762 1763 if (!bfd_get_section_contents (abfd, glink, buf, off, sizeof buf)) 1764 return FALSE; 1765 1766 return ((bfd_get_32 (abfd, buf + 0) & 0xffff0000) == LIS_11 1767 && (bfd_get_32 (abfd, buf + 4) & 0xffff0000) == LWZ_11_11 1768 && bfd_get_32 (abfd, buf + 8) == MTCTR_11 1769 && bfd_get_32 (abfd, buf + 12) == BCTR); 1770 } 1771 1772 static bfd_boolean 1773 section_covers_vma (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, asection *section, void *ptr) 1774 { 1775 bfd_vma vma = *(bfd_vma *) ptr; 1776 return ((section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0 1777 && section->vma <= vma 1778 && vma < section->vma + section->size); 1779 } 1780 1781 static long 1782 ppc_elf_get_synthetic_symtab (bfd *abfd, long symcount, asymbol **syms, 1783 long dynsymcount, asymbol **dynsyms, 1784 asymbol **ret) 1785 { 1786 bfd_boolean (*slurp_relocs) (bfd *, asection *, asymbol **, bfd_boolean); 1787 asection *plt, *relplt, *dynamic, *glink; 1788 bfd_vma glink_vma = 0; 1789 bfd_vma resolv_vma = 0; 1790 bfd_vma stub_off; 1791 asymbol *s; 1792 arelent *p; 1793 long count, i, stub_delta; 1794 size_t size; 1795 char *names; 1796 bfd_byte buf[4]; 1797 1798 *ret = NULL; 1799 1800 if ((abfd->flags & (DYNAMIC | EXEC_P)) == 0) 1801 return 0; 1802 1803 if (dynsymcount <= 0) 1804 return 0; 1805 1806 relplt = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".rela.plt"); 1807 if (relplt == NULL) 1808 return 0; 1809 1810 plt = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".plt"); 1811 if (plt == NULL) 1812 return 0; 1813 1814 /* Call common code to handle old-style executable PLTs. */ 1815 if (elf_section_flags (plt) & SHF_EXECINSTR) 1816 return _bfd_elf_get_synthetic_symtab (abfd, symcount, syms, 1817 dynsymcount, dynsyms, ret); 1818 1819 /* If this object was prelinked, the prelinker stored the address 1820 of .glink at got[1]. If it wasn't prelinked, got[1] will be zero. */ 1821 dynamic = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynamic"); 1822 if (dynamic != NULL) 1823 { 1824 bfd_byte *dynbuf, *extdyn, *extdynend; 1825 size_t extdynsize; 1826 void (*swap_dyn_in) (bfd *, const void *, Elf_Internal_Dyn *); 1827 1828 if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd, dynamic, &dynbuf)) 1829 return -1; 1830 1831 extdynsize = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_dyn; 1832 swap_dyn_in = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->swap_dyn_in; 1833 1834 extdyn = dynbuf; 1835 extdynend = extdyn + dynamic->size; 1836 for (; extdyn < extdynend; extdyn += extdynsize) 1837 { 1838 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn; 1839 (*swap_dyn_in) (abfd, extdyn, &dyn); 1840 1841 if (dyn.d_tag == DT_NULL) 1842 break; 1843 1844 if (dyn.d_tag == DT_PPC_GOT) 1845 { 1846 unsigned int g_o_t = dyn.d_un.d_val; 1847 asection *got = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".got"); 1848 if (got != NULL 1849 && bfd_get_section_contents (abfd, got, buf, 1850 g_o_t - got->vma + 4, 4)) 1851 glink_vma = bfd_get_32 (abfd, buf); 1852 break; 1853 } 1854 } 1855 free (dynbuf); 1856 } 1857 1858 /* Otherwise we read the first plt entry. */ 1859 if (glink_vma == 0) 1860 { 1861 if (bfd_get_section_contents (abfd, plt, buf, 0, 4)) 1862 glink_vma = bfd_get_32 (abfd, buf); 1863 } 1864 1865 if (glink_vma == 0) 1866 return 0; 1867 1868 /* The .glink section usually does not survive the final 1869 link; search for the section (usually .text) where the 1870 glink stubs now reside. */ 1871 glink = bfd_sections_find_if (abfd, section_covers_vma, &glink_vma); 1872 if (glink == NULL) 1873 return 0; 1874 1875 /* Determine glink PLT resolver by reading the relative branch 1876 from the first glink stub. */ 1877 if (bfd_get_section_contents (abfd, glink, buf, 1878 glink_vma - glink->vma, 4)) 1879 { 1880 unsigned int insn = bfd_get_32 (abfd, buf); 1881 1882 /* The first glink stub may either branch to the resolver ... */ 1883 insn ^= B; 1884 if ((insn & ~0x3fffffc) == 0) 1885 resolv_vma = glink_vma + (insn ^ 0x2000000) - 0x2000000; 1886 1887 /* ... or fall through a bunch of NOPs. */ 1888 else if ((insn ^ B ^ NOP) == 0) 1889 for (i = 4; 1890 bfd_get_section_contents (abfd, glink, buf, 1891 glink_vma - glink->vma + i, 4); 1892 i += 4) 1893 if (bfd_get_32 (abfd, buf) != NOP) 1894 { 1895 resolv_vma = glink_vma + i; 1896 break; 1897 } 1898 } 1899 1900 count = relplt->size / sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela); 1901 /* If the stubs are those for -shared/-pie then we might have 1902 multiple stubs for each plt entry. If that is the case then 1903 there is no way to associate stubs with their plt entries short 1904 of figuring out the GOT pointer value used in the stub. 1905 The offsets tested here need to cover all possible values of 1906 GLINK_ENTRY_SIZE for other than __tls_get_addr_opt. */ 1907 stub_off = glink_vma - glink->vma; 1908 for (stub_delta = 16; stub_delta <= 32; stub_delta += 8) 1909 if (is_nonpic_glink_stub (abfd, glink, stub_off - stub_delta)) 1910 break; 1911 if (stub_delta > 32) 1912 return 0; 1913 1914 slurp_relocs = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->slurp_reloc_table; 1915 if (! (*slurp_relocs) (abfd, relplt, dynsyms, TRUE)) 1916 return -1; 1917 1918 size = count * sizeof (asymbol); 1919 p = relplt->relocation; 1920 for (i = 0; i < count; i++, p++) 1921 { 1922 size += strlen ((*p->sym_ptr_ptr)->name) + sizeof ("@plt"); 1923 if (p->addend != 0) 1924 size += sizeof ("+0x") - 1 + 8; 1925 } 1926 1927 size += sizeof (asymbol) + sizeof ("__glink"); 1928 1929 if (resolv_vma) 1930 size += sizeof (asymbol) + sizeof ("__glink_PLTresolve"); 1931 1932 s = *ret = bfd_malloc (size); 1933 if (s == NULL) 1934 return -1; 1935 1936 stub_off = glink_vma - glink->vma; 1937 names = (char *) (s + count + 1 + (resolv_vma != 0)); 1938 p = relplt->relocation + count - 1; 1939 for (i = 0; i < count; i++) 1940 { 1941 size_t len; 1942 1943 stub_off -= stub_delta; 1944 if (strcmp ((*p->sym_ptr_ptr)->name, "__tls_get_addr_opt") == 0) 1945 stub_off -= 32; 1946 *s = **p->sym_ptr_ptr; 1947 /* Undefined syms won't have BSF_LOCAL or BSF_GLOBAL set. Since 1948 we are defining a symbol, ensure one of them is set. */ 1949 if ((s->flags & BSF_LOCAL) == 0) 1950 s->flags |= BSF_GLOBAL; 1951 s->flags |= BSF_SYNTHETIC; 1952 s->section = glink; 1953 s->value = stub_off; 1954 s->name = names; 1955 s->udata.p = NULL; 1956 len = strlen ((*p->sym_ptr_ptr)->name); 1957 memcpy (names, (*p->sym_ptr_ptr)->name, len); 1958 names += len; 1959 if (p->addend != 0) 1960 { 1961 memcpy (names, "+0x", sizeof ("+0x") - 1); 1962 names += sizeof ("+0x") - 1; 1963 bfd_sprintf_vma (abfd, names, p->addend); 1964 names += strlen (names); 1965 } 1966 memcpy (names, "@plt", sizeof ("@plt")); 1967 names += sizeof ("@plt"); 1968 ++s; 1969 --p; 1970 } 1971 1972 /* Add a symbol at the start of the glink branch table. */ 1973 memset (s, 0, sizeof *s); 1974 s->the_bfd = abfd; 1975 s->flags = BSF_GLOBAL | BSF_SYNTHETIC; 1976 s->section = glink; 1977 s->value = glink_vma - glink->vma; 1978 s->name = names; 1979 memcpy (names, "__glink", sizeof ("__glink")); 1980 names += sizeof ("__glink"); 1981 s++; 1982 count++; 1983 1984 if (resolv_vma) 1985 { 1986 /* Add a symbol for the glink PLT resolver. */ 1987 memset (s, 0, sizeof *s); 1988 s->the_bfd = abfd; 1989 s->flags = BSF_GLOBAL | BSF_SYNTHETIC; 1990 s->section = glink; 1991 s->value = resolv_vma - glink->vma; 1992 s->name = names; 1993 memcpy (names, "__glink_PLTresolve", sizeof ("__glink_PLTresolve")); 1994 names += sizeof ("__glink_PLTresolve"); 1995 s++; 1996 count++; 1997 } 1998 1999 return count; 2000 } 2001 2002 /* The following functions are specific to the ELF linker, while 2003 functions above are used generally. They appear in this file more 2004 or less in the order in which they are called. eg. 2005 ppc_elf_check_relocs is called early in the link process, 2006 ppc_elf_finish_dynamic_sections is one of the last functions 2007 called. */ 2008 2009 /* Track PLT entries needed for a given symbol. We might need more 2010 than one glink entry per symbol when generating a pic binary. */ 2011 struct plt_entry 2012 { 2013 struct plt_entry *next; 2014 2015 /* -fPIC uses multiple GOT sections, one per file, called ".got2". 2016 This field stores the offset into .got2 used to initialise the 2017 GOT pointer reg. It will always be at least 32768. (Current 2018 gcc always uses an offset of 32768, but ld -r will pack .got2 2019 sections together resulting in larger offsets). */ 2020 bfd_vma addend; 2021 2022 /* The .got2 section. */ 2023 asection *sec; 2024 2025 /* PLT refcount or offset. */ 2026 union 2027 { 2028 bfd_signed_vma refcount; 2029 bfd_vma offset; 2030 } plt; 2031 2032 /* .glink stub offset. */ 2033 bfd_vma glink_offset; 2034 }; 2035 2036 /* Of those relocs that might be copied as dynamic relocs, this 2037 function selects those that must be copied when linking a shared 2038 library or PIE, even when the symbol is local. */ 2039 2040 static int 2041 must_be_dyn_reloc (struct bfd_link_info *info, 2042 enum elf_ppc_reloc_type r_type) 2043 { 2044 switch (r_type) 2045 { 2046 default: 2047 /* Only relative relocs can be resolved when the object load 2048 address isn't fixed. DTPREL32 is excluded because the 2049 dynamic linker needs to differentiate global dynamic from 2050 local dynamic __tls_index pairs when PPC_OPT_TLS is set. */ 2051 return 1; 2052 2053 case R_PPC_REL24: 2054 case R_PPC_REL14: 2055 case R_PPC_REL14_BRTAKEN: 2056 case R_PPC_REL14_BRNTAKEN: 2057 case R_PPC_REL32: 2058 return 0; 2059 2060 case R_PPC_TPREL32: 2061 case R_PPC_TPREL16: 2062 case R_PPC_TPREL16_LO: 2063 case R_PPC_TPREL16_HI: 2064 case R_PPC_TPREL16_HA: 2065 /* These relocations are relative but in a shared library the 2066 linker doesn't know the thread pointer base. */ 2067 return bfd_link_dll (info); 2068 } 2069 } 2070 2071 /* If ELIMINATE_COPY_RELOCS is non-zero, the linker will try to avoid 2072 copying dynamic variables from a shared lib into an app's dynbss 2073 section, and instead use a dynamic relocation to point into the 2074 shared lib. */ 2075 #define ELIMINATE_COPY_RELOCS 1 2076 2077 /* Used to track dynamic relocations for local symbols. */ 2078 struct ppc_dyn_relocs 2079 { 2080 struct ppc_dyn_relocs *next; 2081 2082 /* The input section of the reloc. */ 2083 asection *sec; 2084 2085 /* Total number of relocs copied for the input section. */ 2086 unsigned int count : 31; 2087 2088 /* Whether this entry is for STT_GNU_IFUNC symbols. */ 2089 unsigned int ifunc : 1; 2090 }; 2091 2092 /* PPC ELF linker hash entry. */ 2093 2094 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry 2095 { 2096 struct elf_link_hash_entry elf; 2097 2098 /* If this symbol is used in the linker created sections, the processor 2099 specific backend uses this field to map the field into the offset 2100 from the beginning of the section. */ 2101 elf_linker_section_pointers_t *linker_section_pointer; 2102 2103 /* Track dynamic relocs copied for this symbol. */ 2104 struct elf_dyn_relocs *dyn_relocs; 2105 2106 /* Contexts in which symbol is used in the GOT. 2107 Bits are or'd into the mask as the corresponding relocs are 2108 encountered during check_relocs, with TLS_TLS being set when any 2109 of the other TLS bits are set. tls_optimize clears bits when 2110 optimizing to indicate the corresponding GOT entry type is not 2111 needed. If set, TLS_TLS is never cleared. tls_optimize may also 2112 set TLS_TPRELGD when a GD reloc turns into a TPREL one. We use a 2113 separate flag rather than setting TPREL just for convenience in 2114 distinguishing the two cases. 2115 These flags are also kept for local symbols. */ 2116 #define TLS_TLS 1 /* Any TLS reloc. */ 2117 #define TLS_GD 2 /* GD reloc. */ 2118 #define TLS_LD 4 /* LD reloc. */ 2119 #define TLS_TPREL 8 /* TPREL reloc, => IE. */ 2120 #define TLS_DTPREL 16 /* DTPREL reloc, => LD. */ 2121 #define TLS_MARK 32 /* __tls_get_addr call marked. */ 2122 #define TLS_TPRELGD 64 /* TPREL reloc resulting from GD->IE. */ 2123 unsigned char tls_mask; 2124 2125 /* The above field is also used to mark function symbols. In which 2126 case TLS_TLS will be 0. */ 2127 #define PLT_IFUNC 2 /* STT_GNU_IFUNC. */ 2128 #define PLT_KEEP 4 /* inline plt call requires plt entry. */ 2129 #define NON_GOT 256 /* local symbol plt, not stored. */ 2130 2131 /* Nonzero if we have seen a small data relocation referring to this 2132 symbol. */ 2133 unsigned char has_sda_refs : 1; 2134 2135 /* Flag use of given relocations. */ 2136 unsigned char has_addr16_ha : 1; 2137 unsigned char has_addr16_lo : 1; 2138 }; 2139 2140 #define ppc_elf_hash_entry(ent) ((struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry *) (ent)) 2141 2142 /* PPC ELF linker hash table. */ 2143 2144 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table 2145 { 2146 struct elf_link_hash_table elf; 2147 2148 /* Various options passed from the linker. */ 2149 struct ppc_elf_params *params; 2150 2151 /* Short-cuts to get to dynamic linker sections. */ 2152 asection *glink; 2153 asection *dynsbss; 2154 asection *relsbss; 2155 elf_linker_section_t sdata[2]; 2156 asection *sbss; 2157 asection *glink_eh_frame; 2158 asection *pltlocal; 2159 asection *relpltlocal; 2160 2161 /* The (unloaded but important) .rela.plt.unloaded on VxWorks. */ 2162 asection *srelplt2; 2163 2164 /* Shortcut to __tls_get_addr. */ 2165 struct elf_link_hash_entry *tls_get_addr; 2166 2167 /* The bfd that forced an old-style PLT. */ 2168 bfd *old_bfd; 2169 2170 /* TLS local dynamic got entry handling. */ 2171 union { 2172 bfd_signed_vma refcount; 2173 bfd_vma offset; 2174 } tlsld_got; 2175 2176 /* Offset of branch table to PltResolve function in glink. */ 2177 bfd_vma glink_pltresolve; 2178 2179 /* Size of reserved GOT entries. */ 2180 unsigned int got_header_size; 2181 /* Non-zero if allocating the header left a gap. */ 2182 unsigned int got_gap; 2183 2184 /* The type of PLT we have chosen to use. */ 2185 enum ppc_elf_plt_type plt_type; 2186 2187 /* True if the target system is VxWorks. */ 2188 unsigned int is_vxworks:1; 2189 2190 /* Whether there exist local gnu indirect function resolvers, 2191 referenced by dynamic relocations. */ 2192 unsigned int local_ifunc_resolver:1; 2193 unsigned int maybe_local_ifunc_resolver:1; 2194 2195 /* Set if tls optimization is enabled. */ 2196 unsigned int do_tls_opt:1; 2197 2198 /* Set if inline plt calls should be converted to direct calls. */ 2199 unsigned int can_convert_all_inline_plt:1; 2200 2201 /* The size of PLT entries. */ 2202 int plt_entry_size; 2203 /* The distance between adjacent PLT slots. */ 2204 int plt_slot_size; 2205 /* The size of the first PLT entry. */ 2206 int plt_initial_entry_size; 2207 2208 /* Small local sym cache. */ 2209 struct sym_cache sym_cache; 2210 }; 2211 2212 /* Rename some of the generic section flags to better document how they 2213 are used for ppc32. The flags are only valid for ppc32 elf objects. */ 2214 2215 /* Nonzero if this section has TLS related relocations. */ 2216 #define has_tls_reloc sec_flg0 2217 2218 /* Nonzero if this section has a call to __tls_get_addr. */ 2219 #define has_tls_get_addr_call sec_flg1 2220 2221 /* Flag set when PLTCALL relocs are detected. */ 2222 #define has_pltcall sec_flg2 2223 2224 /* Get the PPC ELF linker hash table from a link_info structure. */ 2225 2226 #define ppc_elf_hash_table(p) \ 2227 (elf_hash_table_id ((struct elf_link_hash_table *) ((p)->hash)) \ 2228 == PPC32_ELF_DATA ? ((struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *) ((p)->hash)) : NULL) 2229 2230 /* Create an entry in a PPC ELF linker hash table. */ 2231 2232 static struct bfd_hash_entry * 2233 ppc_elf_link_hash_newfunc (struct bfd_hash_entry *entry, 2234 struct bfd_hash_table *table, 2235 const char *string) 2236 { 2237 /* Allocate the structure if it has not already been allocated by a 2238 subclass. */ 2239 if (entry == NULL) 2240 { 2241 entry = bfd_hash_allocate (table, 2242 sizeof (struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry)); 2243 if (entry == NULL) 2244 return entry; 2245 } 2246 2247 /* Call the allocation method of the superclass. */ 2248 entry = _bfd_elf_link_hash_newfunc (entry, table, string); 2249 if (entry != NULL) 2250 { 2251 ppc_elf_hash_entry (entry)->linker_section_pointer = NULL; 2252 ppc_elf_hash_entry (entry)->dyn_relocs = NULL; 2253 ppc_elf_hash_entry (entry)->tls_mask = 0; 2254 ppc_elf_hash_entry (entry)->has_sda_refs = 0; 2255 } 2256 2257 return entry; 2258 } 2259 2260 /* Create a PPC ELF linker hash table. */ 2261 2262 static struct bfd_link_hash_table * 2263 ppc_elf_link_hash_table_create (bfd *abfd) 2264 { 2265 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *ret; 2266 static struct ppc_elf_params default_params 2267 = { PLT_OLD, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0, 12, 0, 0, 0 }; 2268 2269 ret = bfd_zmalloc (sizeof (struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table)); 2270 if (ret == NULL) 2271 return NULL; 2272 2273 if (!_bfd_elf_link_hash_table_init (&ret->elf, abfd, 2274 ppc_elf_link_hash_newfunc, 2275 sizeof (struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry), 2276 PPC32_ELF_DATA)) 2277 { 2278 free (ret); 2279 return NULL; 2280 } 2281 2282 ret->elf.init_plt_refcount.refcount = 0; 2283 ret->elf.init_plt_refcount.glist = NULL; 2284 ret->elf.init_plt_offset.offset = 0; 2285 ret->elf.init_plt_offset.glist = NULL; 2286 2287 ret->params = &default_params; 2288 2289 ret->sdata[0].name = ".sdata"; 2290 ret->sdata[0].sym_name = "_SDA_BASE_"; 2291 ret->sdata[0].bss_name = ".sbss"; 2292 2293 ret->sdata[1].name = ".sdata2"; 2294 ret->sdata[1].sym_name = "_SDA2_BASE_"; 2295 ret->sdata[1].bss_name = ".sbss2"; 2296 2297 ret->plt_entry_size = 12; 2298 ret->plt_slot_size = 8; 2299 ret->plt_initial_entry_size = 72; 2300 2301 return &ret->elf.root; 2302 } 2303 2304 /* Hook linker params into hash table. */ 2305 2306 void 2307 ppc_elf_link_params (struct bfd_link_info *info, struct ppc_elf_params *params) 2308 { 2309 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab = ppc_elf_hash_table (info); 2310 2311 if (htab) 2312 htab->params = params; 2313 params->pagesize_p2 = bfd_log2 (params->pagesize); 2314 } 2315 2316 /* Create .got and the related sections. */ 2317 2318 static bfd_boolean 2319 ppc_elf_create_got (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info) 2320 { 2321 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab; 2322 2323 if (!_bfd_elf_create_got_section (abfd, info)) 2324 return FALSE; 2325 2326 htab = ppc_elf_hash_table (info); 2327 if (!htab->is_vxworks) 2328 { 2329 /* The powerpc .got has a blrl instruction in it. Mark it 2330 executable. */ 2331 flagword flags = (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_CODE | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS 2332 | SEC_IN_MEMORY | SEC_LINKER_CREATED); 2333 if (!bfd_set_section_flags (abfd, htab->elf.sgot, flags)) 2334 return FALSE; 2335 } 2336 2337 return TRUE; 2338 } 2339 2340 /* Create a special linker section, used for R_PPC_EMB_SDAI16 and 2341 R_PPC_EMB_SDA2I16 pointers. These sections become part of .sdata 2342 and .sdata2. Create _SDA_BASE_ and _SDA2_BASE too. */ 2343 2344 static bfd_boolean 2345 ppc_elf_create_linker_section (bfd *abfd, 2346 struct bfd_link_info *info, 2347 flagword flags, 2348 elf_linker_section_t *lsect) 2349 { 2350 asection *s; 2351 2352 flags |= (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_IN_MEMORY 2353 | SEC_LINKER_CREATED); 2354 2355 s = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, lsect->name, flags); 2356 if (s == NULL) 2357 return FALSE; 2358 lsect->section = s; 2359 2360 /* Define the sym on the first section of this name. */ 2361 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, lsect->name); 2362 2363 lsect->sym = _bfd_elf_define_linkage_sym (abfd, info, s, lsect->sym_name); 2364 if (lsect->sym == NULL) 2365 return FALSE; 2366 lsect->sym->root.u.def.value = 0x8000; 2367 return TRUE; 2368 } 2369 2370 static bfd_boolean 2371 ppc_elf_create_glink (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info) 2372 { 2373 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab = ppc_elf_hash_table (info); 2374 asection *s; 2375 flagword flags; 2376 int p2align; 2377 2378 flags = (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_CODE | SEC_READONLY | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS 2379 | SEC_IN_MEMORY | SEC_LINKER_CREATED); 2380 s = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, ".glink", flags); 2381 htab->glink = s; 2382 p2align = htab->params->ppc476_workaround ? 6 : 4; 2383 if (p2align < htab->params->plt_stub_align) 2384 p2align = htab->params->plt_stub_align; 2385 if (s == NULL 2386 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, s, p2align)) 2387 return FALSE; 2388 2389 if (!info->no_ld_generated_unwind_info) 2390 { 2391 flags = (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_READONLY | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS 2392 | SEC_IN_MEMORY | SEC_LINKER_CREATED); 2393 s = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, ".eh_frame", flags); 2394 htab->glink_eh_frame = s; 2395 if (s == NULL 2396 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, s, 2)) 2397 return FALSE; 2398 } 2399 2400 flags = SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LINKER_CREATED; 2401 s = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, ".iplt", flags); 2402 htab->elf.iplt = s; 2403 if (s == NULL 2404 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, s, 4)) 2405 return FALSE; 2406 2407 flags = (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_READONLY | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS 2408 | SEC_IN_MEMORY | SEC_LINKER_CREATED); 2409 s = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, ".rela.iplt", flags); 2410 htab->elf.irelplt = s; 2411 if (s == NULL 2412 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, s, 2)) 2413 return FALSE; 2414 2415 /* Local plt entries. */ 2416 flags = (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD 2417 | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_IN_MEMORY | SEC_LINKER_CREATED); 2418 htab->pltlocal = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, ".branch_lt", 2419 flags); 2420 if (htab->pltlocal == NULL 2421 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, htab->pltlocal, 2)) 2422 return FALSE; 2423 2424 if (bfd_link_pic (info)) 2425 { 2426 flags = (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_READONLY 2427 | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_IN_MEMORY | SEC_LINKER_CREATED); 2428 htab->relpltlocal 2429 = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, ".rela.branch_lt", flags); 2430 if (htab->relpltlocal == NULL 2431 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, htab->relpltlocal, 2)) 2432 return FALSE; 2433 } 2434 2435 if (!ppc_elf_create_linker_section (abfd, info, 0, 2436 &htab->sdata[0])) 2437 return FALSE; 2438 2439 if (!ppc_elf_create_linker_section (abfd, info, SEC_READONLY, 2440 &htab->sdata[1])) 2441 return FALSE; 2442 2443 return TRUE; 2444 } 2445 2446 /* We have to create .dynsbss and .rela.sbss here so that they get mapped 2447 to output sections (just like _bfd_elf_create_dynamic_sections has 2448 to create .dynbss and .rela.bss). */ 2449 2450 static bfd_boolean 2451 ppc_elf_create_dynamic_sections (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info) 2452 { 2453 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab; 2454 asection *s; 2455 flagword flags; 2456 2457 htab = ppc_elf_hash_table (info); 2458 2459 if (htab->elf.sgot == NULL 2460 && !ppc_elf_create_got (abfd, info)) 2461 return FALSE; 2462 2463 if (!_bfd_elf_create_dynamic_sections (abfd, info)) 2464 return FALSE; 2465 2466 if (htab->glink == NULL 2467 && !ppc_elf_create_glink (abfd, info)) 2468 return FALSE; 2469 2470 s = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, ".dynsbss", 2471 SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LINKER_CREATED); 2472 htab->dynsbss = s; 2473 if (s == NULL) 2474 return FALSE; 2475 2476 if (! bfd_link_pic (info)) 2477 { 2478 flags = (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_READONLY | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS 2479 | SEC_IN_MEMORY | SEC_LINKER_CREATED); 2480 s = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, ".rela.sbss", flags); 2481 htab->relsbss = s; 2482 if (s == NULL 2483 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, s, 2)) 2484 return FALSE; 2485 } 2486 2487 if (htab->is_vxworks 2488 && !elf_vxworks_create_dynamic_sections (abfd, info, &htab->srelplt2)) 2489 return FALSE; 2490 2491 s = htab->elf.splt; 2492 flags = SEC_ALLOC | SEC_CODE | SEC_LINKER_CREATED; 2493 if (htab->plt_type == PLT_VXWORKS) 2494 /* The VxWorks PLT is a loaded section with contents. */ 2495 flags |= SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_LOAD | SEC_READONLY; 2496 return bfd_set_section_flags (abfd, s, flags); 2497 } 2498 2499 /* Copy the extra info we tack onto an elf_link_hash_entry. */ 2500 2501 static void 2502 ppc_elf_copy_indirect_symbol (struct bfd_link_info *info, 2503 struct elf_link_hash_entry *dir, 2504 struct elf_link_hash_entry *ind) 2505 { 2506 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry *edir, *eind; 2507 2508 edir = (struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry *) dir; 2509 eind = (struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry *) ind; 2510 2511 edir->tls_mask |= eind->tls_mask; 2512 edir->has_sda_refs |= eind->has_sda_refs; 2513 2514 if (edir->elf.versioned != versioned_hidden) 2515 edir->elf.ref_dynamic |= eind->elf.ref_dynamic; 2516 edir->elf.ref_regular |= eind->elf.ref_regular; 2517 edir->elf.ref_regular_nonweak |= eind->elf.ref_regular_nonweak; 2518 edir->elf.non_got_ref |= eind->elf.non_got_ref; 2519 edir->elf.needs_plt |= eind->elf.needs_plt; 2520 edir->elf.pointer_equality_needed |= eind->elf.pointer_equality_needed; 2521 2522 /* If we were called to copy over info for a weak sym, that's all. */ 2523 if (eind->elf.root.type != bfd_link_hash_indirect) 2524 return; 2525 2526 if (eind->dyn_relocs != NULL) 2527 { 2528 if (edir->dyn_relocs != NULL) 2529 { 2530 struct elf_dyn_relocs **pp; 2531 struct elf_dyn_relocs *p; 2532 2533 /* Add reloc counts against the indirect sym to the direct sym 2534 list. Merge any entries against the same section. */ 2535 for (pp = &eind->dyn_relocs; (p = *pp) != NULL; ) 2536 { 2537 struct elf_dyn_relocs *q; 2538 2539 for (q = edir->dyn_relocs; q != NULL; q = q->next) 2540 if (q->sec == p->sec) 2541 { 2542 q->pc_count += p->pc_count; 2543 q->count += p->count; 2544 *pp = p->next; 2545 break; 2546 } 2547 if (q == NULL) 2548 pp = &p->next; 2549 } 2550 *pp = edir->dyn_relocs; 2551 } 2552 2553 edir->dyn_relocs = eind->dyn_relocs; 2554 eind->dyn_relocs = NULL; 2555 } 2556 2557 /* Copy over the GOT refcount entries that we may have already seen to 2558 the symbol which just became indirect. */ 2559 edir->elf.got.refcount += eind->elf.got.refcount; 2560 eind->elf.got.refcount = 0; 2561 2562 /* And plt entries. */ 2563 if (eind->elf.plt.plist != NULL) 2564 { 2565 if (edir->elf.plt.plist != NULL) 2566 { 2567 struct plt_entry **entp; 2568 struct plt_entry *ent; 2569 2570 for (entp = &eind->elf.plt.plist; (ent = *entp) != NULL; ) 2571 { 2572 struct plt_entry *dent; 2573 2574 for (dent = edir->elf.plt.plist; dent != NULL; dent = dent->next) 2575 if (dent->sec == ent->sec && dent->addend == ent->addend) 2576 { 2577 dent->plt.refcount += ent->plt.refcount; 2578 *entp = ent->next; 2579 break; 2580 } 2581 if (dent == NULL) 2582 entp = &ent->next; 2583 } 2584 *entp = edir->elf.plt.plist; 2585 } 2586 2587 edir->elf.plt.plist = eind->elf.plt.plist; 2588 eind->elf.plt.plist = NULL; 2589 } 2590 2591 if (eind->elf.dynindx != -1) 2592 { 2593 if (edir->elf.dynindx != -1) 2594 _bfd_elf_strtab_delref (elf_hash_table (info)->dynstr, 2595 edir->elf.dynstr_index); 2596 edir->elf.dynindx = eind->elf.dynindx; 2597 edir->elf.dynstr_index = eind->elf.dynstr_index; 2598 eind->elf.dynindx = -1; 2599 eind->elf.dynstr_index = 0; 2600 } 2601 } 2602 2603 /* Hook called by the linker routine which adds symbols from an object 2604 file. We use it to put .comm items in .sbss, and not .bss. */ 2605 2606 static bfd_boolean 2607 ppc_elf_add_symbol_hook (bfd *abfd, 2608 struct bfd_link_info *info, 2609 Elf_Internal_Sym *sym, 2610 const char **namep ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, 2611 flagword *flagsp ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, 2612 asection **secp, 2613 bfd_vma *valp) 2614 { 2615 if (sym->st_shndx == SHN_COMMON 2616 && !bfd_link_relocatable (info) 2617 && is_ppc_elf (info->output_bfd) 2618 && sym->st_size <= elf_gp_size (abfd)) 2619 { 2620 /* Common symbols less than or equal to -G nn bytes are automatically 2621 put into .sbss. */ 2622 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab; 2623 2624 htab = ppc_elf_hash_table (info); 2625 if (htab->sbss == NULL) 2626 { 2627 flagword flags = SEC_IS_COMMON | SEC_LINKER_CREATED; 2628 2629 if (!htab->elf.dynobj) 2630 htab->elf.dynobj = abfd; 2631 2632 htab->sbss = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (htab->elf.dynobj, 2633 ".sbss", 2634 flags); 2635 if (htab->sbss == NULL) 2636 return FALSE; 2637 } 2638 2639 *secp = htab->sbss; 2640 *valp = sym->st_size; 2641 } 2642 2643 return TRUE; 2644 } 2645 2646 /* Find a linker generated pointer with a given addend and type. */ 2647 2648 static elf_linker_section_pointers_t * 2649 elf_find_pointer_linker_section 2650 (elf_linker_section_pointers_t *linker_pointers, 2651 bfd_vma addend, 2652 elf_linker_section_t *lsect) 2653 { 2654 for ( ; linker_pointers != NULL; linker_pointers = linker_pointers->next) 2655 if (lsect == linker_pointers->lsect && addend == linker_pointers->addend) 2656 return linker_pointers; 2657 2658 return NULL; 2659 } 2660 2661 /* Allocate a pointer to live in a linker created section. */ 2662 2663 static bfd_boolean 2664 elf_allocate_pointer_linker_section (bfd *abfd, 2665 elf_linker_section_t *lsect, 2666 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h, 2667 const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel) 2668 { 2669 elf_linker_section_pointers_t **ptr_linker_section_ptr = NULL; 2670 elf_linker_section_pointers_t *linker_section_ptr; 2671 unsigned long r_symndx = ELF32_R_SYM (rel->r_info); 2672 bfd_size_type amt; 2673 2674 BFD_ASSERT (lsect != NULL); 2675 2676 /* Is this a global symbol? */ 2677 if (h != NULL) 2678 { 2679 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry *eh; 2680 2681 /* Has this symbol already been allocated? If so, our work is done. */ 2682 eh = (struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry *) h; 2683 if (elf_find_pointer_linker_section (eh->linker_section_pointer, 2684 rel->r_addend, 2685 lsect)) 2686 return TRUE; 2687 2688 ptr_linker_section_ptr = &eh->linker_section_pointer; 2689 } 2690 else 2691 { 2692 BFD_ASSERT (is_ppc_elf (abfd)); 2693 2694 /* Allocation of a pointer to a local symbol. */ 2695 elf_linker_section_pointers_t **ptr = elf_local_ptr_offsets (abfd); 2696 2697 /* Allocate a table to hold the local symbols if first time. */ 2698 if (!ptr) 2699 { 2700 unsigned int num_symbols = elf_symtab_hdr (abfd).sh_info; 2701 2702 amt = num_symbols; 2703 amt *= sizeof (elf_linker_section_pointers_t *); 2704 ptr = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt); 2705 2706 if (!ptr) 2707 return FALSE; 2708 2709 elf_local_ptr_offsets (abfd) = ptr; 2710 } 2711 2712 /* Has this symbol already been allocated? If so, our work is done. */ 2713 if (elf_find_pointer_linker_section (ptr[r_symndx], 2714 rel->r_addend, 2715 lsect)) 2716 return TRUE; 2717 2718 ptr_linker_section_ptr = &ptr[r_symndx]; 2719 } 2720 2721 /* Allocate space for a pointer in the linker section, and allocate 2722 a new pointer record from internal memory. */ 2723 BFD_ASSERT (ptr_linker_section_ptr != NULL); 2724 amt = sizeof (elf_linker_section_pointers_t); 2725 linker_section_ptr = bfd_alloc (abfd, amt); 2726 2727 if (!linker_section_ptr) 2728 return FALSE; 2729 2730 linker_section_ptr->next = *ptr_linker_section_ptr; 2731 linker_section_ptr->addend = rel->r_addend; 2732 linker_section_ptr->lsect = lsect; 2733 *ptr_linker_section_ptr = linker_section_ptr; 2734 2735 if (!bfd_set_section_alignment (lsect->section->owner, lsect->section, 2)) 2736 return FALSE; 2737 linker_section_ptr->offset = lsect->section->size; 2738 lsect->section->size += 4; 2739 2740 #ifdef DEBUG 2741 fprintf (stderr, 2742 "Create pointer in linker section %s, offset = %ld, section size = %ld\n", 2743 lsect->name, (long) linker_section_ptr->offset, 2744 (long) lsect->section->size); 2745 #endif 2746 2747 return TRUE; 2748 } 2749 2750 static struct plt_entry ** 2751 update_local_sym_info (bfd *abfd, 2752 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr, 2753 unsigned long r_symndx, 2754 int tls_type) 2755 { 2756 bfd_signed_vma *local_got_refcounts = elf_local_got_refcounts (abfd); 2757 struct plt_entry **local_plt; 2758 unsigned char *local_got_tls_masks; 2759 2760 if (local_got_refcounts == NULL) 2761 { 2762 bfd_size_type size = symtab_hdr->sh_info; 2763 2764 size *= (sizeof (*local_got_refcounts) 2765 + sizeof (*local_plt) 2766 + sizeof (*local_got_tls_masks)); 2767 local_got_refcounts = bfd_zalloc (abfd, size); 2768 if (local_got_refcounts == NULL) 2769 return NULL; 2770 elf_local_got_refcounts (abfd) = local_got_refcounts; 2771 } 2772 2773 local_plt = (struct plt_entry **) (local_got_refcounts + symtab_hdr->sh_info); 2774 local_got_tls_masks = (unsigned char *) (local_plt + symtab_hdr->sh_info); 2775 local_got_tls_masks[r_symndx] |= tls_type & 0xff; 2776 if ((tls_type & NON_GOT) == 0) 2777 local_got_refcounts[r_symndx] += 1; 2778 return local_plt + r_symndx; 2779 } 2780 2781 static bfd_boolean 2782 update_plt_info (bfd *abfd, struct plt_entry **plist, 2783 asection *sec, bfd_vma addend) 2784 { 2785 struct plt_entry *ent; 2786 2787 if (addend < 32768) 2788 sec = NULL; 2789 for (ent = *plist; ent != NULL; ent = ent->next) 2790 if (ent->sec == sec && ent->addend == addend) 2791 break; 2792 if (ent == NULL) 2793 { 2794 bfd_size_type amt = sizeof (*ent); 2795 ent = bfd_alloc (abfd, amt); 2796 if (ent == NULL) 2797 return FALSE; 2798 ent->next = *plist; 2799 ent->sec = sec; 2800 ent->addend = addend; 2801 ent->plt.refcount = 0; 2802 *plist = ent; 2803 } 2804 ent->plt.refcount += 1; 2805 return TRUE; 2806 } 2807 2808 static struct plt_entry * 2809 find_plt_ent (struct plt_entry **plist, asection *sec, bfd_vma addend) 2810 { 2811 struct plt_entry *ent; 2812 2813 if (addend < 32768) 2814 sec = NULL; 2815 for (ent = *plist; ent != NULL; ent = ent->next) 2816 if (ent->sec == sec && ent->addend == addend) 2817 break; 2818 return ent; 2819 } 2820 2821 static bfd_boolean 2822 is_branch_reloc (enum elf_ppc_reloc_type r_type) 2823 { 2824 return (r_type == R_PPC_PLTREL24 2825 || r_type == R_PPC_LOCAL24PC 2826 || r_type == R_PPC_REL24 2827 || r_type == R_PPC_REL14 2828 || r_type == R_PPC_REL14_BRTAKEN 2829 || r_type == R_PPC_REL14_BRNTAKEN 2830 || r_type == R_PPC_ADDR24 2831 || r_type == R_PPC_ADDR14 2832 || r_type == R_PPC_ADDR14_BRTAKEN 2833 || r_type == R_PPC_ADDR14_BRNTAKEN 2834 || r_type == R_PPC_VLE_REL24); 2835 } 2836 2837 /* Relocs on inline plt call sequence insns prior to the call. */ 2838 2839 static bfd_boolean 2840 is_plt_seq_reloc (enum elf_ppc_reloc_type r_type) 2841 { 2842 return (r_type == R_PPC_PLT16_HA 2843 || r_type == R_PPC_PLT16_HI 2844 || r_type == R_PPC_PLT16_LO 2845 || r_type == R_PPC_PLTSEQ); 2846 } 2847 2848 static void 2849 bad_shared_reloc (bfd *abfd, enum elf_ppc_reloc_type r_type) 2850 { 2851 _bfd_error_handler 2852 /* xgettext:c-format */ 2853 (_("%pB: relocation %s cannot be used when making a shared object"), 2854 abfd, 2855 ppc_elf_howto_table[r_type]->name); 2856 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value); 2857 } 2858 2859 /* Look through the relocs for a section during the first phase, and 2860 allocate space in the global offset table or procedure linkage 2861 table. */ 2862 2863 static bfd_boolean 2864 ppc_elf_check_relocs (bfd *abfd, 2865 struct bfd_link_info *info, 2866 asection *sec, 2867 const Elf_Internal_Rela *relocs) 2868 { 2869 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab; 2870 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr; 2871 struct elf_link_hash_entry **sym_hashes; 2872 const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel; 2873 const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel_end; 2874 asection *got2, *sreloc; 2875 struct elf_link_hash_entry *tga; 2876 2877 if (bfd_link_relocatable (info)) 2878 return TRUE; 2879 2880 /* Don't do anything special with non-loaded, non-alloced sections. 2881 In particular, any relocs in such sections should not affect GOT 2882 and PLT reference counting (ie. we don't allow them to create GOT 2883 or PLT entries), there's no possibility or desire to optimize TLS 2884 relocs, and there's not much point in propagating relocs to shared 2885 libs that the dynamic linker won't relocate. */ 2886 if ((sec->flags & SEC_ALLOC) == 0) 2887 return TRUE; 2888 2889 #ifdef DEBUG 2890 _bfd_error_handler ("ppc_elf_check_relocs called for section %pA in %pB", 2891 sec, abfd); 2892 #endif 2893 2894 BFD_ASSERT (is_ppc_elf (abfd)); 2895 2896 /* Initialize howto table if not already done. */ 2897 if (!ppc_elf_howto_table[R_PPC_ADDR32]) 2898 ppc_elf_howto_init (); 2899 2900 htab = ppc_elf_hash_table (info); 2901 if (htab->glink == NULL) 2902 { 2903 if (htab->elf.dynobj == NULL) 2904 htab->elf.dynobj = abfd; 2905 if (!ppc_elf_create_glink (htab->elf.dynobj, info)) 2906 return FALSE; 2907 } 2908 tga = elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab->elf, "__tls_get_addr", 2909 FALSE, FALSE, TRUE); 2910 symtab_hdr = &elf_symtab_hdr (abfd); 2911 sym_hashes = elf_sym_hashes (abfd); 2912 got2 = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".got2"); 2913 sreloc = NULL; 2914 2915 rel_end = relocs + sec->reloc_count; 2916 for (rel = relocs; rel < rel_end; rel++) 2917 { 2918 unsigned long r_symndx; 2919 enum elf_ppc_reloc_type r_type; 2920 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h; 2921 int tls_type; 2922 struct plt_entry **ifunc; 2923 struct plt_entry **pltent; 2924 bfd_vma addend; 2925 2926 r_symndx = ELF32_R_SYM (rel->r_info); 2927 if (r_symndx < symtab_hdr->sh_info) 2928 h = NULL; 2929 else 2930 { 2931 h = sym_hashes[r_symndx - symtab_hdr->sh_info]; 2932 while (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect 2933 || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning) 2934 h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.u.i.link; 2935 } 2936 2937 /* If a relocation refers to _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_, create the .got. 2938 This shows up in particular in an R_PPC_ADDR32 in the eabi 2939 startup code. */ 2940 if (h != NULL 2941 && htab->elf.sgot == NULL 2942 && strcmp (h->root.root.string, "_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_") == 0) 2943 { 2944 if (htab->elf.dynobj == NULL) 2945 htab->elf.dynobj = abfd; 2946 if (!ppc_elf_create_got (htab->elf.dynobj, info)) 2947 return FALSE; 2948 BFD_ASSERT (h == htab->elf.hgot); 2949 } 2950 2951 tls_type = 0; 2952 r_type = ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info); 2953 ifunc = NULL; 2954 if (h == NULL && !htab->is_vxworks) 2955 { 2956 Elf_Internal_Sym *isym = bfd_sym_from_r_symndx (&htab->sym_cache, 2957 abfd, r_symndx); 2958 if (isym == NULL) 2959 return FALSE; 2960 2961 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (isym->st_info) == STT_GNU_IFUNC) 2962 { 2963 /* Set PLT_IFUNC flag for this sym, no GOT entry yet. */ 2964 ifunc = update_local_sym_info (abfd, symtab_hdr, r_symndx, 2965 NON_GOT | PLT_IFUNC); 2966 if (ifunc == NULL) 2967 return FALSE; 2968 2969 /* STT_GNU_IFUNC symbols must have a PLT entry; 2970 In a non-pie executable even when there are 2971 no plt calls. */ 2972 if (!bfd_link_pic (info) 2973 || is_branch_reloc (r_type) 2974 || r_type == R_PPC_PLT16_LO 2975 || r_type == R_PPC_PLT16_HI 2976 || r_type == R_PPC_PLT16_HA) 2977 { 2978 addend = 0; 2979 if (r_type == R_PPC_PLTREL24) 2980 ppc_elf_tdata (abfd)->makes_plt_call = 1; 2981 if (bfd_link_pic (info) 2982 && (r_type == R_PPC_PLTREL24 2983 || r_type == R_PPC_PLT16_LO 2984 || r_type == R_PPC_PLT16_HI 2985 || r_type == R_PPC_PLT16_HA)) 2986 addend = rel->r_addend; 2987 if (!update_plt_info (abfd, ifunc, got2, addend)) 2988 return FALSE; 2989 } 2990 } 2991 } 2992 2993 if (!htab->is_vxworks 2994 && is_branch_reloc (r_type) 2995 && h != NULL 2996 && h == tga) 2997 { 2998 if (rel != relocs 2999 && (ELF32_R_TYPE (rel[-1].r_info) == R_PPC_TLSGD 3000 || ELF32_R_TYPE (rel[-1].r_info) == R_PPC_TLSLD)) 3001 /* We have a new-style __tls_get_addr call with a marker 3002 reloc. */ 3003 ; 3004 else 3005 /* Mark this section as having an old-style call. */ 3006 sec->has_tls_get_addr_call = 1; 3007 } 3008 3009 switch (r_type) 3010 { 3011 case R_PPC_TLSGD: 3012 case R_PPC_TLSLD: 3013 /* These special tls relocs tie a call to __tls_get_addr with 3014 its parameter symbol. */ 3015 if (h != NULL) 3016 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->tls_mask |= TLS_TLS | TLS_MARK; 3017 else 3018 if (!update_local_sym_info (abfd, symtab_hdr, r_symndx, 3019 NON_GOT | TLS_TLS | TLS_MARK)) 3020 return FALSE; 3021 break; 3022 3023 case R_PPC_PLTSEQ: 3024 break; 3025 3026 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16: 3027 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_LO: 3028 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HI: 3029 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HA: 3030 tls_type = TLS_TLS | TLS_LD; 3031 goto dogottls; 3032 3033 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16: 3034 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_LO: 3035 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HI: 3036 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HA: 3037 tls_type = TLS_TLS | TLS_GD; 3038 goto dogottls; 3039 3040 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16: 3041 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_LO: 3042 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HI: 3043 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HA: 3044 if (bfd_link_dll (info)) 3045 info->flags |= DF_STATIC_TLS; 3046 tls_type = TLS_TLS | TLS_TPREL; 3047 goto dogottls; 3048 3049 case R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16: 3050 case R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_LO: 3051 case R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_HI: 3052 case R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_HA: 3053 tls_type = TLS_TLS | TLS_DTPREL; 3054 dogottls: 3055 sec->has_tls_reloc = 1; 3056 /* Fall through. */ 3057 3058 /* GOT16 relocations */ 3059 case R_PPC_GOT16: 3060 case R_PPC_GOT16_LO: 3061 case R_PPC_GOT16_HI: 3062 case R_PPC_GOT16_HA: 3063 /* This symbol requires a global offset table entry. */ 3064 if (htab->elf.sgot == NULL) 3065 { 3066 if (htab->elf.dynobj == NULL) 3067 htab->elf.dynobj = abfd; 3068 if (!ppc_elf_create_got (htab->elf.dynobj, info)) 3069 return FALSE; 3070 } 3071 if (h != NULL) 3072 { 3073 h->got.refcount += 1; 3074 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->tls_mask |= tls_type; 3075 } 3076 else 3077 /* This is a global offset table entry for a local symbol. */ 3078 if (!update_local_sym_info (abfd, symtab_hdr, r_symndx, tls_type)) 3079 return FALSE; 3080 3081 /* We may also need a plt entry if the symbol turns out to be 3082 an ifunc. */ 3083 if (h != NULL && !bfd_link_pic (info)) 3084 { 3085 if (!update_plt_info (abfd, &h->plt.plist, NULL, 0)) 3086 return FALSE; 3087 } 3088 break; 3089 3090 /* Indirect .sdata relocation. */ 3091 case R_PPC_EMB_SDAI16: 3092 if (bfd_link_pic (info)) 3093 { 3094 bad_shared_reloc (abfd, r_type); 3095 return FALSE; 3096 } 3097 htab->sdata[0].sym->ref_regular = 1; 3098 if (!elf_allocate_pointer_linker_section (abfd, &htab->sdata[0], 3099 h, rel)) 3100 return FALSE; 3101 if (h != NULL) 3102 { 3103 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->has_sda_refs = TRUE; 3104 h->non_got_ref = TRUE; 3105 } 3106 break; 3107 3108 /* Indirect .sdata2 relocation. */ 3109 case R_PPC_EMB_SDA2I16: 3110 if (bfd_link_pic (info)) 3111 { 3112 bad_shared_reloc (abfd, r_type); 3113 return FALSE; 3114 } 3115 htab->sdata[1].sym->ref_regular = 1; 3116 if (!elf_allocate_pointer_linker_section (abfd, &htab->sdata[1], 3117 h, rel)) 3118 return FALSE; 3119 if (h != NULL) 3120 { 3121 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->has_sda_refs = TRUE; 3122 h->non_got_ref = TRUE; 3123 } 3124 break; 3125 3126 case R_PPC_SDAREL16: 3127 htab->sdata[0].sym->ref_regular = 1; 3128 /* Fall through. */ 3129 3130 case R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_LO16A: 3131 case R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_LO16D: 3132 case R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HI16A: 3133 case R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HI16D: 3134 case R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HA16A: 3135 case R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HA16D: 3136 if (h != NULL) 3137 { 3138 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->has_sda_refs = TRUE; 3139 h->non_got_ref = TRUE; 3140 } 3141 break; 3142 3143 case R_PPC_VLE_REL8: 3144 case R_PPC_VLE_REL15: 3145 case R_PPC_VLE_REL24: 3146 case R_PPC_VLE_LO16A: 3147 case R_PPC_VLE_LO16D: 3148 case R_PPC_VLE_HI16A: 3149 case R_PPC_VLE_HI16D: 3150 case R_PPC_VLE_HA16A: 3151 case R_PPC_VLE_HA16D: 3152 case R_PPC_VLE_ADDR20: 3153 break; 3154 3155 case R_PPC_EMB_SDA2REL: 3156 if (bfd_link_pic (info)) 3157 { 3158 bad_shared_reloc (abfd, r_type); 3159 return FALSE; 3160 } 3161 htab->sdata[1].sym->ref_regular = 1; 3162 if (h != NULL) 3163 { 3164 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->has_sda_refs = TRUE; 3165 h->non_got_ref = TRUE; 3166 } 3167 break; 3168 3169 case R_PPC_VLE_SDA21_LO: 3170 case R_PPC_VLE_SDA21: 3171 case R_PPC_EMB_SDA21: 3172 case R_PPC_EMB_RELSDA: 3173 if (bfd_link_pic (info)) 3174 { 3175 bad_shared_reloc (abfd, r_type); 3176 return FALSE; 3177 } 3178 if (h != NULL) 3179 { 3180 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->has_sda_refs = TRUE; 3181 h->non_got_ref = TRUE; 3182 } 3183 break; 3184 3185 case R_PPC_EMB_NADDR32: 3186 case R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16: 3187 case R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_LO: 3188 case R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_HI: 3189 case R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_HA: 3190 if (bfd_link_pic (info)) 3191 { 3192 bad_shared_reloc (abfd, r_type); 3193 return FALSE; 3194 } 3195 if (h != NULL) 3196 h->non_got_ref = TRUE; 3197 break; 3198 3199 case R_PPC_PLTREL24: 3200 if (h == NULL) 3201 break; 3202 ppc_elf_tdata (abfd)->makes_plt_call = 1; 3203 goto pltentry; 3204 3205 case R_PPC_PLTCALL: 3206 sec->has_pltcall = 1; 3207 /* Fall through. */ 3208 3209 case R_PPC_PLT32: 3210 case R_PPC_PLTREL32: 3211 case R_PPC_PLT16_LO: 3212 case R_PPC_PLT16_HI: 3213 case R_PPC_PLT16_HA: 3214 pltentry: 3215 #ifdef DEBUG 3216 fprintf (stderr, "Reloc requires a PLT entry\n"); 3217 #endif 3218 /* This symbol requires a procedure linkage table entry. */ 3219 if (h == NULL) 3220 { 3221 pltent = update_local_sym_info (abfd, symtab_hdr, r_symndx, 3222 NON_GOT | PLT_KEEP); 3223 if (pltent == NULL) 3224 return FALSE; 3225 } 3226 else 3227 { 3228 if (r_type != R_PPC_PLTREL24) 3229 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->tls_mask |= PLT_KEEP; 3230 h->needs_plt = 1; 3231 pltent = &h->plt.plist; 3232 } 3233 addend = 0; 3234 if (bfd_link_pic (info) 3235 && (r_type == R_PPC_PLTREL24 3236 || r_type == R_PPC_PLT16_LO 3237 || r_type == R_PPC_PLT16_HI 3238 || r_type == R_PPC_PLT16_HA)) 3239 addend = rel->r_addend; 3240 if (!update_plt_info (abfd, pltent, got2, addend)) 3241 return FALSE; 3242 break; 3243 3244 /* The following relocations don't need to propagate the 3245 relocation if linking a shared object since they are 3246 section relative. */ 3247 case R_PPC_SECTOFF: 3248 case R_PPC_SECTOFF_LO: 3249 case R_PPC_SECTOFF_HI: 3250 case R_PPC_SECTOFF_HA: 3251 case R_PPC_DTPREL16: 3252 case R_PPC_DTPREL16_LO: 3253 case R_PPC_DTPREL16_HI: 3254 case R_PPC_DTPREL16_HA: 3255 case R_PPC_TOC16: 3256 break; 3257 3258 case R_PPC_REL16: 3259 case R_PPC_REL16_LO: 3260 case R_PPC_REL16_HI: 3261 case R_PPC_REL16_HA: 3262 case R_PPC_REL16DX_HA: 3263 ppc_elf_tdata (abfd)->has_rel16 = 1; 3264 break; 3265 3266 /* These are just markers. */ 3267 case R_PPC_TLS: 3268 case R_PPC_EMB_MRKREF: 3269 case R_PPC_NONE: 3270 case R_PPC_max: 3271 case R_PPC_RELAX: 3272 case R_PPC_RELAX_PLT: 3273 case R_PPC_RELAX_PLTREL24: 3274 case R_PPC_16DX_HA: 3275 break; 3276 3277 /* These should only appear in dynamic objects. */ 3278 case R_PPC_COPY: 3279 case R_PPC_GLOB_DAT: 3280 case R_PPC_JMP_SLOT: 3281 case R_PPC_RELATIVE: 3282 case R_PPC_IRELATIVE: 3283 break; 3284 3285 /* These aren't handled yet. We'll report an error later. */ 3286 case R_PPC_ADDR30: 3287 case R_PPC_EMB_RELSEC16: 3288 case R_PPC_EMB_RELST_LO: 3289 case R_PPC_EMB_RELST_HI: 3290 case R_PPC_EMB_RELST_HA: 3291 case R_PPC_EMB_BIT_FLD: 3292 break; 3293 3294 /* This refers only to functions defined in the shared library. */ 3295 case R_PPC_LOCAL24PC: 3296 if (h != NULL && h == htab->elf.hgot && htab->plt_type == PLT_UNSET) 3297 { 3298 htab->plt_type = PLT_OLD; 3299 htab->old_bfd = abfd; 3300 } 3301 if (h != NULL && h->type == STT_GNU_IFUNC) 3302 { 3303 h->needs_plt = 1; 3304 if (!update_plt_info (abfd, &h->plt.plist, NULL, 0)) 3305 return FALSE; 3306 } 3307 break; 3308 3309 /* This relocation describes the C++ object vtable hierarchy. 3310 Reconstruct it for later use during GC. */ 3311 case R_PPC_GNU_VTINHERIT: 3312 if (!bfd_elf_gc_record_vtinherit (abfd, sec, h, rel->r_offset)) 3313 return FALSE; 3314 break; 3315 3316 /* This relocation describes which C++ vtable entries are actually 3317 used. Record for later use during GC. */ 3318 case R_PPC_GNU_VTENTRY: 3319 BFD_ASSERT (h != NULL); 3320 if (h != NULL 3321 && !bfd_elf_gc_record_vtentry (abfd, sec, h, rel->r_addend)) 3322 return FALSE; 3323 break; 3324 3325 /* We shouldn't really be seeing TPREL32. */ 3326 case R_PPC_TPREL32: 3327 case R_PPC_TPREL16: 3328 case R_PPC_TPREL16_LO: 3329 case R_PPC_TPREL16_HI: 3330 case R_PPC_TPREL16_HA: 3331 if (bfd_link_dll (info)) 3332 info->flags |= DF_STATIC_TLS; 3333 goto dodyn; 3334 3335 /* Nor these. */ 3336 case R_PPC_DTPMOD32: 3337 case R_PPC_DTPREL32: 3338 goto dodyn; 3339 3340 case R_PPC_REL32: 3341 if (h == NULL 3342 && got2 != NULL 3343 && (sec->flags & SEC_CODE) != 0 3344 && bfd_link_pic (info) 3345 && htab->plt_type == PLT_UNSET) 3346 { 3347 /* Old -fPIC gcc code has .long LCTOC1-LCFx just before 3348 the start of a function, which assembles to a REL32 3349 reference to .got2. If we detect one of these, then 3350 force the old PLT layout because the linker cannot 3351 reliably deduce the GOT pointer value needed for 3352 PLT call stubs. */ 3353 asection *s; 3354 Elf_Internal_Sym *isym; 3355 3356 isym = bfd_sym_from_r_symndx (&htab->sym_cache, 3357 abfd, r_symndx); 3358 if (isym == NULL) 3359 return FALSE; 3360 3361 s = bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd, isym->st_shndx); 3362 if (s == got2) 3363 { 3364 htab->plt_type = PLT_OLD; 3365 htab->old_bfd = abfd; 3366 } 3367 } 3368 if (h == NULL || h == htab->elf.hgot) 3369 break; 3370 /* fall through */ 3371 3372 case R_PPC_ADDR32: 3373 case R_PPC_ADDR16: 3374 case R_PPC_ADDR16_LO: 3375 case R_PPC_ADDR16_HI: 3376 case R_PPC_ADDR16_HA: 3377 case R_PPC_UADDR32: 3378 case R_PPC_UADDR16: 3379 if (h != NULL && !bfd_link_pic (info)) 3380 { 3381 /* We may need a plt entry if the symbol turns out to be 3382 a function defined in a dynamic object. */ 3383 if (!update_plt_info (abfd, &h->plt.plist, NULL, 0)) 3384 return FALSE; 3385 3386 /* We may need a copy reloc too. */ 3387 h->non_got_ref = 1; 3388 h->pointer_equality_needed = 1; 3389 if (r_type == R_PPC_ADDR16_HA) 3390 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->has_addr16_ha = 1; 3391 if (r_type == R_PPC_ADDR16_LO) 3392 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->has_addr16_lo = 1; 3393 } 3394 goto dodyn; 3395 3396 case R_PPC_REL24: 3397 case R_PPC_REL14: 3398 case R_PPC_REL14_BRTAKEN: 3399 case R_PPC_REL14_BRNTAKEN: 3400 if (h == NULL) 3401 break; 3402 if (h == htab->elf.hgot) 3403 { 3404 if (htab->plt_type == PLT_UNSET) 3405 { 3406 htab->plt_type = PLT_OLD; 3407 htab->old_bfd = abfd; 3408 } 3409 break; 3410 } 3411 /* fall through */ 3412 3413 case R_PPC_ADDR24: 3414 case R_PPC_ADDR14: 3415 case R_PPC_ADDR14_BRTAKEN: 3416 case R_PPC_ADDR14_BRNTAKEN: 3417 if (h != NULL && !bfd_link_pic (info)) 3418 { 3419 /* We may need a plt entry if the symbol turns out to be 3420 a function defined in a dynamic object. */ 3421 h->needs_plt = 1; 3422 if (!update_plt_info (abfd, &h->plt.plist, NULL, 0)) 3423 return FALSE; 3424 break; 3425 } 3426 3427 dodyn: 3428 /* If we are creating a shared library, and this is a reloc 3429 against a global symbol, or a non PC relative reloc 3430 against a local symbol, then we need to copy the reloc 3431 into the shared library. However, if we are linking with 3432 -Bsymbolic, we do not need to copy a reloc against a 3433 global symbol which is defined in an object we are 3434 including in the link (i.e., DEF_REGULAR is set). At 3435 this point we have not seen all the input files, so it is 3436 possible that DEF_REGULAR is not set now but will be set 3437 later (it is never cleared). In case of a weak definition, 3438 DEF_REGULAR may be cleared later by a strong definition in 3439 a shared library. We account for that possibility below by 3440 storing information in the dyn_relocs field of the hash 3441 table entry. A similar situation occurs when creating 3442 shared libraries and symbol visibility changes render the 3443 symbol local. 3444 3445 If on the other hand, we are creating an executable, we 3446 may need to keep relocations for symbols satisfied by a 3447 dynamic library if we manage to avoid copy relocs for the 3448 symbol. */ 3449 if ((bfd_link_pic (info) 3450 && (must_be_dyn_reloc (info, r_type) 3451 || (h != NULL 3452 && (!SYMBOLIC_BIND (info, h) 3453 || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak 3454 || !h->def_regular)))) 3455 || (ELIMINATE_COPY_RELOCS 3456 && !bfd_link_pic (info) 3457 && h != NULL 3458 && (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak 3459 || !h->def_regular))) 3460 { 3461 #ifdef DEBUG 3462 fprintf (stderr, 3463 "ppc_elf_check_relocs needs to " 3464 "create relocation for %s\n", 3465 (h && h->root.root.string 3466 ? h->root.root.string : "<unknown>")); 3467 #endif 3468 if (sreloc == NULL) 3469 { 3470 if (htab->elf.dynobj == NULL) 3471 htab->elf.dynobj = abfd; 3472 3473 sreloc = _bfd_elf_make_dynamic_reloc_section 3474 (sec, htab->elf.dynobj, 2, abfd, /*rela?*/ TRUE); 3475 3476 if (sreloc == NULL) 3477 return FALSE; 3478 } 3479 3480 /* If this is a global symbol, we count the number of 3481 relocations we need for this symbol. */ 3482 if (h != NULL) 3483 { 3484 struct elf_dyn_relocs *p; 3485 struct elf_dyn_relocs **rel_head; 3486 3487 rel_head = &ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->dyn_relocs; 3488 p = *rel_head; 3489 if (p == NULL || p->sec != sec) 3490 { 3491 p = bfd_alloc (htab->elf.dynobj, sizeof *p); 3492 if (p == NULL) 3493 return FALSE; 3494 p->next = *rel_head; 3495 *rel_head = p; 3496 p->sec = sec; 3497 p->count = 0; 3498 p->pc_count = 0; 3499 } 3500 p->count += 1; 3501 if (!must_be_dyn_reloc (info, r_type)) 3502 p->pc_count += 1; 3503 } 3504 else 3505 { 3506 /* Track dynamic relocs needed for local syms too. 3507 We really need local syms available to do this 3508 easily. Oh well. */ 3509 struct ppc_dyn_relocs *p; 3510 struct ppc_dyn_relocs **rel_head; 3511 bfd_boolean is_ifunc; 3512 asection *s; 3513 void *vpp; 3514 Elf_Internal_Sym *isym; 3515 3516 isym = bfd_sym_from_r_symndx (&htab->sym_cache, 3517 abfd, r_symndx); 3518 if (isym == NULL) 3519 return FALSE; 3520 3521 s = bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd, isym->st_shndx); 3522 if (s == NULL) 3523 s = sec; 3524 3525 vpp = &elf_section_data (s)->local_dynrel; 3526 rel_head = (struct ppc_dyn_relocs **) vpp; 3527 is_ifunc = ELF_ST_TYPE (isym->st_info) == STT_GNU_IFUNC; 3528 p = *rel_head; 3529 if (p != NULL && p->sec == sec && p->ifunc != is_ifunc) 3530 p = p->next; 3531 if (p == NULL || p->sec != sec || p->ifunc != is_ifunc) 3532 { 3533 p = bfd_alloc (htab->elf.dynobj, sizeof *p); 3534 if (p == NULL) 3535 return FALSE; 3536 p->next = *rel_head; 3537 *rel_head = p; 3538 p->sec = sec; 3539 p->ifunc = is_ifunc; 3540 p->count = 0; 3541 } 3542 p->count += 1; 3543 } 3544 } 3545 3546 break; 3547 } 3548 } 3549 3550 return TRUE; 3551 } 3552 3553 /* Warn for conflicting Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_FP attributes between IBFD 3554 and OBFD, and merge non-conflicting ones. */ 3555 bfd_boolean 3556 _bfd_elf_ppc_merge_fp_attributes (bfd *ibfd, struct bfd_link_info *info) 3557 { 3558 bfd *obfd = info->output_bfd; 3559 obj_attribute *in_attr, *in_attrs; 3560 obj_attribute *out_attr, *out_attrs; 3561 bfd_boolean ret = TRUE; 3562 3563 in_attrs = elf_known_obj_attributes (ibfd)[OBJ_ATTR_GNU]; 3564 out_attrs = elf_known_obj_attributes (obfd)[OBJ_ATTR_GNU]; 3565 3566 in_attr = &in_attrs[Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_FP]; 3567 out_attr = &out_attrs[Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_FP]; 3568 3569 if (in_attr->i != out_attr->i) 3570 { 3571 int in_fp = in_attr->i & 3; 3572 int out_fp = out_attr->i & 3; 3573 static bfd *last_fp, *last_ld; 3574 3575 if (in_fp == 0) 3576 ; 3577 else if (out_fp == 0) 3578 { 3579 out_attr->type = ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_INT_VAL; 3580 out_attr->i ^= in_fp; 3581 last_fp = ibfd; 3582 } 3583 else if (out_fp != 2 && in_fp == 2) 3584 { 3585 _bfd_error_handler 3586 /* xgettext:c-format */ 3587 (_("%pB uses hard float, %pB uses soft float"), 3588 last_fp, ibfd); 3589 ret = FALSE; 3590 } 3591 else if (out_fp == 2 && in_fp != 2) 3592 { 3593 _bfd_error_handler 3594 /* xgettext:c-format */ 3595 (_("%pB uses hard float, %pB uses soft float"), 3596 ibfd, last_fp); 3597 ret = FALSE; 3598 } 3599 else if (out_fp == 1 && in_fp == 3) 3600 { 3601 _bfd_error_handler 3602 /* xgettext:c-format */ 3603 (_("%pB uses double-precision hard float, " 3604 "%pB uses single-precision hard float"), last_fp, ibfd); 3605 ret = FALSE; 3606 } 3607 else if (out_fp == 3 && in_fp == 1) 3608 { 3609 _bfd_error_handler 3610 /* xgettext:c-format */ 3611 (_("%pB uses double-precision hard float, " 3612 "%pB uses single-precision hard float"), ibfd, last_fp); 3613 ret = FALSE; 3614 } 3615 3616 in_fp = in_attr->i & 0xc; 3617 out_fp = out_attr->i & 0xc; 3618 if (in_fp == 0) 3619 ; 3620 else if (out_fp == 0) 3621 { 3622 out_attr->type = ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_INT_VAL; 3623 out_attr->i ^= in_fp; 3624 last_ld = ibfd; 3625 } 3626 else if (out_fp != 2 * 4 && in_fp == 2 * 4) 3627 { 3628 _bfd_error_handler 3629 /* xgettext:c-format */ 3630 (_("%pB uses 64-bit long double, " 3631 "%pB uses 128-bit long double"), ibfd, last_ld); 3632 ret = FALSE; 3633 } 3634 else if (in_fp != 2 * 4 && out_fp == 2 * 4) 3635 { 3636 _bfd_error_handler 3637 /* xgettext:c-format */ 3638 (_("%pB uses 64-bit long double, " 3639 "%pB uses 128-bit long double"), last_ld, ibfd); 3640 ret = FALSE; 3641 } 3642 else if (out_fp == 1 * 4 && in_fp == 3 * 4) 3643 { 3644 _bfd_error_handler 3645 /* xgettext:c-format */ 3646 (_("%pB uses IBM long double, " 3647 "%pB uses IEEE long double"), last_ld, ibfd); 3648 ret = FALSE; 3649 } 3650 else if (out_fp == 3 * 4 && in_fp == 1 * 4) 3651 { 3652 _bfd_error_handler 3653 /* xgettext:c-format */ 3654 (_("%pB uses IBM long double, " 3655 "%pB uses IEEE long double"), ibfd, last_ld); 3656 ret = FALSE; 3657 } 3658 } 3659 3660 if (!ret) 3661 { 3662 out_attr->type = ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_INT_VAL | ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_ERROR; 3663 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value); 3664 } 3665 return ret; 3666 } 3667 3668 /* Merge object attributes from IBFD into OBFD. Warn if 3669 there are conflicting attributes. */ 3670 static bfd_boolean 3671 ppc_elf_merge_obj_attributes (bfd *ibfd, struct bfd_link_info *info) 3672 { 3673 bfd *obfd; 3674 obj_attribute *in_attr, *in_attrs; 3675 obj_attribute *out_attr, *out_attrs; 3676 bfd_boolean ret; 3677 3678 if (!_bfd_elf_ppc_merge_fp_attributes (ibfd, info)) 3679 return FALSE; 3680 3681 obfd = info->output_bfd; 3682 in_attrs = elf_known_obj_attributes (ibfd)[OBJ_ATTR_GNU]; 3683 out_attrs = elf_known_obj_attributes (obfd)[OBJ_ATTR_GNU]; 3684 3685 /* Check for conflicting Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_Vector attributes and 3686 merge non-conflicting ones. */ 3687 in_attr = &in_attrs[Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_Vector]; 3688 out_attr = &out_attrs[Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_Vector]; 3689 ret = TRUE; 3690 if (in_attr->i != out_attr->i) 3691 { 3692 int in_vec = in_attr->i & 3; 3693 int out_vec = out_attr->i & 3; 3694 static bfd *last_vec; 3695 3696 if (in_vec == 0) 3697 ; 3698 else if (out_vec == 0) 3699 { 3700 out_attr->type = ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_INT_VAL; 3701 out_attr->i = in_vec; 3702 last_vec = ibfd; 3703 } 3704 /* For now, allow generic to transition to AltiVec or SPE 3705 without a warning. If GCC marked files with their stack 3706 alignment and used don't-care markings for files which are 3707 not affected by the vector ABI, we could warn about this 3708 case too. */ 3709 else if (in_vec == 1) 3710 ; 3711 else if (out_vec == 1) 3712 { 3713 out_attr->type = ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_INT_VAL; 3714 out_attr->i = in_vec; 3715 last_vec = ibfd; 3716 } 3717 else if (out_vec < in_vec) 3718 { 3719 _bfd_error_handler 3720 /* xgettext:c-format */ 3721 (_("%pB uses AltiVec vector ABI, %pB uses SPE vector ABI"), 3722 last_vec, ibfd); 3723 out_attr->type = ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_INT_VAL | ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_ERROR; 3724 ret = FALSE; 3725 } 3726 else if (out_vec > in_vec) 3727 { 3728 _bfd_error_handler 3729 /* xgettext:c-format */ 3730 (_("%pB uses AltiVec vector ABI, %pB uses SPE vector ABI"), 3731 ibfd, last_vec); 3732 out_attr->type = ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_INT_VAL | ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_ERROR; 3733 ret = FALSE; 3734 } 3735 } 3736 3737 /* Check for conflicting Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_Struct_Return attributes 3738 and merge non-conflicting ones. */ 3739 in_attr = &in_attrs[Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_Struct_Return]; 3740 out_attr = &out_attrs[Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_Struct_Return]; 3741 if (in_attr->i != out_attr->i) 3742 { 3743 int in_struct = in_attr->i & 3; 3744 int out_struct = out_attr->i & 3; 3745 static bfd *last_struct; 3746 3747 if (in_struct == 0 || in_struct == 3) 3748 ; 3749 else if (out_struct == 0) 3750 { 3751 out_attr->type = ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_INT_VAL; 3752 out_attr->i = in_struct; 3753 last_struct = ibfd; 3754 } 3755 else if (out_struct < in_struct) 3756 { 3757 _bfd_error_handler 3758 /* xgettext:c-format */ 3759 (_("%pB uses r3/r4 for small structure returns, " 3760 "%pB uses memory"), last_struct, ibfd); 3761 out_attr->type = ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_INT_VAL | ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_ERROR; 3762 ret = FALSE; 3763 } 3764 else if (out_struct > in_struct) 3765 { 3766 _bfd_error_handler 3767 /* xgettext:c-format */ 3768 (_("%pB uses r3/r4 for small structure returns, " 3769 "%pB uses memory"), ibfd, last_struct); 3770 out_attr->type = ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_INT_VAL | ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_ERROR; 3771 ret = FALSE; 3772 } 3773 } 3774 if (!ret) 3775 { 3776 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value); 3777 return FALSE; 3778 } 3779 3780 /* Merge Tag_compatibility attributes and any common GNU ones. */ 3781 return _bfd_elf_merge_object_attributes (ibfd, info); 3782 } 3783 3784 /* Merge backend specific data from an object file to the output 3785 object file when linking. */ 3786 3787 static bfd_boolean 3788 ppc_elf_merge_private_bfd_data (bfd *ibfd, struct bfd_link_info *info) 3789 { 3790 bfd *obfd = info->output_bfd; 3791 flagword old_flags; 3792 flagword new_flags; 3793 bfd_boolean error; 3794 3795 if (!is_ppc_elf (ibfd) || !is_ppc_elf (obfd)) 3796 return TRUE; 3797 3798 /* Check if we have the same endianness. */ 3799 if (! _bfd_generic_verify_endian_match (ibfd, info)) 3800 return FALSE; 3801 3802 if (!ppc_elf_merge_obj_attributes (ibfd, info)) 3803 return FALSE; 3804 3805 new_flags = elf_elfheader (ibfd)->e_flags; 3806 old_flags = elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags; 3807 if (!elf_flags_init (obfd)) 3808 { 3809 /* First call, no flags set. */ 3810 elf_flags_init (obfd) = TRUE; 3811 elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags = new_flags; 3812 } 3813 3814 /* Compatible flags are ok. */ 3815 else if (new_flags == old_flags) 3816 ; 3817 3818 /* Incompatible flags. */ 3819 else 3820 { 3821 /* Warn about -mrelocatable mismatch. Allow -mrelocatable-lib 3822 to be linked with either. */ 3823 error = FALSE; 3824 if ((new_flags & EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE) != 0 3825 && (old_flags & (EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE | EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE_LIB)) == 0) 3826 { 3827 error = TRUE; 3828 _bfd_error_handler 3829 (_("%pB: compiled with -mrelocatable and linked with " 3830 "modules compiled normally"), ibfd); 3831 } 3832 else if ((new_flags & (EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE | EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE_LIB)) == 0 3833 && (old_flags & EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE) != 0) 3834 { 3835 error = TRUE; 3836 _bfd_error_handler 3837 (_("%pB: compiled normally and linked with " 3838 "modules compiled with -mrelocatable"), ibfd); 3839 } 3840 3841 /* The output is -mrelocatable-lib iff both the input files are. */ 3842 if (! (new_flags & EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE_LIB)) 3843 elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags &= ~EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE_LIB; 3844 3845 /* The output is -mrelocatable iff it can't be -mrelocatable-lib, 3846 but each input file is either -mrelocatable or -mrelocatable-lib. */ 3847 if (! (elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags & EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE_LIB) 3848 && (new_flags & (EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE_LIB | EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE)) 3849 && (old_flags & (EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE_LIB | EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE))) 3850 elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags |= EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE; 3851 3852 /* Do not warn about eabi vs. V.4 mismatch, just or in the bit if 3853 any module uses it. */ 3854 elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags |= (new_flags & EF_PPC_EMB); 3855 3856 new_flags &= ~(EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE | EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE_LIB | EF_PPC_EMB); 3857 old_flags &= ~(EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE | EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE_LIB | EF_PPC_EMB); 3858 3859 /* Warn about any other mismatches. */ 3860 if (new_flags != old_flags) 3861 { 3862 error = TRUE; 3863 _bfd_error_handler 3864 /* xgettext:c-format */ 3865 (_("%pB: uses different e_flags (%#x) fields " 3866 "than previous modules (%#x)"), 3867 ibfd, new_flags, old_flags); 3868 } 3869 3870 if (error) 3871 { 3872 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value); 3873 return FALSE; 3874 } 3875 } 3876 3877 return TRUE; 3878 } 3879 3880 static void 3881 ppc_elf_vle_split16 (bfd *input_bfd, 3882 asection *input_section, 3883 unsigned long offset, 3884 bfd_byte *loc, 3885 bfd_vma value, 3886 split16_format_type split16_format, 3887 bfd_boolean fixup) 3888 { 3889 unsigned int insn, opcode; 3890 3891 insn = bfd_get_32 (input_bfd, loc); 3892 opcode = insn & E_OPCODE_MASK; 3893 if (opcode == E_OR2I_INSN 3894 || opcode == E_AND2I_DOT_INSN 3895 || opcode == E_OR2IS_INSN 3896 || opcode == E_LIS_INSN 3897 || opcode == E_AND2IS_DOT_INSN) 3898 { 3899 if (split16_format != split16a_type) 3900 { 3901 if (fixup) 3902 split16_format = split16a_type; 3903 else 3904 _bfd_error_handler 3905 /* xgettext:c-format */ 3906 (_("%pB(%pA+0x%lx): expected 16A style relocation on 0x%08x insn"), 3907 input_bfd, input_section, offset, opcode); 3908 } 3909 } 3910 else if (opcode == E_ADD2I_DOT_INSN 3911 || opcode == E_ADD2IS_INSN 3912 || opcode == E_CMP16I_INSN 3913 || opcode == E_MULL2I_INSN 3914 || opcode == E_CMPL16I_INSN 3915 || opcode == E_CMPH16I_INSN 3916 || opcode == E_CMPHL16I_INSN) 3917 { 3918 if (split16_format != split16d_type) 3919 { 3920 if (fixup) 3921 split16_format = split16d_type; 3922 else 3923 _bfd_error_handler 3924 /* xgettext:c-format */ 3925 (_("%pB(%pA+0x%lx): expected 16D style relocation on 0x%08x insn"), 3926 input_bfd, input_section, offset, opcode); 3927 } 3928 } 3929 if (split16_format == split16a_type) 3930 { 3931 insn &= ~((0xf800 << 5) | 0x7ff); 3932 insn |= (value & 0xf800) << 5; 3933 if ((insn & E_LI_MASK) == E_LI_INSN) 3934 { 3935 /* Hack for e_li. Extend sign. */ 3936 insn &= ~(0xf0000 >> 5); 3937 insn |= (-(value & 0x8000) & 0xf0000) >> 5; 3938 } 3939 } 3940 else 3941 { 3942 insn &= ~((0xf800 << 10) | 0x7ff); 3943 insn |= (value & 0xf800) << 10; 3944 } 3945 insn |= value & 0x7ff; 3946 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, insn, loc); 3947 } 3948 3949 static void 3950 ppc_elf_vle_split20 (bfd *output_bfd, bfd_byte *loc, bfd_vma value) 3951 { 3952 unsigned int insn; 3953 3954 insn = bfd_get_32 (output_bfd, loc); 3955 /* We have an li20 field, bits 17..20, 11..15, 21..31. */ 3956 /* Top 4 bits of value to 17..20. */ 3957 insn |= (value & 0xf0000) >> 5; 3958 /* Next 5 bits of the value to 11..15. */ 3959 insn |= (value & 0xf800) << 5; 3960 /* And the final 11 bits of the value to bits 21 to 31. */ 3961 insn |= value & 0x7ff; 3962 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, insn, loc); 3963 } 3964 3965 3966 /* Choose which PLT scheme to use, and set .plt flags appropriately. 3967 Returns -1 on error, 0 for old PLT, 1 for new PLT. */ 3968 int 3969 ppc_elf_select_plt_layout (bfd *output_bfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, 3970 struct bfd_link_info *info) 3971 { 3972 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab; 3973 flagword flags; 3974 3975 htab = ppc_elf_hash_table (info); 3976 3977 if (htab->plt_type == PLT_UNSET) 3978 { 3979 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h; 3980 3981 if (htab->params->plt_style == PLT_OLD) 3982 htab->plt_type = PLT_OLD; 3983 else if (bfd_link_pic (info) 3984 && htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created 3985 && (h = elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab->elf, "_mcount", 3986 FALSE, FALSE, TRUE)) != NULL 3987 && (h->type == STT_FUNC 3988 || h->needs_plt) 3989 && h->ref_regular 3990 && !(SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, h) 3991 || UNDEFWEAK_NO_DYNAMIC_RELOC (info, h))) 3992 { 3993 /* Profiling of shared libs (and pies) is not supported with 3994 secure plt, because ppc32 does profiling before a 3995 function prologue and a secure plt pic call stubs needs 3996 r30 to be set up. */ 3997 htab->plt_type = PLT_OLD; 3998 } 3999 else 4000 { 4001 bfd *ibfd; 4002 enum ppc_elf_plt_type plt_type = htab->params->plt_style; 4003 4004 /* Look through the reloc flags left by ppc_elf_check_relocs. 4005 Use the old style bss plt if a file makes plt calls 4006 without using the new relocs, and if ld isn't given 4007 --secure-plt and we never see REL16 relocs. */ 4008 if (plt_type == PLT_UNSET) 4009 plt_type = PLT_OLD; 4010 for (ibfd = info->input_bfds; ibfd; ibfd = ibfd->link.next) 4011 if (is_ppc_elf (ibfd)) 4012 { 4013 if (ppc_elf_tdata (ibfd)->has_rel16) 4014 plt_type = PLT_NEW; 4015 else if (ppc_elf_tdata (ibfd)->makes_plt_call) 4016 { 4017 plt_type = PLT_OLD; 4018 htab->old_bfd = ibfd; 4019 break; 4020 } 4021 } 4022 htab->plt_type = plt_type; 4023 } 4024 } 4025 if (htab->plt_type == PLT_OLD && htab->params->plt_style == PLT_NEW) 4026 { 4027 if (htab->old_bfd != NULL) 4028 _bfd_error_handler (_("bss-plt forced due to %pB"), htab->old_bfd); 4029 else 4030 _bfd_error_handler (_("bss-plt forced by profiling")); 4031 } 4032 4033 BFD_ASSERT (htab->plt_type != PLT_VXWORKS); 4034 4035 if (htab->plt_type == PLT_NEW) 4036 { 4037 flags = (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS 4038 | SEC_IN_MEMORY | SEC_LINKER_CREATED); 4039 4040 /* The new PLT is a loaded section. */ 4041 if (htab->elf.splt != NULL 4042 && !bfd_set_section_flags (htab->elf.dynobj, htab->elf.splt, flags)) 4043 return -1; 4044 4045 /* The new GOT is not executable. */ 4046 if (htab->elf.sgot != NULL 4047 && !bfd_set_section_flags (htab->elf.dynobj, htab->elf.sgot, flags)) 4048 return -1; 4049 } 4050 else 4051 { 4052 /* Stop an unused .glink section from affecting .text alignment. */ 4053 if (htab->glink != NULL 4054 && !bfd_set_section_alignment (htab->elf.dynobj, htab->glink, 0)) 4055 return -1; 4056 } 4057 return htab->plt_type == PLT_NEW; 4058 } 4059 4060 /* Return the section that should be marked against GC for a given 4061 relocation. */ 4062 4063 static asection * 4064 ppc_elf_gc_mark_hook (asection *sec, 4065 struct bfd_link_info *info, 4066 Elf_Internal_Rela *rel, 4067 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h, 4068 Elf_Internal_Sym *sym) 4069 { 4070 if (h != NULL) 4071 switch (ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info)) 4072 { 4073 case R_PPC_GNU_VTINHERIT: 4074 case R_PPC_GNU_VTENTRY: 4075 return NULL; 4076 } 4077 4078 return _bfd_elf_gc_mark_hook (sec, info, rel, h, sym); 4079 } 4080 4081 static bfd_boolean 4082 get_sym_h (struct elf_link_hash_entry **hp, 4083 Elf_Internal_Sym **symp, 4084 asection **symsecp, 4085 unsigned char **tls_maskp, 4086 Elf_Internal_Sym **locsymsp, 4087 unsigned long r_symndx, 4088 bfd *ibfd) 4089 { 4090 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr = &elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd); 4091 4092 if (r_symndx >= symtab_hdr->sh_info) 4093 { 4094 struct elf_link_hash_entry **sym_hashes = elf_sym_hashes (ibfd); 4095 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h; 4096 4097 h = sym_hashes[r_symndx - symtab_hdr->sh_info]; 4098 while (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect 4099 || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning) 4100 h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.u.i.link; 4101 4102 if (hp != NULL) 4103 *hp = h; 4104 4105 if (symp != NULL) 4106 *symp = NULL; 4107 4108 if (symsecp != NULL) 4109 { 4110 asection *symsec = NULL; 4111 if (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined 4112 || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak) 4113 symsec = h->root.u.def.section; 4114 *symsecp = symsec; 4115 } 4116 4117 if (tls_maskp != NULL) 4118 *tls_maskp = &ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->tls_mask; 4119 } 4120 else 4121 { 4122 Elf_Internal_Sym *sym; 4123 Elf_Internal_Sym *locsyms = *locsymsp; 4124 4125 if (locsyms == NULL) 4126 { 4127 locsyms = (Elf_Internal_Sym *) symtab_hdr->contents; 4128 if (locsyms == NULL) 4129 locsyms = bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (ibfd, symtab_hdr, 4130 symtab_hdr->sh_info, 4131 0, NULL, NULL, NULL); 4132 if (locsyms == NULL) 4133 return FALSE; 4134 *locsymsp = locsyms; 4135 } 4136 sym = locsyms + r_symndx; 4137 4138 if (hp != NULL) 4139 *hp = NULL; 4140 4141 if (symp != NULL) 4142 *symp = sym; 4143 4144 if (symsecp != NULL) 4145 *symsecp = bfd_section_from_elf_index (ibfd, sym->st_shndx); 4146 4147 if (tls_maskp != NULL) 4148 { 4149 bfd_signed_vma *local_got; 4150 unsigned char *tls_mask; 4151 4152 tls_mask = NULL; 4153 local_got = elf_local_got_refcounts (ibfd); 4154 if (local_got != NULL) 4155 { 4156 struct plt_entry **local_plt = (struct plt_entry **) 4157 (local_got + symtab_hdr->sh_info); 4158 unsigned char *lgot_masks = (unsigned char *) 4159 (local_plt + symtab_hdr->sh_info); 4160 tls_mask = &lgot_masks[r_symndx]; 4161 } 4162 *tls_maskp = tls_mask; 4163 } 4164 } 4165 return TRUE; 4166 } 4167 4168 /* Analyze inline PLT call relocations to see whether calls to locally 4169 defined functions can be converted to direct calls. */ 4170 4171 bfd_boolean 4172 ppc_elf_inline_plt (struct bfd_link_info *info) 4173 { 4174 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab; 4175 bfd *ibfd; 4176 asection *sec; 4177 bfd_vma low_vma, high_vma, limit; 4178 4179 htab = ppc_elf_hash_table (info); 4180 if (htab == NULL) 4181 return FALSE; 4182 4183 /* A bl insn can reach -0x2000000 to 0x1fffffc. The limit is 4184 reduced somewhat to cater for possible stubs that might be added 4185 between the call and its destination. */ 4186 limit = 0x1e00000; 4187 low_vma = -1; 4188 high_vma = 0; 4189 for (sec = info->output_bfd->sections; sec != NULL; sec = sec->next) 4190 if ((sec->flags & (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_CODE)) == (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_CODE)) 4191 { 4192 if (low_vma > sec->vma) 4193 low_vma = sec->vma; 4194 if (high_vma < sec->vma + sec->size) 4195 high_vma = sec->vma + sec->size; 4196 } 4197 4198 /* If a "bl" can reach anywhere in local code sections, then we can 4199 convert all inline PLT sequences to direct calls when the symbol 4200 is local. */ 4201 if (high_vma - low_vma < limit) 4202 { 4203 htab->can_convert_all_inline_plt = 1; 4204 return TRUE; 4205 } 4206 4207 /* Otherwise, go looking through relocs for cases where a direct 4208 call won't reach. Mark the symbol on any such reloc to disable 4209 the optimization and keep the PLT entry as it seems likely that 4210 this will be better than creating trampolines. Note that this 4211 will disable the optimization for all inline PLT calls to a 4212 particular symbol, not just those that won't reach. The 4213 difficulty in doing a more precise optimization is that the 4214 linker needs to make a decision depending on whether a 4215 particular R_PPC_PLTCALL insn can be turned into a direct 4216 call, for each of the R_PPC_PLTSEQ and R_PPC_PLT16* insns in 4217 the sequence, and there is nothing that ties those relocs 4218 together except their symbol. */ 4219 4220 for (ibfd = info->input_bfds; ibfd != NULL; ibfd = ibfd->link.next) 4221 { 4222 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr; 4223 Elf_Internal_Sym *local_syms; 4224 4225 if (!is_ppc_elf (ibfd)) 4226 continue; 4227 4228 local_syms = NULL; 4229 symtab_hdr = &elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd); 4230 4231 for (sec = ibfd->sections; sec != NULL; sec = sec->next) 4232 if (sec->has_pltcall 4233 && !bfd_is_abs_section (sec->output_section)) 4234 { 4235 Elf_Internal_Rela *relstart, *rel, *relend; 4236 4237 /* Read the relocations. */ 4238 relstart = _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (ibfd, sec, NULL, NULL, 4239 info->keep_memory); 4240 if (relstart == NULL) 4241 return FALSE; 4242 4243 relend = relstart + sec->reloc_count; 4244 for (rel = relstart; rel < relend; ) 4245 { 4246 enum elf_ppc_reloc_type r_type; 4247 unsigned long r_symndx; 4248 asection *sym_sec; 4249 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h; 4250 Elf_Internal_Sym *sym; 4251 unsigned char *tls_maskp; 4252 4253 r_type = ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info); 4254 if (r_type != R_PPC_PLTCALL) 4255 continue; 4256 4257 r_symndx = ELF32_R_SYM (rel->r_info); 4258 if (!get_sym_h (&h, &sym, &sym_sec, &tls_maskp, &local_syms, 4259 r_symndx, ibfd)) 4260 { 4261 if (elf_section_data (sec)->relocs != relstart) 4262 free (relstart); 4263 if (local_syms != NULL 4264 && symtab_hdr->contents != (unsigned char *) local_syms) 4265 free (local_syms); 4266 return FALSE; 4267 } 4268 4269 if (sym_sec != NULL && sym_sec->output_section != NULL) 4270 { 4271 bfd_vma from, to; 4272 if (h != NULL) 4273 to = h->root.u.def.value; 4274 else 4275 to = sym->st_value; 4276 to += (rel->r_addend 4277 + sym_sec->output_offset 4278 + sym_sec->output_section->vma); 4279 from = (rel->r_offset 4280 + sec->output_offset 4281 + sec->output_section->vma); 4282 if (to - from + limit < 2 * limit) 4283 *tls_maskp &= ~PLT_KEEP; 4284 } 4285 } 4286 if (elf_section_data (sec)->relocs != relstart) 4287 free (relstart); 4288 } 4289 4290 if (local_syms != NULL 4291 && symtab_hdr->contents != (unsigned char *) local_syms) 4292 { 4293 if (!info->keep_memory) 4294 free (local_syms); 4295 else 4296 symtab_hdr->contents = (unsigned char *) local_syms; 4297 } 4298 } 4299 4300 return TRUE; 4301 } 4302 4303 /* Set plt output section type, htab->tls_get_addr, and call the 4304 generic ELF tls_setup function. */ 4305 4306 asection * 4307 ppc_elf_tls_setup (bfd *obfd, struct bfd_link_info *info) 4308 { 4309 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab; 4310 4311 htab = ppc_elf_hash_table (info); 4312 htab->tls_get_addr = elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab->elf, "__tls_get_addr", 4313 FALSE, FALSE, TRUE); 4314 if (htab->plt_type != PLT_NEW) 4315 htab->params->no_tls_get_addr_opt = TRUE; 4316 4317 if (!htab->params->no_tls_get_addr_opt) 4318 { 4319 struct elf_link_hash_entry *opt, *tga; 4320 opt = elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab->elf, "__tls_get_addr_opt", 4321 FALSE, FALSE, TRUE); 4322 if (opt != NULL 4323 && (opt->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined 4324 || opt->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak)) 4325 { 4326 /* If glibc supports an optimized __tls_get_addr call stub, 4327 signalled by the presence of __tls_get_addr_opt, and we'll 4328 be calling __tls_get_addr via a plt call stub, then 4329 make __tls_get_addr point to __tls_get_addr_opt. */ 4330 tga = htab->tls_get_addr; 4331 if (htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created 4332 && tga != NULL 4333 && (tga->type == STT_FUNC 4334 || tga->needs_plt) 4335 && !(SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, tga) 4336 || UNDEFWEAK_NO_DYNAMIC_RELOC (info, tga))) 4337 { 4338 struct plt_entry *ent; 4339 for (ent = tga->plt.plist; ent != NULL; ent = ent->next) 4340 if (ent->plt.refcount > 0) 4341 break; 4342 if (ent != NULL) 4343 { 4344 tga->root.type = bfd_link_hash_indirect; 4345 tga->root.u.i.link = &opt->root; 4346 ppc_elf_copy_indirect_symbol (info, opt, tga); 4347 opt->mark = 1; 4348 if (opt->dynindx != -1) 4349 { 4350 /* Use __tls_get_addr_opt in dynamic relocations. */ 4351 opt->dynindx = -1; 4352 _bfd_elf_strtab_delref (elf_hash_table (info)->dynstr, 4353 opt->dynstr_index); 4354 if (!bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, opt)) 4355 return FALSE; 4356 } 4357 htab->tls_get_addr = opt; 4358 } 4359 } 4360 } 4361 else 4362 htab->params->no_tls_get_addr_opt = TRUE; 4363 } 4364 if (htab->plt_type == PLT_NEW 4365 && htab->elf.splt != NULL 4366 && htab->elf.splt->output_section != NULL) 4367 { 4368 elf_section_type (htab->elf.splt->output_section) = SHT_PROGBITS; 4369 elf_section_flags (htab->elf.splt->output_section) = SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE; 4370 } 4371 4372 return _bfd_elf_tls_setup (obfd, info); 4373 } 4374 4375 /* Return TRUE iff REL is a branch reloc with a global symbol matching 4376 HASH. */ 4377 4378 static bfd_boolean 4379 branch_reloc_hash_match (const bfd *ibfd, 4380 const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel, 4381 const struct elf_link_hash_entry *hash) 4382 { 4383 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr = &elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd); 4384 enum elf_ppc_reloc_type r_type = ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info); 4385 unsigned int r_symndx = ELF32_R_SYM (rel->r_info); 4386 4387 if (r_symndx >= symtab_hdr->sh_info && is_branch_reloc (r_type)) 4388 { 4389 struct elf_link_hash_entry **sym_hashes = elf_sym_hashes (ibfd); 4390 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h; 4391 4392 h = sym_hashes[r_symndx - symtab_hdr->sh_info]; 4393 while (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect 4394 || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning) 4395 h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.u.i.link; 4396 if (h == hash) 4397 return TRUE; 4398 } 4399 return FALSE; 4400 } 4401 4402 /* Run through all the TLS relocs looking for optimization 4403 opportunities. */ 4404 4405 bfd_boolean 4406 ppc_elf_tls_optimize (bfd *obfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, 4407 struct bfd_link_info *info) 4408 { 4409 bfd *ibfd; 4410 asection *sec; 4411 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab; 4412 int pass; 4413 4414 if (!bfd_link_executable (info)) 4415 return TRUE; 4416 4417 htab = ppc_elf_hash_table (info); 4418 if (htab == NULL) 4419 return FALSE; 4420 4421 /* Make two passes through the relocs. First time check that tls 4422 relocs involved in setting up a tls_get_addr call are indeed 4423 followed by such a call. If they are not, don't do any tls 4424 optimization. On the second pass twiddle tls_mask flags to 4425 notify relocate_section that optimization can be done, and 4426 adjust got and plt refcounts. */ 4427 for (pass = 0; pass < 2; ++pass) 4428 for (ibfd = info->input_bfds; ibfd != NULL; ibfd = ibfd->link.next) 4429 { 4430 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr = &elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd); 4431 asection *got2 = bfd_get_section_by_name (ibfd, ".got2"); 4432 4433 for (sec = ibfd->sections; sec != NULL; sec = sec->next) 4434 if (sec->has_tls_reloc && !bfd_is_abs_section (sec->output_section)) 4435 { 4436 Elf_Internal_Rela *relstart, *rel, *relend; 4437 int expecting_tls_get_addr = 0; 4438 4439 /* Read the relocations. */ 4440 relstart = _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (ibfd, sec, NULL, NULL, 4441 info->keep_memory); 4442 if (relstart == NULL) 4443 return FALSE; 4444 4445 relend = relstart + sec->reloc_count; 4446 for (rel = relstart; rel < relend; rel++) 4447 { 4448 enum elf_ppc_reloc_type r_type; 4449 unsigned long r_symndx; 4450 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h = NULL; 4451 unsigned char *tls_mask; 4452 unsigned char tls_set, tls_clear; 4453 bfd_boolean is_local; 4454 bfd_signed_vma *got_count; 4455 4456 r_symndx = ELF32_R_SYM (rel->r_info); 4457 if (r_symndx >= symtab_hdr->sh_info) 4458 { 4459 struct elf_link_hash_entry **sym_hashes; 4460 4461 sym_hashes = elf_sym_hashes (ibfd); 4462 h = sym_hashes[r_symndx - symtab_hdr->sh_info]; 4463 while (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect 4464 || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning) 4465 h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.u.i.link; 4466 } 4467 4468 is_local = FALSE; 4469 if (h == NULL 4470 || !h->def_dynamic) 4471 is_local = TRUE; 4472 4473 r_type = ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info); 4474 /* If this section has old-style __tls_get_addr calls 4475 without marker relocs, then check that each 4476 __tls_get_addr call reloc is preceded by a reloc 4477 that conceivably belongs to the __tls_get_addr arg 4478 setup insn. If we don't find matching arg setup 4479 relocs, don't do any tls optimization. */ 4480 if (pass == 0 4481 && sec->has_tls_get_addr_call 4482 && h != NULL 4483 && h == htab->tls_get_addr 4484 && !expecting_tls_get_addr 4485 && is_branch_reloc (r_type)) 4486 { 4487 info->callbacks->minfo ("%H __tls_get_addr lost arg, " 4488 "TLS optimization disabled\n", 4489 ibfd, sec, rel->r_offset); 4490 if (elf_section_data (sec)->relocs != relstart) 4491 free (relstart); 4492 return TRUE; 4493 } 4494 4495 expecting_tls_get_addr = 0; 4496 switch (r_type) 4497 { 4498 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16: 4499 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_LO: 4500 expecting_tls_get_addr = 1; 4501 /* Fall through. */ 4502 4503 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HI: 4504 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HA: 4505 /* These relocs should never be against a symbol 4506 defined in a shared lib. Leave them alone if 4507 that turns out to be the case. */ 4508 if (!is_local) 4509 continue; 4510 4511 /* LD -> LE */ 4512 tls_set = 0; 4513 tls_clear = TLS_LD; 4514 break; 4515 4516 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16: 4517 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_LO: 4518 expecting_tls_get_addr = 1; 4519 /* Fall through. */ 4520 4521 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HI: 4522 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HA: 4523 if (is_local) 4524 /* GD -> LE */ 4525 tls_set = 0; 4526 else 4527 /* GD -> IE */ 4528 tls_set = TLS_TLS | TLS_TPRELGD; 4529 tls_clear = TLS_GD; 4530 break; 4531 4532 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16: 4533 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_LO: 4534 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HI: 4535 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HA: 4536 if (is_local) 4537 { 4538 /* IE -> LE */ 4539 tls_set = 0; 4540 tls_clear = TLS_TPREL; 4541 break; 4542 } 4543 else 4544 continue; 4545 4546 case R_PPC_TLSGD: 4547 case R_PPC_TLSLD: 4548 if (rel + 1 < relend 4549 && is_plt_seq_reloc (ELF32_R_TYPE (rel[1].r_info))) 4550 { 4551 if (pass != 0 4552 && ELF32_R_TYPE (rel[1].r_info) != R_PPC_PLTSEQ) 4553 { 4554 r_type = ELF32_R_TYPE (rel[1].r_info); 4555 r_symndx = ELF32_R_SYM (rel[1].r_info); 4556 if (r_symndx >= symtab_hdr->sh_info) 4557 { 4558 struct elf_link_hash_entry **sym_hashes; 4559 4560 sym_hashes = elf_sym_hashes (ibfd); 4561 h = sym_hashes[r_symndx - symtab_hdr->sh_info]; 4562 while (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect 4563 || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning) 4564 h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.u.i.link; 4565 if (h != NULL) 4566 { 4567 struct plt_entry *ent = NULL; 4568 bfd_vma addend = 0; 4569 4570 if (bfd_link_pic (info)) 4571 addend = rel->r_addend; 4572 ent = find_plt_ent (&h->plt.plist, 4573 got2, addend); 4574 if (ent != NULL 4575 && ent->plt.refcount > 0) 4576 ent->plt.refcount -= 1; 4577 } 4578 } 4579 } 4580 continue; 4581 } 4582 expecting_tls_get_addr = 2; 4583 tls_set = 0; 4584 tls_clear = 0; 4585 break; 4586 4587 default: 4588 continue; 4589 } 4590 4591 if (pass == 0) 4592 { 4593 if (!expecting_tls_get_addr 4594 || !sec->has_tls_get_addr_call) 4595 continue; 4596 4597 if (rel + 1 < relend 4598 && branch_reloc_hash_match (ibfd, rel + 1, 4599 htab->tls_get_addr)) 4600 continue; 4601 4602 /* Uh oh, we didn't find the expected call. We 4603 could just mark this symbol to exclude it 4604 from tls optimization but it's safer to skip 4605 the entire optimization. */ 4606 info->callbacks->minfo (_("%H arg lost __tls_get_addr, " 4607 "TLS optimization disabled\n"), 4608 ibfd, sec, rel->r_offset); 4609 if (elf_section_data (sec)->relocs != relstart) 4610 free (relstart); 4611 return TRUE; 4612 } 4613 4614 if (h != NULL) 4615 { 4616 tls_mask = &ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->tls_mask; 4617 got_count = &h->got.refcount; 4618 } 4619 else 4620 { 4621 bfd_signed_vma *lgot_refs; 4622 struct plt_entry **local_plt; 4623 unsigned char *lgot_masks; 4624 4625 lgot_refs = elf_local_got_refcounts (ibfd); 4626 if (lgot_refs == NULL) 4627 abort (); 4628 local_plt = (struct plt_entry **) 4629 (lgot_refs + symtab_hdr->sh_info); 4630 lgot_masks = (unsigned char *) 4631 (local_plt + symtab_hdr->sh_info); 4632 tls_mask = &lgot_masks[r_symndx]; 4633 got_count = &lgot_refs[r_symndx]; 4634 } 4635 4636 /* If we don't have old-style __tls_get_addr calls 4637 without TLSGD/TLSLD marker relocs, and we haven't 4638 found a new-style __tls_get_addr call with a 4639 marker for this symbol, then we either have a 4640 broken object file or an -mlongcall style 4641 indirect call to __tls_get_addr without a marker. 4642 Disable optimization in this case. */ 4643 if ((tls_clear & (TLS_GD | TLS_LD)) != 0 4644 && !sec->has_tls_get_addr_call 4645 && ((*tls_mask & (TLS_TLS | TLS_MARK)) 4646 != (TLS_TLS | TLS_MARK))) 4647 continue; 4648 4649 if (expecting_tls_get_addr) 4650 { 4651 struct plt_entry *ent; 4652 bfd_vma addend = 0; 4653 4654 if (bfd_link_pic (info) 4655 && (ELF32_R_TYPE (rel[1].r_info) == R_PPC_PLTREL24 4656 || ELF32_R_TYPE (rel[1].r_info) == R_PPC_PLTCALL)) 4657 addend = rel[1].r_addend; 4658 ent = find_plt_ent (&htab->tls_get_addr->plt.plist, 4659 got2, addend); 4660 if (ent != NULL && ent->plt.refcount > 0) 4661 ent->plt.refcount -= 1; 4662 4663 if (expecting_tls_get_addr == 2) 4664 continue; 4665 } 4666 4667 if (tls_set == 0) 4668 { 4669 /* We managed to get rid of a got entry. */ 4670 if (*got_count > 0) 4671 *got_count -= 1; 4672 } 4673 4674 *tls_mask |= tls_set; 4675 *tls_mask &= ~tls_clear; 4676 } 4677 4678 if (elf_section_data (sec)->relocs != relstart) 4679 free (relstart); 4680 } 4681 } 4682 htab->do_tls_opt = 1; 4683 return TRUE; 4684 } 4685 4686 /* Find dynamic relocs for H that apply to read-only sections. */ 4687 4688 static asection * 4689 readonly_dynrelocs (struct elf_link_hash_entry *h) 4690 { 4691 struct elf_dyn_relocs *p; 4692 4693 for (p = ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->dyn_relocs; p != NULL; p = p->next) 4694 { 4695 asection *s = p->sec->output_section; 4696 4697 if (s != NULL && (s->flags & SEC_READONLY) != 0) 4698 return p->sec; 4699 } 4700 return NULL; 4701 } 4702 4703 /* Return true if we have dynamic relocs against H or any of its weak 4704 aliases, that apply to read-only sections. Cannot be used after 4705 size_dynamic_sections. */ 4706 4707 static bfd_boolean 4708 alias_readonly_dynrelocs (struct elf_link_hash_entry *h) 4709 { 4710 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry *eh = ppc_elf_hash_entry (h); 4711 do 4712 { 4713 if (readonly_dynrelocs (&eh->elf)) 4714 return TRUE; 4715 eh = ppc_elf_hash_entry (eh->elf.u.alias); 4716 } while (eh != NULL && &eh->elf != h); 4717 4718 return FALSE; 4719 } 4720 4721 /* Return whether H has pc-relative dynamic relocs. */ 4722 4723 static bfd_boolean 4724 pc_dynrelocs (struct elf_link_hash_entry *h) 4725 { 4726 struct elf_dyn_relocs *p; 4727 4728 for (p = ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->dyn_relocs; p != NULL; p = p->next) 4729 if (p->pc_count != 0) 4730 return TRUE; 4731 return FALSE; 4732 } 4733 4734 /* Adjust a symbol defined by a dynamic object and referenced by a 4735 regular object. The current definition is in some section of the 4736 dynamic object, but we're not including those sections. We have to 4737 change the definition to something the rest of the link can 4738 understand. */ 4739 4740 static bfd_boolean 4741 ppc_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol (struct bfd_link_info *info, 4742 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h) 4743 { 4744 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab; 4745 asection *s; 4746 4747 #ifdef DEBUG 4748 fprintf (stderr, "ppc_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol called for %s\n", 4749 h->root.root.string); 4750 #endif 4751 4752 /* Make sure we know what is going on here. */ 4753 htab = ppc_elf_hash_table (info); 4754 BFD_ASSERT (htab->elf.dynobj != NULL 4755 && (h->needs_plt 4756 || h->type == STT_GNU_IFUNC 4757 || h->is_weakalias 4758 || (h->def_dynamic 4759 && h->ref_regular 4760 && !h->def_regular))); 4761 4762 /* Deal with function syms. */ 4763 if (h->type == STT_FUNC 4764 || h->type == STT_GNU_IFUNC 4765 || h->needs_plt) 4766 { 4767 bfd_boolean local = (SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, h) 4768 || UNDEFWEAK_NO_DYNAMIC_RELOC (info, h)); 4769 /* Discard dyn_relocs when non-pic if we've decided that a 4770 function symbol is local. */ 4771 if (!bfd_link_pic (info) && local) 4772 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->dyn_relocs = NULL; 4773 4774 /* Clear procedure linkage table information for any symbol that 4775 won't need a .plt entry. */ 4776 struct plt_entry *ent; 4777 for (ent = h->plt.plist; ent != NULL; ent = ent->next) 4778 if (ent->plt.refcount > 0) 4779 break; 4780 if (ent == NULL 4781 || (h->type != STT_GNU_IFUNC 4782 && local 4783 && (htab->can_convert_all_inline_plt 4784 || (ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->tls_mask 4785 & (TLS_TLS | PLT_KEEP)) != PLT_KEEP))) 4786 { 4787 /* A PLT entry is not required/allowed when: 4788 4789 1. We are not using ld.so; because then the PLT entry 4790 can't be set up, so we can't use one. In this case, 4791 ppc_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol won't even be called. 4792 4793 2. GC has rendered the entry unused. 4794 4795 3. We know for certain that a call to this symbol 4796 will go to this object, or will remain undefined. */ 4797 h->plt.plist = NULL; 4798 h->needs_plt = 0; 4799 h->pointer_equality_needed = 0; 4800 } 4801 else 4802 { 4803 /* Taking a function's address in a read/write section 4804 doesn't require us to define the function symbol in the 4805 executable on a plt call stub. A dynamic reloc can 4806 be used instead, giving better runtime performance. 4807 (Calls via that function pointer don't need to bounce 4808 through the plt call stub.) Similarly, use a dynamic 4809 reloc for a weak reference when possible, allowing the 4810 resolution of the symbol to be set at load time rather 4811 than link time. */ 4812 if ((h->pointer_equality_needed 4813 || (h->non_got_ref 4814 && !h->ref_regular_nonweak 4815 && !UNDEFWEAK_NO_DYNAMIC_RELOC (info, h))) 4816 && !htab->is_vxworks 4817 && !ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->has_sda_refs 4818 && !readonly_dynrelocs (h)) 4819 { 4820 h->pointer_equality_needed = 0; 4821 /* If we haven't seen a branch reloc and the symbol 4822 isn't an ifunc then we don't need a plt entry. */ 4823 if (!h->needs_plt && h->type != STT_GNU_IFUNC) 4824 h->plt.plist = NULL; 4825 } 4826 else if (!bfd_link_pic (info)) 4827 /* We are going to be defining the function symbol on the 4828 plt stub, so no dyn_relocs needed when non-pic. */ 4829 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->dyn_relocs = NULL; 4830 } 4831 h->protected_def = 0; 4832 /* Function symbols can't have copy relocs. */ 4833 return TRUE; 4834 } 4835 else 4836 h->plt.plist = NULL; 4837 4838 /* If this is a weak symbol, and there is a real definition, the 4839 processor independent code will have arranged for us to see the 4840 real definition first, and we can just use the same value. */ 4841 if (h->is_weakalias) 4842 { 4843 struct elf_link_hash_entry *def = weakdef (h); 4844 BFD_ASSERT (def->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined); 4845 h->root.u.def.section = def->root.u.def.section; 4846 h->root.u.def.value = def->root.u.def.value; 4847 if (def->root.u.def.section == htab->elf.sdynbss 4848 || def->root.u.def.section == htab->elf.sdynrelro 4849 || def->root.u.def.section == htab->dynsbss) 4850 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->dyn_relocs = NULL; 4851 return TRUE; 4852 } 4853 4854 /* This is a reference to a symbol defined by a dynamic object which 4855 is not a function. */ 4856 4857 /* If we are creating a shared library, we must presume that the 4858 only references to the symbol are via the global offset table. 4859 For such cases we need not do anything here; the relocations will 4860 be handled correctly by relocate_section. */ 4861 if (bfd_link_pic (info)) 4862 { 4863 h->protected_def = 0; 4864 return TRUE; 4865 } 4866 4867 /* If there are no references to this symbol that do not use the 4868 GOT, we don't need to generate a copy reloc. */ 4869 if (!h->non_got_ref) 4870 { 4871 h->protected_def = 0; 4872 return TRUE; 4873 } 4874 4875 /* Protected variables do not work with .dynbss. The copy in 4876 .dynbss won't be used by the shared library with the protected 4877 definition for the variable. Editing to PIC, or text relocations 4878 are preferable to an incorrect program. */ 4879 if (h->protected_def) 4880 { 4881 if (ELIMINATE_COPY_RELOCS 4882 && ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->has_addr16_ha 4883 && ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->has_addr16_lo 4884 && htab->params->pic_fixup == 0 4885 && info->disable_target_specific_optimizations <= 1) 4886 htab->params->pic_fixup = 1; 4887 return TRUE; 4888 } 4889 4890 /* If -z nocopyreloc was given, we won't generate them either. */ 4891 if (info->nocopyreloc) 4892 return TRUE; 4893 4894 /* If we don't find any dynamic relocs in read-only sections, then 4895 we'll be keeping the dynamic relocs and avoiding the copy reloc. 4896 We can't do this if there are any small data relocations. This 4897 doesn't work on VxWorks, where we can not have dynamic 4898 relocations (other than copy and jump slot relocations) in an 4899 executable. */ 4900 if (ELIMINATE_COPY_RELOCS 4901 && !ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->has_sda_refs 4902 && !htab->is_vxworks 4903 && !h->def_regular 4904 && !alias_readonly_dynrelocs (h)) 4905 return TRUE; 4906 4907 /* We must allocate the symbol in our .dynbss section, which will 4908 become part of the .bss section of the executable. There will be 4909 an entry for this symbol in the .dynsym section. The dynamic 4910 object will contain position independent code, so all references 4911 from the dynamic object to this symbol will go through the global 4912 offset table. The dynamic linker will use the .dynsym entry to 4913 determine the address it must put in the global offset table, so 4914 both the dynamic object and the regular object will refer to the 4915 same memory location for the variable. 4916 4917 Of course, if the symbol is referenced using SDAREL relocs, we 4918 must instead allocate it in .sbss. */ 4919 if (ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->has_sda_refs) 4920 s = htab->dynsbss; 4921 else if ((h->root.u.def.section->flags & SEC_READONLY) != 0) 4922 s = htab->elf.sdynrelro; 4923 else 4924 s = htab->elf.sdynbss; 4925 BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL); 4926 4927 if ((h->root.u.def.section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0 && h->size != 0) 4928 { 4929 asection *srel; 4930 4931 /* We must generate a R_PPC_COPY reloc to tell the dynamic 4932 linker to copy the initial value out of the dynamic object 4933 and into the runtime process image. */ 4934 if (ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->has_sda_refs) 4935 srel = htab->relsbss; 4936 else if ((h->root.u.def.section->flags & SEC_READONLY) != 0) 4937 srel = htab->elf.sreldynrelro; 4938 else 4939 srel = htab->elf.srelbss; 4940 BFD_ASSERT (srel != NULL); 4941 srel->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela); 4942 h->needs_copy = 1; 4943 } 4944 4945 /* We no longer want dyn_relocs. */ 4946 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->dyn_relocs = NULL; 4947 return _bfd_elf_adjust_dynamic_copy (info, h, s); 4948 } 4949 4950 /* Generate a symbol to mark plt call stubs. For non-PIC code the sym is 4951 xxxxxxxx.plt_call32.<callee> where xxxxxxxx is a hex number, usually 0, 4952 specifying the addend on the plt relocation. For -fpic code, the sym 4953 is xxxxxxxx.plt_pic32.<callee>, and for -fPIC 4954 xxxxxxxx.got2.plt_pic32.<callee>. */ 4955 4956 static bfd_boolean 4957 add_stub_sym (struct plt_entry *ent, 4958 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h, 4959 struct bfd_link_info *info) 4960 { 4961 struct elf_link_hash_entry *sh; 4962 size_t len1, len2, len3; 4963 char *name; 4964 const char *stub; 4965 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab = ppc_elf_hash_table (info); 4966 4967 if (bfd_link_pic (info)) 4968 stub = ".plt_pic32."; 4969 else 4970 stub = ".plt_call32."; 4971 4972 len1 = strlen (h->root.root.string); 4973 len2 = strlen (stub); 4974 len3 = 0; 4975 if (ent->sec) 4976 len3 = strlen (ent->sec->name); 4977 name = bfd_malloc (len1 + len2 + len3 + 9); 4978 if (name == NULL) 4979 return FALSE; 4980 sprintf (name, "%08x", (unsigned) ent->addend & 0xffffffff); 4981 if (ent->sec) 4982 memcpy (name + 8, ent->sec->name, len3); 4983 memcpy (name + 8 + len3, stub, len2); 4984 memcpy (name + 8 + len3 + len2, h->root.root.string, len1 + 1); 4985 sh = elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab->elf, name, TRUE, FALSE, FALSE); 4986 if (sh == NULL) 4987 return FALSE; 4988 if (sh->root.type == bfd_link_hash_new) 4989 { 4990 sh->root.type = bfd_link_hash_defined; 4991 sh->root.u.def.section = htab->glink; 4992 sh->root.u.def.value = ent->glink_offset; 4993 sh->ref_regular = 1; 4994 sh->def_regular = 1; 4995 sh->ref_regular_nonweak = 1; 4996 sh->forced_local = 1; 4997 sh->non_elf = 0; 4998 sh->root.linker_def = 1; 4999 } 5000 return TRUE; 5001 } 5002 5003 /* Allocate NEED contiguous space in .got, and return the offset. 5004 Handles allocation of the got header when crossing 32k. */ 5005 5006 static bfd_vma 5007 allocate_got (struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab, unsigned int need) 5008 { 5009 bfd_vma where; 5010 unsigned int max_before_header; 5011 5012 if (htab->plt_type == PLT_VXWORKS) 5013 { 5014 where = htab->elf.sgot->size; 5015 htab->elf.sgot->size += need; 5016 } 5017 else 5018 { 5019 max_before_header = htab->plt_type == PLT_NEW ? 32768 : 32764; 5020 if (need <= htab->got_gap) 5021 { 5022 where = max_before_header - htab->got_gap; 5023 htab->got_gap -= need; 5024 } 5025 else 5026 { 5027 if (htab->elf.sgot->size + need > max_before_header 5028 && htab->elf.sgot->size <= max_before_header) 5029 { 5030 htab->got_gap = max_before_header - htab->elf.sgot->size; 5031 htab->elf.sgot->size = max_before_header + htab->got_header_size; 5032 } 5033 where = htab->elf.sgot->size; 5034 htab->elf.sgot->size += need; 5035 } 5036 } 5037 return where; 5038 } 5039 5040 /* Calculate size of GOT entries for symbol given its TLS_MASK. 5041 TLS_LD is excluded because those go in a special GOT slot. */ 5042 5043 static inline unsigned int 5044 got_entries_needed (int tls_mask) 5045 { 5046 unsigned int need; 5047 if ((tls_mask & TLS_TLS) == 0) 5048 need = 4; 5049 else 5050 { 5051 need = 0; 5052 if ((tls_mask & TLS_GD) != 0) 5053 need += 8; 5054 if ((tls_mask & (TLS_TPREL | TLS_TPRELGD)) != 0) 5055 need += 4; 5056 if ((tls_mask & TLS_DTPREL) != 0) 5057 need += 4; 5058 } 5059 return need; 5060 } 5061 5062 /* Calculate size of relocs needed for symbol given its TLS_MASK and 5063 NEEDed GOT entries. KNOWN says a TPREL offset can be calculated at 5064 link time. */ 5065 5066 static inline unsigned int 5067 got_relocs_needed (int tls_mask, unsigned int need, bfd_boolean known) 5068 { 5069 /* All the entries we allocated need relocs. 5070 Except IE in executable with a local symbol. We could also omit 5071 the DTPREL reloc on the second word of a GD entry under the same 5072 condition as that for IE, but ld.so needs to differentiate 5073 LD and GD entries. */ 5074 if (known && (tls_mask & TLS_TLS) != 0 5075 && (tls_mask & (TLS_TPREL | TLS_TPRELGD)) != 0) 5076 need -= 4; 5077 return need * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela) / 4; 5078 } 5079 5080 /* If H is undefined, make it dynamic if that makes sense. */ 5081 5082 static bfd_boolean 5083 ensure_undef_dynamic (struct bfd_link_info *info, 5084 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h) 5085 { 5086 struct elf_link_hash_table *htab = elf_hash_table (info); 5087 5088 if (htab->dynamic_sections_created 5089 && ((info->dynamic_undefined_weak != 0 5090 && h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak) 5091 || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefined) 5092 && h->dynindx == -1 5093 && !h->forced_local 5094 && ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) == STV_DEFAULT) 5095 return bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h); 5096 return TRUE; 5097 } 5098 5099 /* Allocate space in associated reloc sections for dynamic relocs. */ 5100 5101 static bfd_boolean 5102 allocate_dynrelocs (struct elf_link_hash_entry *h, void *inf) 5103 { 5104 struct bfd_link_info *info = inf; 5105 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry *eh; 5106 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab; 5107 struct elf_dyn_relocs *p; 5108 bfd_boolean dyn; 5109 5110 if (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect) 5111 return TRUE; 5112 5113 htab = ppc_elf_hash_table (info); 5114 eh = (struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry *) h; 5115 if (eh->elf.got.refcount > 0 5116 || (ELIMINATE_COPY_RELOCS 5117 && !eh->elf.def_regular 5118 && eh->elf.protected_def 5119 && eh->has_addr16_ha 5120 && eh->has_addr16_lo 5121 && htab->params->pic_fixup > 0)) 5122 { 5123 unsigned int need; 5124 5125 /* Make sure this symbol is output as a dynamic symbol. */ 5126 if (!ensure_undef_dynamic (info, &eh->elf)) 5127 return FALSE; 5128 5129 need = 0; 5130 if ((eh->tls_mask & (TLS_TLS | TLS_LD)) == (TLS_TLS | TLS_LD)) 5131 { 5132 if (!eh->elf.def_dynamic) 5133 /* We'll just use htab->tlsld_got.offset. This should 5134 always be the case. It's a little odd if we have 5135 a local dynamic reloc against a non-local symbol. */ 5136 htab->tlsld_got.refcount += 1; 5137 else 5138 need += 8; 5139 } 5140 need += got_entries_needed (eh->tls_mask); 5141 if (need == 0) 5142 eh->elf.got.offset = (bfd_vma) -1; 5143 else 5144 { 5145 eh->elf.got.offset = allocate_got (htab, need); 5146 if ((bfd_link_pic (info) 5147 || (htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created 5148 && eh->elf.dynindx != -1 5149 && !SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info, &eh->elf))) 5150 && !UNDEFWEAK_NO_DYNAMIC_RELOC (info, &eh->elf)) 5151 { 5152 asection *rsec; 5153 bfd_boolean tprel_known = (bfd_link_executable (info) 5154 && SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info, 5155 &eh->elf)); 5156 5157 need = got_relocs_needed (eh->tls_mask, need, tprel_known); 5158 if ((eh->tls_mask & (TLS_TLS | TLS_LD)) == (TLS_TLS | TLS_LD) 5159 && eh->elf.def_dynamic) 5160 need -= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela); 5161 rsec = htab->elf.srelgot; 5162 if (eh->elf.type == STT_GNU_IFUNC) 5163 rsec = htab->elf.irelplt; 5164 rsec->size += need; 5165 } 5166 } 5167 } 5168 else 5169 eh->elf.got.offset = (bfd_vma) -1; 5170 5171 /* If no dynamic sections we can't have dynamic relocs, except for 5172 IFUNCs which are handled even in static executables. */ 5173 if (!htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created 5174 && h->type != STT_GNU_IFUNC) 5175 eh->dyn_relocs = NULL; 5176 5177 /* Discard relocs on undefined symbols that must be local. */ 5178 else if (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefined 5179 && ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) != STV_DEFAULT) 5180 eh->dyn_relocs = NULL; 5181 5182 /* Also discard relocs on undefined weak syms with non-default 5183 visibility, or when dynamic_undefined_weak says so. */ 5184 else if (UNDEFWEAK_NO_DYNAMIC_RELOC (info, h)) 5185 eh->dyn_relocs = NULL; 5186 5187 if (eh->dyn_relocs == NULL) 5188 ; 5189 5190 /* In the shared -Bsymbolic case, discard space allocated for 5191 dynamic pc-relative relocs against symbols which turn out to be 5192 defined in regular objects. For the normal shared case, discard 5193 space for relocs that have become local due to symbol visibility 5194 changes. */ 5195 else if (bfd_link_pic (info)) 5196 { 5197 /* Relocs that use pc_count are those that appear on a call insn, 5198 or certain REL relocs (see must_be_dyn_reloc) that can be 5199 generated via assembly. We want calls to protected symbols to 5200 resolve directly to the function rather than going via the plt. 5201 If people want function pointer comparisons to work as expected 5202 then they should avoid writing weird assembly. */ 5203 if (SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, h)) 5204 { 5205 struct elf_dyn_relocs **pp; 5206 5207 for (pp = &eh->dyn_relocs; (p = *pp) != NULL; ) 5208 { 5209 p->count -= p->pc_count; 5210 p->pc_count = 0; 5211 if (p->count == 0) 5212 *pp = p->next; 5213 else 5214 pp = &p->next; 5215 } 5216 } 5217 5218 if (htab->is_vxworks) 5219 { 5220 struct elf_dyn_relocs **pp; 5221 5222 for (pp = &eh->dyn_relocs; (p = *pp) != NULL; ) 5223 { 5224 if (strcmp (p->sec->output_section->name, ".tls_vars") == 0) 5225 *pp = p->next; 5226 else 5227 pp = &p->next; 5228 } 5229 } 5230 5231 if (eh->dyn_relocs != NULL) 5232 { 5233 /* Make sure this symbol is output as a dynamic symbol. */ 5234 if (!ensure_undef_dynamic (info, h)) 5235 return FALSE; 5236 } 5237 } 5238 else if (ELIMINATE_COPY_RELOCS) 5239 { 5240 /* For the non-pic case, discard space for relocs against 5241 symbols which turn out to need copy relocs or are not 5242 dynamic. */ 5243 if (h->dynamic_adjusted 5244 && !h->def_regular 5245 && !ELF_COMMON_DEF_P (h) 5246 && !(h->protected_def 5247 && eh->has_addr16_ha 5248 && eh->has_addr16_lo 5249 && htab->params->pic_fixup > 0)) 5250 { 5251 /* Make sure this symbol is output as a dynamic symbol. */ 5252 if (!ensure_undef_dynamic (info, h)) 5253 return FALSE; 5254 5255 if (h->dynindx == -1) 5256 eh->dyn_relocs = NULL; 5257 } 5258 else 5259 eh->dyn_relocs = NULL; 5260 } 5261 5262 /* Allocate space. */ 5263 for (p = eh->dyn_relocs; p != NULL; p = p->next) 5264 { 5265 asection *sreloc = elf_section_data (p->sec)->sreloc; 5266 if (eh->elf.type == STT_GNU_IFUNC) 5267 sreloc = htab->elf.irelplt; 5268 sreloc->size += p->count * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela); 5269 } 5270 5271 /* Handle PLT relocs. Done last, after dynindx has settled. 5272 We might need a PLT entry when the symbol 5273 a) is dynamic, or 5274 b) is an ifunc, or 5275 c) has plt16 relocs and has been processed by adjust_dynamic_symbol, or 5276 d) has plt16 relocs and we are linking statically. */ 5277 dyn = htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created && h->dynindx != -1; 5278 if (dyn 5279 || h->type == STT_GNU_IFUNC 5280 || (h->needs_plt && h->dynamic_adjusted) 5281 || (h->needs_plt 5282 && h->def_regular 5283 && !htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created 5284 && !htab->can_convert_all_inline_plt 5285 && (ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->tls_mask 5286 & (TLS_TLS | PLT_KEEP)) == PLT_KEEP)) 5287 { 5288 struct plt_entry *ent; 5289 bfd_boolean doneone = FALSE; 5290 bfd_vma plt_offset = 0, glink_offset = (bfd_vma) -1; 5291 5292 for (ent = h->plt.plist; ent != NULL; ent = ent->next) 5293 if (ent->plt.refcount > 0) 5294 { 5295 asection *s = htab->elf.splt; 5296 5297 if (!dyn) 5298 { 5299 if (h->type == STT_GNU_IFUNC) 5300 s = htab->elf.iplt; 5301 else 5302 s = htab->pltlocal; 5303 } 5304 5305 if (htab->plt_type == PLT_NEW || !dyn) 5306 { 5307 if (!doneone) 5308 { 5309 plt_offset = s->size; 5310 s->size += 4; 5311 } 5312 ent->plt.offset = plt_offset; 5313 5314 if (s == htab->pltlocal) 5315 ent->glink_offset = glink_offset; 5316 else 5317 { 5318 s = htab->glink; 5319 if (!doneone || bfd_link_pic (info)) 5320 { 5321 glink_offset = s->size; 5322 s->size += GLINK_ENTRY_SIZE (htab, h); 5323 } 5324 if (!doneone 5325 && !bfd_link_pic (info) 5326 && h->def_dynamic 5327 && !h->def_regular) 5328 { 5329 h->root.u.def.section = s; 5330 h->root.u.def.value = glink_offset; 5331 } 5332 ent->glink_offset = glink_offset; 5333 5334 if (htab->params->emit_stub_syms 5335 && !add_stub_sym (ent, h, info)) 5336 return FALSE; 5337 } 5338 } 5339 else 5340 { 5341 if (!doneone) 5342 { 5343 /* If this is the first .plt entry, make room 5344 for the special first entry. */ 5345 if (s->size == 0) 5346 s->size += htab->plt_initial_entry_size; 5347 5348 /* The PowerPC PLT is actually composed of two 5349 parts, the first part is 2 words (for a load 5350 and a jump), and then there is a remaining 5351 word available at the end. */ 5352 plt_offset = (htab->plt_initial_entry_size 5353 + (htab->plt_slot_size 5354 * ((s->size 5355 - htab->plt_initial_entry_size) 5356 / htab->plt_entry_size))); 5357 5358 /* If this symbol is not defined in a regular 5359 file, and we are not generating a shared 5360 library, then set the symbol to this location 5361 in the .plt. This is to avoid text 5362 relocations, and is required to make 5363 function pointers compare as equal between 5364 the normal executable and the shared library. */ 5365 if (! bfd_link_pic (info) 5366 && h->def_dynamic 5367 && !h->def_regular) 5368 { 5369 h->root.u.def.section = s; 5370 h->root.u.def.value = plt_offset; 5371 } 5372 5373 /* Make room for this entry. */ 5374 s->size += htab->plt_entry_size; 5375 /* After the 8192nd entry, room for two entries 5376 is allocated. */ 5377 if (htab->plt_type == PLT_OLD 5378 && (s->size - htab->plt_initial_entry_size) 5379 / htab->plt_entry_size 5380 > PLT_NUM_SINGLE_ENTRIES) 5381 s->size += htab->plt_entry_size; 5382 } 5383 ent->plt.offset = plt_offset; 5384 } 5385 5386 /* We also need to make an entry in the .rela.plt section. */ 5387 if (!doneone) 5388 { 5389 if (!dyn) 5390 { 5391 if (h->type == STT_GNU_IFUNC) 5392 { 5393 s = htab->elf.irelplt; 5394 s->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela); 5395 } 5396 else if (bfd_link_pic (info)) 5397 { 5398 s = htab->relpltlocal; 5399 s->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela); 5400 } 5401 } 5402 else 5403 { 5404 htab->elf.srelplt->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela); 5405 5406 if (htab->plt_type == PLT_VXWORKS) 5407 { 5408 /* Allocate space for the unloaded relocations. */ 5409 if (!bfd_link_pic (info) 5410 && htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created) 5411 { 5412 if (ent->plt.offset 5413 == (bfd_vma) htab->plt_initial_entry_size) 5414 { 5415 htab->srelplt2->size 5416 += (sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela) 5417 * VXWORKS_PLTRESOLVE_RELOCS); 5418 } 5419 5420 htab->srelplt2->size 5421 += (sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela) 5422 * VXWORKS_PLT_NON_JMP_SLOT_RELOCS); 5423 } 5424 5425 /* Every PLT entry has an associated GOT entry in 5426 .got.plt. */ 5427 htab->elf.sgotplt->size += 4; 5428 } 5429 } 5430 doneone = TRUE; 5431 } 5432 } 5433 else 5434 ent->plt.offset = (bfd_vma) -1; 5435 5436 if (!doneone) 5437 { 5438 h->plt.plist = NULL; 5439 h->needs_plt = 0; 5440 } 5441 } 5442 else 5443 { 5444 h->plt.plist = NULL; 5445 h->needs_plt = 0; 5446 } 5447 5448 return TRUE; 5449 } 5450 5451 /* Set DF_TEXTREL if we find any dynamic relocs that apply to 5452 read-only sections. */ 5453 5454 static bfd_boolean 5455 maybe_set_textrel (struct elf_link_hash_entry *h, void *info_p) 5456 { 5457 asection *sec; 5458 5459 if (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect) 5460 return TRUE; 5461 5462 sec = readonly_dynrelocs (h); 5463 if (sec != NULL) 5464 { 5465 struct bfd_link_info *info = (struct bfd_link_info *) info_p; 5466 5467 info->flags |= DF_TEXTREL; 5468 info->callbacks->minfo 5469 (_("%pB: dynamic relocation against `%pT' in read-only section `%pA'\n"), 5470 sec->owner, h->root.root.string, sec); 5471 5472 /* Not an error, just cut short the traversal. */ 5473 return FALSE; 5474 } 5475 return TRUE; 5476 } 5477 5478 static const unsigned char glink_eh_frame_cie[] = 5479 { 5480 0, 0, 0, 16, /* length. */ 5481 0, 0, 0, 0, /* id. */ 5482 1, /* CIE version. */ 5483 'z', 'R', 0, /* Augmentation string. */ 5484 4, /* Code alignment. */ 5485 0x7c, /* Data alignment. */ 5486 65, /* RA reg. */ 5487 1, /* Augmentation size. */ 5488 DW_EH_PE_pcrel | DW_EH_PE_sdata4, /* FDE encoding. */ 5489 DW_CFA_def_cfa, 1, 0 /* def_cfa: r1 offset 0. */ 5490 }; 5491 5492 /* Set the sizes of the dynamic sections. */ 5493 5494 static bfd_boolean 5495 ppc_elf_size_dynamic_sections (bfd *output_bfd, 5496 struct bfd_link_info *info) 5497 { 5498 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab; 5499 asection *s; 5500 bfd_boolean relocs; 5501 bfd *ibfd; 5502 5503 #ifdef DEBUG 5504 fprintf (stderr, "ppc_elf_size_dynamic_sections called\n"); 5505 #endif 5506 5507 htab = ppc_elf_hash_table (info); 5508 BFD_ASSERT (htab->elf.dynobj != NULL); 5509 5510 if (elf_hash_table (info)->dynamic_sections_created) 5511 { 5512 /* Set the contents of the .interp section to the interpreter. */ 5513 if (bfd_link_executable (info) && !info->nointerp) 5514 { 5515 s = bfd_get_linker_section (htab->elf.dynobj, ".interp"); 5516 BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL); 5517 s->size = sizeof ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER; 5518 s->contents = (unsigned char *) ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER; 5519 } 5520 } 5521 5522 if (htab->plt_type == PLT_OLD) 5523 htab->got_header_size = 16; 5524 else if (htab->plt_type == PLT_NEW) 5525 htab->got_header_size = 12; 5526 5527 /* Set up .got offsets for local syms, and space for local dynamic 5528 relocs. */ 5529 for (ibfd = info->input_bfds; ibfd != NULL; ibfd = ibfd->link.next) 5530 { 5531 bfd_signed_vma *local_got; 5532 bfd_signed_vma *end_local_got; 5533 struct plt_entry **local_plt; 5534 struct plt_entry **end_local_plt; 5535 char *lgot_masks; 5536 bfd_size_type locsymcount; 5537 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr; 5538 5539 if (!is_ppc_elf (ibfd)) 5540 continue; 5541 5542 for (s = ibfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next) 5543 { 5544 struct ppc_dyn_relocs *p; 5545 5546 for (p = ((struct ppc_dyn_relocs *) 5547 elf_section_data (s)->local_dynrel); 5548 p != NULL; 5549 p = p->next) 5550 { 5551 if (!bfd_is_abs_section (p->sec) 5552 && bfd_is_abs_section (p->sec->output_section)) 5553 { 5554 /* Input section has been discarded, either because 5555 it is a copy of a linkonce section or due to 5556 linker script /DISCARD/, so we'll be discarding 5557 the relocs too. */ 5558 } 5559 else if (htab->is_vxworks 5560 && strcmp (p->sec->output_section->name, 5561 ".tls_vars") == 0) 5562 { 5563 /* Relocations in vxworks .tls_vars sections are 5564 handled specially by the loader. */ 5565 } 5566 else if (p->count != 0) 5567 { 5568 asection *sreloc = elf_section_data (p->sec)->sreloc; 5569 if (p->ifunc) 5570 sreloc = htab->elf.irelplt; 5571 sreloc->size += p->count * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela); 5572 if ((p->sec->output_section->flags 5573 & (SEC_READONLY | SEC_ALLOC)) 5574 == (SEC_READONLY | SEC_ALLOC)) 5575 { 5576 info->flags |= DF_TEXTREL; 5577 info->callbacks->minfo (_("%pB: dynamic relocation in read-only section `%pA'\n"), 5578 p->sec->owner, p->sec); 5579 } 5580 } 5581 } 5582 } 5583 5584 local_got = elf_local_got_refcounts (ibfd); 5585 if (!local_got) 5586 continue; 5587 5588 symtab_hdr = &elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd); 5589 locsymcount = symtab_hdr->sh_info; 5590 end_local_got = local_got + locsymcount; 5591 local_plt = (struct plt_entry **) end_local_got; 5592 end_local_plt = local_plt + locsymcount; 5593 lgot_masks = (char *) end_local_plt; 5594 5595 for (; local_got < end_local_got; ++local_got, ++lgot_masks) 5596 if (*local_got > 0) 5597 { 5598 unsigned int need; 5599 if ((*lgot_masks & (TLS_TLS | TLS_LD)) == (TLS_TLS | TLS_LD)) 5600 htab->tlsld_got.refcount += 1; 5601 need = got_entries_needed (*lgot_masks); 5602 if (need == 0) 5603 *local_got = (bfd_vma) -1; 5604 else 5605 { 5606 *local_got = allocate_got (htab, need); 5607 if (bfd_link_pic (info)) 5608 { 5609 asection *srel; 5610 bfd_boolean tprel_known = bfd_link_executable (info); 5611 5612 need = got_relocs_needed (*lgot_masks, need, tprel_known); 5613 srel = htab->elf.srelgot; 5614 if ((*lgot_masks & (TLS_TLS | PLT_IFUNC)) == PLT_IFUNC) 5615 srel = htab->elf.irelplt; 5616 srel->size += need; 5617 } 5618 } 5619 } 5620 else 5621 *local_got = (bfd_vma) -1; 5622 5623 if (htab->is_vxworks) 5624 continue; 5625 5626 /* Allocate space for calls to local STT_GNU_IFUNC syms in .iplt. */ 5627 lgot_masks = (char *) end_local_plt; 5628 for (; local_plt < end_local_plt; ++local_plt, ++lgot_masks) 5629 { 5630 struct plt_entry *ent; 5631 bfd_boolean doneone = FALSE; 5632 bfd_vma plt_offset = 0, glink_offset = (bfd_vma) -1; 5633 5634 for (ent = *local_plt; ent != NULL; ent = ent->next) 5635 if (ent->plt.refcount > 0) 5636 { 5637 if ((*lgot_masks & (TLS_TLS | PLT_IFUNC)) == PLT_IFUNC) 5638 s = htab->elf.iplt; 5639 else if (htab->can_convert_all_inline_plt 5640 || (*lgot_masks & (TLS_TLS | PLT_KEEP)) != PLT_KEEP) 5641 { 5642 ent->plt.offset = (bfd_vma) -1; 5643 continue; 5644 } 5645 else 5646 s = htab->pltlocal; 5647 5648 if (!doneone) 5649 { 5650 plt_offset = s->size; 5651 s->size += 4; 5652 } 5653 ent->plt.offset = plt_offset; 5654 5655 if (s != htab->pltlocal && (!doneone || bfd_link_pic (info))) 5656 { 5657 s = htab->glink; 5658 glink_offset = s->size; 5659 s->size += GLINK_ENTRY_SIZE (htab, NULL); 5660 } 5661 ent->glink_offset = glink_offset; 5662 5663 if (!doneone) 5664 { 5665 if ((*lgot_masks & (TLS_TLS | PLT_IFUNC)) == PLT_IFUNC) 5666 { 5667 s = htab->elf.irelplt; 5668 s->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela); 5669 } 5670 else if (bfd_link_pic (info)) 5671 { 5672 s = htab->relpltlocal; 5673 s->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela); 5674 } 5675 doneone = TRUE; 5676 } 5677 } 5678 else 5679 ent->plt.offset = (bfd_vma) -1; 5680 } 5681 } 5682 5683 /* Allocate space for global sym dynamic relocs. */ 5684 elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info), allocate_dynrelocs, info); 5685 5686 if (htab->tlsld_got.refcount > 0) 5687 { 5688 htab->tlsld_got.offset = allocate_got (htab, 8); 5689 if (bfd_link_pic (info)) 5690 htab->elf.srelgot->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela); 5691 } 5692 else 5693 htab->tlsld_got.offset = (bfd_vma) -1; 5694 5695 if (htab->elf.sgot != NULL && htab->plt_type != PLT_VXWORKS) 5696 { 5697 unsigned int g_o_t = 32768; 5698 5699 /* If we haven't allocated the header, do so now. When we get here, 5700 for old plt/got the got size will be 0 to 32764 (not allocated), 5701 or 32780 to 65536 (header allocated). For new plt/got, the 5702 corresponding ranges are 0 to 32768 and 32780 to 65536. */ 5703 if (htab->elf.sgot->size <= 32768) 5704 { 5705 g_o_t = htab->elf.sgot->size; 5706 if (htab->plt_type == PLT_OLD) 5707 g_o_t += 4; 5708 htab->elf.sgot->size += htab->got_header_size; 5709 } 5710 5711 htab->elf.hgot->root.u.def.value = g_o_t; 5712 } 5713 if (bfd_link_pic (info)) 5714 { 5715 struct elf_link_hash_entry *sda = htab->sdata[0].sym; 5716 5717 sda->root.u.def.section = htab->elf.hgot->root.u.def.section; 5718 sda->root.u.def.value = htab->elf.hgot->root.u.def.value; 5719 } 5720 if (info->emitrelocations) 5721 { 5722 struct elf_link_hash_entry *sda = htab->sdata[0].sym; 5723 5724 if (sda != NULL && sda->ref_regular) 5725 sda->root.u.def.section->flags |= SEC_KEEP; 5726 sda = htab->sdata[1].sym; 5727 if (sda != NULL && sda->ref_regular) 5728 sda->root.u.def.section->flags |= SEC_KEEP; 5729 } 5730 5731 if (htab->glink != NULL 5732 && htab->glink->size != 0 5733 && htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created) 5734 { 5735 htab->glink_pltresolve = htab->glink->size; 5736 /* Space for the branch table. */ 5737 htab->glink->size 5738 += htab->elf.srelplt->size / (sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela) / 4) - 4; 5739 /* Pad out to align the start of PLTresolve. */ 5740 htab->glink->size += -htab->glink->size & (htab->params->ppc476_workaround 5741 ? 63 : 15); 5742 htab->glink->size += GLINK_PLTRESOLVE; 5743 5744 if (htab->params->emit_stub_syms) 5745 { 5746 struct elf_link_hash_entry *sh; 5747 sh = elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab->elf, "__glink", 5748 TRUE, FALSE, FALSE); 5749 if (sh == NULL) 5750 return FALSE; 5751 if (sh->root.type == bfd_link_hash_new) 5752 { 5753 sh->root.type = bfd_link_hash_defined; 5754 sh->root.u.def.section = htab->glink; 5755 sh->root.u.def.value = htab->glink_pltresolve; 5756 sh->ref_regular = 1; 5757 sh->def_regular = 1; 5758 sh->ref_regular_nonweak = 1; 5759 sh->forced_local = 1; 5760 sh->non_elf = 0; 5761 sh->root.linker_def = 1; 5762 } 5763 sh = elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab->elf, "__glink_PLTresolve", 5764 TRUE, FALSE, FALSE); 5765 if (sh == NULL) 5766 return FALSE; 5767 if (sh->root.type == bfd_link_hash_new) 5768 { 5769 sh->root.type = bfd_link_hash_defined; 5770 sh->root.u.def.section = htab->glink; 5771 sh->root.u.def.value = htab->glink->size - GLINK_PLTRESOLVE; 5772 sh->ref_regular = 1; 5773 sh->def_regular = 1; 5774 sh->ref_regular_nonweak = 1; 5775 sh->forced_local = 1; 5776 sh->non_elf = 0; 5777 sh->root.linker_def = 1; 5778 } 5779 } 5780 } 5781 5782 if (htab->glink != NULL 5783 && htab->glink->size != 0 5784 && htab->glink_eh_frame != NULL 5785 && !bfd_is_abs_section (htab->glink_eh_frame->output_section) 5786 && _bfd_elf_eh_frame_present (info)) 5787 { 5788 s = htab->glink_eh_frame; 5789 s->size = sizeof (glink_eh_frame_cie) + 20; 5790 if (bfd_link_pic (info)) 5791 { 5792 s->size += 4; 5793 if (htab->glink->size - GLINK_PLTRESOLVE + 8 >= 256) 5794 s->size += 4; 5795 } 5796 } 5797 5798 /* We've now determined the sizes of the various dynamic sections. 5799 Allocate memory for them. */ 5800 relocs = FALSE; 5801 for (s = htab->elf.dynobj->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next) 5802 { 5803 bfd_boolean strip_section = TRUE; 5804 5805 if ((s->flags & SEC_LINKER_CREATED) == 0) 5806 continue; 5807 5808 if (s == htab->elf.splt 5809 || s == htab->elf.sgot) 5810 { 5811 /* We'd like to strip these sections if they aren't needed, but if 5812 we've exported dynamic symbols from them we must leave them. 5813 It's too late to tell BFD to get rid of the symbols. */ 5814 if (htab->elf.hplt != NULL) 5815 strip_section = FALSE; 5816 /* Strip this section if we don't need it; see the 5817 comment below. */ 5818 } 5819 else if (s == htab->elf.iplt 5820 || s == htab->pltlocal 5821 || s == htab->glink 5822 || s == htab->glink_eh_frame 5823 || s == htab->elf.sgotplt 5824 || s == htab->sbss 5825 || s == htab->elf.sdynbss 5826 || s == htab->elf.sdynrelro 5827 || s == htab->dynsbss) 5828 { 5829 /* Strip these too. */ 5830 } 5831 else if (s == htab->sdata[0].section 5832 || s == htab->sdata[1].section) 5833 { 5834 strip_section = (s->flags & SEC_KEEP) == 0; 5835 } 5836 else if (CONST_STRNEQ (bfd_get_section_name (htab->elf.dynobj, s), 5837 ".rela")) 5838 { 5839 if (s->size != 0) 5840 { 5841 /* Remember whether there are any relocation sections. */ 5842 relocs = TRUE; 5843 5844 /* We use the reloc_count field as a counter if we need 5845 to copy relocs into the output file. */ 5846 s->reloc_count = 0; 5847 } 5848 } 5849 else 5850 { 5851 /* It's not one of our sections, so don't allocate space. */ 5852 continue; 5853 } 5854 5855 if (s->size == 0 && strip_section) 5856 { 5857 /* If we don't need this section, strip it from the 5858 output file. This is mostly to handle .rela.bss and 5859 .rela.plt. We must create both sections in 5860 create_dynamic_sections, because they must be created 5861 before the linker maps input sections to output 5862 sections. The linker does that before 5863 adjust_dynamic_symbol is called, and it is that 5864 function which decides whether anything needs to go 5865 into these sections. */ 5866 s->flags |= SEC_EXCLUDE; 5867 continue; 5868 } 5869 5870 if ((s->flags & SEC_HAS_CONTENTS) == 0) 5871 continue; 5872 5873 /* Allocate memory for the section contents. */ 5874 s->contents = bfd_zalloc (htab->elf.dynobj, s->size); 5875 if (s->contents == NULL) 5876 return FALSE; 5877 } 5878 5879 if (htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created) 5880 { 5881 /* Add some entries to the .dynamic section. We fill in the 5882 values later, in ppc_elf_finish_dynamic_sections, but we 5883 must add the entries now so that we get the correct size for 5884 the .dynamic section. The DT_DEBUG entry is filled in by the 5885 dynamic linker and used by the debugger. */ 5886 #define add_dynamic_entry(TAG, VAL) \ 5887 _bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info, TAG, VAL) 5888 5889 if (bfd_link_executable (info)) 5890 { 5891 if (!add_dynamic_entry (DT_DEBUG, 0)) 5892 return FALSE; 5893 } 5894 5895 if (htab->elf.splt != NULL && htab->elf.splt->size != 0) 5896 { 5897 if (!add_dynamic_entry (DT_PLTGOT, 0) 5898 || !add_dynamic_entry (DT_PLTRELSZ, 0) 5899 || !add_dynamic_entry (DT_PLTREL, DT_RELA) 5900 || !add_dynamic_entry (DT_JMPREL, 0)) 5901 return FALSE; 5902 } 5903 5904 if (htab->plt_type == PLT_NEW 5905 && htab->glink != NULL 5906 && htab->glink->size != 0) 5907 { 5908 if (!add_dynamic_entry (DT_PPC_GOT, 0)) 5909 return FALSE; 5910 if (!htab->params->no_tls_get_addr_opt 5911 && htab->tls_get_addr != NULL 5912 && htab->tls_get_addr->plt.plist != NULL 5913 && !add_dynamic_entry (DT_PPC_OPT, PPC_OPT_TLS)) 5914 return FALSE; 5915 } 5916 5917 if (relocs) 5918 { 5919 if (!add_dynamic_entry (DT_RELA, 0) 5920 || !add_dynamic_entry (DT_RELASZ, 0) 5921 || !add_dynamic_entry (DT_RELAENT, sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela))) 5922 return FALSE; 5923 } 5924 5925 /* If any dynamic relocs apply to a read-only section, then we 5926 need a DT_TEXTREL entry. */ 5927 if ((info->flags & DF_TEXTREL) == 0) 5928 elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info), maybe_set_textrel, 5929 info); 5930 5931 if ((info->flags & DF_TEXTREL) != 0) 5932 { 5933 if (!add_dynamic_entry (DT_TEXTREL, 0)) 5934 return FALSE; 5935 } 5936 if (htab->is_vxworks 5937 && !elf_vxworks_add_dynamic_entries (output_bfd, info)) 5938 return FALSE; 5939 } 5940 #undef add_dynamic_entry 5941 5942 if (htab->glink_eh_frame != NULL 5943 && htab->glink_eh_frame->contents != NULL) 5944 { 5945 unsigned char *p = htab->glink_eh_frame->contents; 5946 bfd_vma val; 5947 5948 memcpy (p, glink_eh_frame_cie, sizeof (glink_eh_frame_cie)); 5949 /* CIE length (rewrite in case little-endian). */ 5950 bfd_put_32 (htab->elf.dynobj, sizeof (glink_eh_frame_cie) - 4, p); 5951 p += sizeof (glink_eh_frame_cie); 5952 /* FDE length. */ 5953 val = htab->glink_eh_frame->size - 4 - sizeof (glink_eh_frame_cie); 5954 bfd_put_32 (htab->elf.dynobj, val, p); 5955 p += 4; 5956 /* CIE pointer. */ 5957 val = p - htab->glink_eh_frame->contents; 5958 bfd_put_32 (htab->elf.dynobj, val, p); 5959 p += 4; 5960 /* Offset to .glink. Set later. */ 5961 p += 4; 5962 /* .glink size. */ 5963 bfd_put_32 (htab->elf.dynobj, htab->glink->size, p); 5964 p += 4; 5965 /* Augmentation. */ 5966 p += 1; 5967 5968 if (bfd_link_pic (info) 5969 && htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created) 5970 { 5971 bfd_vma adv = (htab->glink->size - GLINK_PLTRESOLVE + 8) >> 2; 5972 if (adv < 64) 5973 *p++ = DW_CFA_advance_loc + adv; 5974 else if (adv < 256) 5975 { 5976 *p++ = DW_CFA_advance_loc1; 5977 *p++ = adv; 5978 } 5979 else if (adv < 65536) 5980 { 5981 *p++ = DW_CFA_advance_loc2; 5982 bfd_put_16 (htab->elf.dynobj, adv, p); 5983 p += 2; 5984 } 5985 else 5986 { 5987 *p++ = DW_CFA_advance_loc4; 5988 bfd_put_32 (htab->elf.dynobj, adv, p); 5989 p += 4; 5990 } 5991 *p++ = DW_CFA_register; 5992 *p++ = 65; 5993 p++; 5994 *p++ = DW_CFA_advance_loc + 4; 5995 *p++ = DW_CFA_restore_extended; 5996 *p++ = 65; 5997 } 5998 BFD_ASSERT ((bfd_vma) ((p + 3 - htab->glink_eh_frame->contents) & -4) 5999 == htab->glink_eh_frame->size); 6000 } 6001 6002 return TRUE; 6003 } 6004 6005 /* Arrange to have _SDA_BASE_ or _SDA2_BASE_ stripped from the output 6006 if it looks like nothing is using them. */ 6007 6008 static void 6009 maybe_strip_sdasym (bfd *output_bfd, elf_linker_section_t *lsect) 6010 { 6011 struct elf_link_hash_entry *sda = lsect->sym; 6012 6013 if (sda != NULL && !sda->ref_regular && sda->dynindx == -1) 6014 { 6015 asection *s; 6016 6017 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd, lsect->name); 6018 if (s == NULL || bfd_section_removed_from_list (output_bfd, s)) 6019 { 6020 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd, lsect->bss_name); 6021 if (s == NULL || bfd_section_removed_from_list (output_bfd, s)) 6022 { 6023 sda->def_regular = 0; 6024 /* This is somewhat magic. See elf_link_output_extsym. */ 6025 sda->ref_dynamic = 1; 6026 sda->forced_local = 0; 6027 } 6028 } 6029 } 6030 } 6031 6032 void 6033 ppc_elf_maybe_strip_sdata_syms (struct bfd_link_info *info) 6034 { 6035 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab = ppc_elf_hash_table (info); 6036 6037 if (htab != NULL) 6038 { 6039 maybe_strip_sdasym (info->output_bfd, &htab->sdata[0]); 6040 maybe_strip_sdasym (info->output_bfd, &htab->sdata[1]); 6041 } 6042 } 6043 6044 6045 /* Return TRUE if symbol should be hashed in the `.gnu.hash' section. */ 6046 6047 static bfd_boolean 6048 ppc_elf_hash_symbol (struct elf_link_hash_entry *h) 6049 { 6050 if (h->plt.plist != NULL 6051 && !h->def_regular 6052 && (!h->pointer_equality_needed 6053 || !h->ref_regular_nonweak)) 6054 return FALSE; 6055 6056 return _bfd_elf_hash_symbol (h); 6057 } 6058 6059 #define ARRAY_SIZE(a) (sizeof (a) / sizeof ((a)[0])) 6060 6061 /* Relaxation trampolines. r12 is available for clobbering (r11, is 6062 used for some functions that are allowed to break the ABI). */ 6063 static const int shared_stub_entry[] = 6064 { 6065 0x7c0802a6, /* mflr 0 */ 6066 0x429f0005, /* bcl 20, 31, .Lxxx */ 6067 0x7d8802a6, /* mflr 12 */ 6068 0x3d8c0000, /* addis 12, 12, (xxx-.Lxxx)@ha */ 6069 0x398c0000, /* addi 12, 12, (xxx-.Lxxx)@l */ 6070 0x7c0803a6, /* mtlr 0 */ 6071 0x7d8903a6, /* mtctr 12 */ 6072 0x4e800420, /* bctr */ 6073 }; 6074 6075 static const int stub_entry[] = 6076 { 6077 0x3d800000, /* lis 12,xxx@ha */ 6078 0x398c0000, /* addi 12,12,xxx@l */ 6079 0x7d8903a6, /* mtctr 12 */ 6080 0x4e800420, /* bctr */ 6081 }; 6082 6083 struct ppc_elf_relax_info 6084 { 6085 unsigned int workaround_size; 6086 unsigned int picfixup_size; 6087 }; 6088 6089 /* This function implements long branch trampolines, and the ppc476 6090 icache bug workaround. Any section needing trampolines or patch 6091 space for the workaround has its size extended so that we can 6092 add trampolines at the end of the section. */ 6093 6094 static bfd_boolean 6095 ppc_elf_relax_section (bfd *abfd, 6096 asection *isec, 6097 struct bfd_link_info *link_info, 6098 bfd_boolean *again) 6099 { 6100 struct one_branch_fixup 6101 { 6102 struct one_branch_fixup *next; 6103 asection *tsec; 6104 /* Final link, can use the symbol offset. For a 6105 relocatable link we use the symbol's index. */ 6106 bfd_vma toff; 6107 bfd_vma trampoff; 6108 }; 6109 6110 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr; 6111 bfd_byte *contents = NULL; 6112 Elf_Internal_Sym *isymbuf = NULL; 6113 Elf_Internal_Rela *internal_relocs = NULL; 6114 Elf_Internal_Rela *irel, *irelend = NULL; 6115 struct one_branch_fixup *branch_fixups = NULL; 6116 struct ppc_elf_relax_info *relax_info = NULL; 6117 unsigned changes = 0; 6118 bfd_boolean workaround_change; 6119 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab; 6120 bfd_size_type trampbase, trampoff, newsize, picfixup_size; 6121 asection *got2; 6122 bfd_boolean maybe_pasted; 6123 6124 *again = FALSE; 6125 6126 /* No need to do anything with non-alloc or non-code sections. */ 6127 if ((isec->flags & SEC_ALLOC) == 0 6128 || (isec->flags & SEC_CODE) == 0 6129 || (isec->flags & SEC_LINKER_CREATED) != 0 6130 || isec->size < 4) 6131 return TRUE; 6132 6133 /* We cannot represent the required PIC relocs in the output, so don't 6134 do anything. The linker doesn't support mixing -shared and -r 6135 anyway. */ 6136 if (bfd_link_relocatable (link_info) && bfd_link_pic (link_info)) 6137 return TRUE; 6138 6139 htab = ppc_elf_hash_table (link_info); 6140 if (htab == NULL) 6141 return TRUE; 6142 6143 isec->size = (isec->size + 3) & -4; 6144 if (isec->rawsize == 0) 6145 isec->rawsize = isec->size; 6146 trampbase = isec->size; 6147 6148 BFD_ASSERT (isec->sec_info_type == SEC_INFO_TYPE_NONE 6149 || isec->sec_info_type == SEC_INFO_TYPE_TARGET); 6150 isec->sec_info_type = SEC_INFO_TYPE_TARGET; 6151 6152 if (htab->params->ppc476_workaround 6153 || htab->params->pic_fixup > 0) 6154 { 6155 if (elf_section_data (isec)->sec_info == NULL) 6156 { 6157 elf_section_data (isec)->sec_info 6158 = bfd_zalloc (abfd, sizeof (struct ppc_elf_relax_info)); 6159 if (elf_section_data (isec)->sec_info == NULL) 6160 return FALSE; 6161 } 6162 relax_info = elf_section_data (isec)->sec_info; 6163 trampbase -= relax_info->workaround_size; 6164 } 6165 6166 maybe_pasted = (strcmp (isec->output_section->name, ".init") == 0 6167 || strcmp (isec->output_section->name, ".fini") == 0); 6168 /* Space for a branch around any trampolines. */ 6169 trampoff = trampbase; 6170 if (maybe_pasted && trampbase == isec->rawsize) 6171 trampoff += 4; 6172 6173 symtab_hdr = &elf_symtab_hdr (abfd); 6174 picfixup_size = 0; 6175 if (htab->params->branch_trampolines 6176 || htab->params->pic_fixup > 0) 6177 { 6178 /* Get a copy of the native relocations. */ 6179 if (isec->reloc_count != 0) 6180 { 6181 internal_relocs = _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (abfd, isec, NULL, NULL, 6182 link_info->keep_memory); 6183 if (internal_relocs == NULL) 6184 goto error_return; 6185 } 6186 6187 got2 = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".got2"); 6188 6189 irelend = internal_relocs + isec->reloc_count; 6190 for (irel = internal_relocs; irel < irelend; irel++) 6191 { 6192 unsigned long r_type = ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info); 6193 bfd_vma toff, roff; 6194 asection *tsec; 6195 struct one_branch_fixup *f; 6196 size_t insn_offset = 0; 6197 bfd_vma max_branch_offset = 0, val; 6198 bfd_byte *hit_addr; 6199 unsigned long t0; 6200 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h; 6201 Elf_Internal_Sym *isym; 6202 struct plt_entry **plist; 6203 unsigned char sym_type; 6204 6205 switch (r_type) 6206 { 6207 case R_PPC_REL24: 6208 case R_PPC_LOCAL24PC: 6209 case R_PPC_PLTREL24: 6210 case R_PPC_PLTCALL: 6211 max_branch_offset = 1 << 25; 6212 break; 6213 6214 case R_PPC_REL14: 6215 case R_PPC_REL14_BRTAKEN: 6216 case R_PPC_REL14_BRNTAKEN: 6217 max_branch_offset = 1 << 15; 6218 break; 6219 6220 case R_PPC_ADDR16_HA: 6221 if (htab->params->pic_fixup > 0) 6222 break; 6223 continue; 6224 6225 default: 6226 continue; 6227 } 6228 6229 /* Get the value of the symbol referred to by the reloc. */ 6230 if (!get_sym_h (&h, &isym, &tsec, NULL, &isymbuf, 6231 ELF32_R_SYM (irel->r_info), abfd)) 6232 goto error_return; 6233 6234 if (isym != NULL) 6235 { 6236 if (tsec != NULL) 6237 ; 6238 else if (isym->st_shndx == SHN_ABS) 6239 tsec = bfd_abs_section_ptr; 6240 else 6241 continue; 6242 6243 toff = isym->st_value; 6244 sym_type = ELF_ST_TYPE (isym->st_info); 6245 } 6246 else 6247 { 6248 if (tsec != NULL) 6249 toff = h->root.u.def.value; 6250 else if (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefined 6251 || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak) 6252 { 6253 unsigned long indx; 6254 6255 indx = ELF32_R_SYM (irel->r_info) - symtab_hdr->sh_info; 6256 tsec = bfd_und_section_ptr; 6257 toff = bfd_link_relocatable (link_info) ? indx : 0; 6258 } 6259 else 6260 continue; 6261 6262 /* If this branch is to __tls_get_addr then we may later 6263 optimise away the call. We won't be needing a long- 6264 branch stub in that case. */ 6265 if (bfd_link_executable (link_info) 6266 && h == htab->tls_get_addr 6267 && irel != internal_relocs) 6268 { 6269 unsigned long t_symndx = ELF32_R_SYM (irel[-1].r_info); 6270 unsigned long t_rtype = ELF32_R_TYPE (irel[-1].r_info); 6271 unsigned int tls_mask = 0; 6272 6273 /* The previous reloc should be one of R_PPC_TLSGD or 6274 R_PPC_TLSLD, or for older object files, a reloc 6275 on the __tls_get_addr arg setup insn. Get tls 6276 mask bits from the symbol on that reloc. */ 6277 if (t_symndx < symtab_hdr->sh_info) 6278 { 6279 bfd_vma *local_got_offsets = elf_local_got_offsets (abfd); 6280 6281 if (local_got_offsets != NULL) 6282 { 6283 struct plt_entry **local_plt = (struct plt_entry **) 6284 (local_got_offsets + symtab_hdr->sh_info); 6285 char *lgot_masks = (char *) 6286 (local_plt + symtab_hdr->sh_info); 6287 tls_mask = lgot_masks[t_symndx]; 6288 } 6289 } 6290 else 6291 { 6292 struct elf_link_hash_entry *th 6293 = elf_sym_hashes (abfd)[t_symndx - symtab_hdr->sh_info]; 6294 6295 while (th->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect 6296 || th->root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning) 6297 th = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) th->root.u.i.link; 6298 6299 tls_mask 6300 = ((struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry *) th)->tls_mask; 6301 } 6302 6303 /* The mask bits tell us if the call will be 6304 optimised away. */ 6305 if ((tls_mask & TLS_TLS) != 0 && (tls_mask & TLS_GD) == 0 6306 && (t_rtype == R_PPC_TLSGD 6307 || t_rtype == R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16 6308 || t_rtype == R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_LO)) 6309 continue; 6310 if ((tls_mask & TLS_TLS) != 0 && (tls_mask & TLS_LD) == 0 6311 && (t_rtype == R_PPC_TLSLD 6312 || t_rtype == R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16 6313 || t_rtype == R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_LO)) 6314 continue; 6315 } 6316 6317 sym_type = h->type; 6318 } 6319 6320 if (r_type == R_PPC_ADDR16_HA) 6321 { 6322 if (h != NULL 6323 && !h->def_regular 6324 && h->protected_def 6325 && ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->has_addr16_ha 6326 && ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->has_addr16_lo) 6327 picfixup_size += 12; 6328 continue; 6329 } 6330 6331 /* The condition here under which we call find_plt_ent must 6332 match that in relocate_section. If we call find_plt_ent here 6333 but not in relocate_section, or vice versa, then the branch 6334 destination used here may be incorrect. */ 6335 plist = NULL; 6336 if (h != NULL) 6337 { 6338 /* We know is_branch_reloc (r_type) is true. */ 6339 if (h->type == STT_GNU_IFUNC 6340 || r_type == R_PPC_PLTREL24) 6341 plist = &h->plt.plist; 6342 } 6343 else if (sym_type == STT_GNU_IFUNC 6344 && elf_local_got_offsets (abfd) != NULL) 6345 { 6346 bfd_vma *local_got_offsets = elf_local_got_offsets (abfd); 6347 struct plt_entry **local_plt = (struct plt_entry **) 6348 (local_got_offsets + symtab_hdr->sh_info); 6349 plist = local_plt + ELF32_R_SYM (irel->r_info); 6350 } 6351 if (plist != NULL) 6352 { 6353 bfd_vma addend = 0; 6354 struct plt_entry *ent; 6355 6356 if (r_type == R_PPC_PLTREL24 && bfd_link_pic (link_info)) 6357 addend = irel->r_addend; 6358 ent = find_plt_ent (plist, got2, addend); 6359 if (ent != NULL) 6360 { 6361 if (htab->plt_type == PLT_NEW 6362 || h == NULL 6363 || !htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created 6364 || h->dynindx == -1) 6365 { 6366 tsec = htab->glink; 6367 toff = ent->glink_offset; 6368 } 6369 else 6370 { 6371 tsec = htab->elf.splt; 6372 toff = ent->plt.offset; 6373 } 6374 } 6375 } 6376 6377 /* If the branch and target are in the same section, you have 6378 no hope of adding stubs. We'll error out later should the 6379 branch overflow. */ 6380 if (tsec == isec) 6381 continue; 6382 6383 /* toff is used for the symbol index when the symbol is 6384 undefined and we're doing a relocatable link, so we can't 6385 support addends. It would be possible to do so by 6386 putting the addend in one_branch_fixup but addends on 6387 branches are rare so it hardly seems worth supporting. */ 6388 if (bfd_link_relocatable (link_info) 6389 && tsec == bfd_und_section_ptr 6390 && r_type != R_PPC_PLTREL24 6391 && irel->r_addend != 0) 6392 continue; 6393 6394 /* There probably isn't any reason to handle symbols in 6395 SEC_MERGE sections; SEC_MERGE doesn't seem a likely 6396 attribute for a code section, and we are only looking at 6397 branches. However, implement it correctly here as a 6398 reference for other target relax_section functions. */ 6399 if (0 && tsec->sec_info_type == SEC_INFO_TYPE_MERGE) 6400 { 6401 /* At this stage in linking, no SEC_MERGE symbol has been 6402 adjusted, so all references to such symbols need to be 6403 passed through _bfd_merged_section_offset. (Later, in 6404 relocate_section, all SEC_MERGE symbols *except* for 6405 section symbols have been adjusted.) 6406 6407 gas may reduce relocations against symbols in SEC_MERGE 6408 sections to a relocation against the section symbol when 6409 the original addend was zero. When the reloc is against 6410 a section symbol we should include the addend in the 6411 offset passed to _bfd_merged_section_offset, since the 6412 location of interest is the original symbol. On the 6413 other hand, an access to "sym+addend" where "sym" is not 6414 a section symbol should not include the addend; Such an 6415 access is presumed to be an offset from "sym"; The 6416 location of interest is just "sym". */ 6417 if (sym_type == STT_SECTION 6418 && r_type != R_PPC_PLTREL24) 6419 toff += irel->r_addend; 6420 6421 toff 6422 = _bfd_merged_section_offset (abfd, &tsec, 6423 elf_section_data (tsec)->sec_info, 6424 toff); 6425 6426 if (sym_type != STT_SECTION 6427 && r_type != R_PPC_PLTREL24) 6428 toff += irel->r_addend; 6429 } 6430 /* PLTREL24 addends are special. */ 6431 else if (r_type != R_PPC_PLTREL24) 6432 toff += irel->r_addend; 6433 6434 /* Attempted -shared link of non-pic code loses. */ 6435 if ((!bfd_link_relocatable (link_info) 6436 && tsec == bfd_und_section_ptr) 6437 || tsec->output_section == NULL 6438 || (tsec->owner != NULL 6439 && (tsec->owner->flags & BFD_PLUGIN) != 0)) 6440 continue; 6441 6442 roff = irel->r_offset; 6443 6444 /* Avoid creating a lot of unnecessary fixups when 6445 relocatable if the output section size is such that a 6446 fixup can be created at final link. 6447 The max_branch_offset adjustment allows for some number 6448 of other fixups being needed at final link. */ 6449 if (bfd_link_relocatable (link_info) 6450 && (isec->output_section->rawsize - (isec->output_offset + roff) 6451 < max_branch_offset - (max_branch_offset >> 4))) 6452 continue; 6453 6454 /* If the branch is in range, no need to do anything. */ 6455 if (tsec != bfd_und_section_ptr 6456 && (!bfd_link_relocatable (link_info) 6457 /* A relocatable link may have sections moved during 6458 final link, so do not presume they remain in range. */ 6459 || tsec->output_section == isec->output_section)) 6460 { 6461 bfd_vma symaddr, reladdr; 6462 6463 symaddr = tsec->output_section->vma + tsec->output_offset + toff; 6464 reladdr = isec->output_section->vma + isec->output_offset + roff; 6465 if (symaddr - reladdr + max_branch_offset 6466 < 2 * max_branch_offset) 6467 continue; 6468 } 6469 6470 /* Look for an existing fixup to this address. */ 6471 for (f = branch_fixups; f ; f = f->next) 6472 if (f->tsec == tsec && f->toff == toff) 6473 break; 6474 6475 if (f == NULL) 6476 { 6477 size_t size; 6478 unsigned long stub_rtype; 6479 6480 val = trampoff - roff; 6481 if (val >= max_branch_offset) 6482 /* Oh dear, we can't reach a trampoline. Don't try to add 6483 one. We'll report an error later. */ 6484 continue; 6485 6486 if (bfd_link_pic (link_info)) 6487 { 6488 size = 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (shared_stub_entry); 6489 insn_offset = 12; 6490 } 6491 else 6492 { 6493 size = 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (stub_entry); 6494 insn_offset = 0; 6495 } 6496 stub_rtype = R_PPC_RELAX; 6497 if (tsec == htab->elf.splt 6498 || tsec == htab->glink) 6499 { 6500 stub_rtype = R_PPC_RELAX_PLT; 6501 if (r_type == R_PPC_PLTREL24) 6502 stub_rtype = R_PPC_RELAX_PLTREL24; 6503 } 6504 6505 /* Hijack the old relocation. Since we need two 6506 relocations for this use a "composite" reloc. */ 6507 irel->r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (ELF32_R_SYM (irel->r_info), 6508 stub_rtype); 6509 irel->r_offset = trampoff + insn_offset; 6510 if (r_type == R_PPC_PLTREL24 6511 && stub_rtype != R_PPC_RELAX_PLTREL24) 6512 irel->r_addend = 0; 6513 6514 /* Record the fixup so we don't do it again this section. */ 6515 f = bfd_malloc (sizeof (*f)); 6516 f->next = branch_fixups; 6517 f->tsec = tsec; 6518 f->toff = toff; 6519 f->trampoff = trampoff; 6520 branch_fixups = f; 6521 6522 trampoff += size; 6523 changes++; 6524 } 6525 else 6526 { 6527 val = f->trampoff - roff; 6528 if (val >= max_branch_offset) 6529 continue; 6530 6531 /* Nop out the reloc, since we're finalizing things here. */ 6532 irel->r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_PPC_NONE); 6533 } 6534 6535 /* Get the section contents. */ 6536 if (contents == NULL) 6537 { 6538 /* Get cached copy if it exists. */ 6539 if (elf_section_data (isec)->this_hdr.contents != NULL) 6540 contents = elf_section_data (isec)->this_hdr.contents; 6541 /* Go get them off disk. */ 6542 else if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd, isec, &contents)) 6543 goto error_return; 6544 } 6545 6546 /* Fix up the existing branch to hit the trampoline. */ 6547 hit_addr = contents + roff; 6548 switch (r_type) 6549 { 6550 case R_PPC_REL24: 6551 case R_PPC_LOCAL24PC: 6552 case R_PPC_PLTREL24: 6553 t0 = bfd_get_32 (abfd, hit_addr); 6554 t0 &= ~0x3fffffc; 6555 t0 |= val & 0x3fffffc; 6556 bfd_put_32 (abfd, t0, hit_addr); 6557 break; 6558 6559 case R_PPC_REL14: 6560 case R_PPC_REL14_BRTAKEN: 6561 case R_PPC_REL14_BRNTAKEN: 6562 t0 = bfd_get_32 (abfd, hit_addr); 6563 t0 &= ~0xfffc; 6564 t0 |= val & 0xfffc; 6565 bfd_put_32 (abfd, t0, hit_addr); 6566 break; 6567 } 6568 } 6569 6570 while (branch_fixups != NULL) 6571 { 6572 struct one_branch_fixup *f = branch_fixups; 6573 branch_fixups = branch_fixups->next; 6574 free (f); 6575 } 6576 } 6577 6578 workaround_change = FALSE; 6579 newsize = trampoff; 6580 if (htab->params->ppc476_workaround 6581 && (!bfd_link_relocatable (link_info) 6582 || isec->output_section->alignment_power >= htab->params->pagesize_p2)) 6583 { 6584 bfd_vma addr, end_addr; 6585 unsigned int crossings; 6586 bfd_vma pagesize = (bfd_vma) 1 << htab->params->pagesize_p2; 6587 6588 addr = isec->output_section->vma + isec->output_offset; 6589 end_addr = addr + trampoff; 6590 addr &= -pagesize; 6591 crossings = ((end_addr & -pagesize) - addr) >> htab->params->pagesize_p2; 6592 if (crossings != 0) 6593 { 6594 /* Keep space aligned, to ensure the patch code itself does 6595 not cross a page. Don't decrease size calculated on a 6596 previous pass as otherwise we might never settle on a layout. */ 6597 newsize = 15 - ((end_addr - 1) & 15); 6598 newsize += crossings * 16; 6599 if (relax_info->workaround_size < newsize) 6600 { 6601 relax_info->workaround_size = newsize; 6602 workaround_change = TRUE; 6603 } 6604 /* Ensure relocate_section is called. */ 6605 isec->flags |= SEC_RELOC; 6606 } 6607 newsize = trampoff + relax_info->workaround_size; 6608 } 6609 6610 if (htab->params->pic_fixup > 0) 6611 { 6612 picfixup_size -= relax_info->picfixup_size; 6613 if (picfixup_size != 0) 6614 relax_info->picfixup_size += picfixup_size; 6615 newsize += relax_info->picfixup_size; 6616 } 6617 6618 if (changes != 0 || picfixup_size != 0 || workaround_change) 6619 isec->size = newsize; 6620 6621 if (isymbuf != NULL 6622 && symtab_hdr->contents != (unsigned char *) isymbuf) 6623 { 6624 if (! link_info->keep_memory) 6625 free (isymbuf); 6626 else 6627 { 6628 /* Cache the symbols for elf_link_input_bfd. */ 6629 symtab_hdr->contents = (unsigned char *) isymbuf; 6630 } 6631 } 6632 6633 if (contents != NULL 6634 && elf_section_data (isec)->this_hdr.contents != contents) 6635 { 6636 if (!changes && !link_info->keep_memory) 6637 free (contents); 6638 else 6639 { 6640 /* Cache the section contents for elf_link_input_bfd. */ 6641 elf_section_data (isec)->this_hdr.contents = contents; 6642 } 6643 } 6644 6645 changes += picfixup_size; 6646 if (changes != 0) 6647 { 6648 /* Append sufficient NOP relocs so we can write out relocation 6649 information for the trampolines. */ 6650 Elf_Internal_Shdr *rel_hdr; 6651 Elf_Internal_Rela *new_relocs = bfd_malloc ((changes + isec->reloc_count) 6652 * sizeof (*new_relocs)); 6653 unsigned ix; 6654 6655 if (!new_relocs) 6656 goto error_return; 6657 memcpy (new_relocs, internal_relocs, 6658 isec->reloc_count * sizeof (*new_relocs)); 6659 for (ix = changes; ix--;) 6660 { 6661 irel = new_relocs + ix + isec->reloc_count; 6662 6663 irel->r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_PPC_NONE); 6664 } 6665 if (internal_relocs != elf_section_data (isec)->relocs) 6666 free (internal_relocs); 6667 elf_section_data (isec)->relocs = new_relocs; 6668 isec->reloc_count += changes; 6669 rel_hdr = _bfd_elf_single_rel_hdr (isec); 6670 rel_hdr->sh_size += changes * rel_hdr->sh_entsize; 6671 } 6672 else if (internal_relocs != NULL 6673 && elf_section_data (isec)->relocs != internal_relocs) 6674 free (internal_relocs); 6675 6676 *again = changes != 0 || workaround_change; 6677 return TRUE; 6678 6679 error_return: 6680 while (branch_fixups != NULL) 6681 { 6682 struct one_branch_fixup *f = branch_fixups; 6683 branch_fixups = branch_fixups->next; 6684 free (f); 6685 } 6686 if (isymbuf != NULL && (unsigned char *) isymbuf != symtab_hdr->contents) 6687 free (isymbuf); 6688 if (contents != NULL 6689 && elf_section_data (isec)->this_hdr.contents != contents) 6690 free (contents); 6691 if (internal_relocs != NULL 6692 && elf_section_data (isec)->relocs != internal_relocs) 6693 free (internal_relocs); 6694 return FALSE; 6695 } 6696 6697 /* What to do when ld finds relocations against symbols defined in 6698 discarded sections. */ 6699 6700 static unsigned int 6701 ppc_elf_action_discarded (asection *sec) 6702 { 6703 if (strcmp (".fixup", sec->name) == 0) 6704 return 0; 6705 6706 if (strcmp (".got2", sec->name) == 0) 6707 return 0; 6708 6709 return _bfd_elf_default_action_discarded (sec); 6710 } 6711 6712 /* Fill in the address for a pointer generated in a linker section. */ 6713 6714 static bfd_vma 6715 elf_finish_pointer_linker_section (bfd *input_bfd, 6716 elf_linker_section_t *lsect, 6717 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h, 6718 bfd_vma relocation, 6719 const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel) 6720 { 6721 elf_linker_section_pointers_t *linker_section_ptr; 6722 6723 BFD_ASSERT (lsect != NULL); 6724 6725 if (h != NULL) 6726 { 6727 /* Handle global symbol. */ 6728 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry *eh; 6729 6730 eh = (struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry *) h; 6731 BFD_ASSERT (eh->elf.def_regular); 6732 linker_section_ptr = eh->linker_section_pointer; 6733 } 6734 else 6735 { 6736 /* Handle local symbol. */ 6737 unsigned long r_symndx = ELF32_R_SYM (rel->r_info); 6738 6739 BFD_ASSERT (is_ppc_elf (input_bfd)); 6740 BFD_ASSERT (elf_local_ptr_offsets (input_bfd) != NULL); 6741 linker_section_ptr = elf_local_ptr_offsets (input_bfd)[r_symndx]; 6742 } 6743 6744 linker_section_ptr = elf_find_pointer_linker_section (linker_section_ptr, 6745 rel->r_addend, 6746 lsect); 6747 BFD_ASSERT (linker_section_ptr != NULL); 6748 6749 /* Offset will always be a multiple of four, so use the bottom bit 6750 as a "written" flag. */ 6751 if ((linker_section_ptr->offset & 1) == 0) 6752 { 6753 bfd_put_32 (lsect->section->owner, 6754 relocation + linker_section_ptr->addend, 6755 lsect->section->contents + linker_section_ptr->offset); 6756 linker_section_ptr->offset += 1; 6757 } 6758 6759 relocation = (lsect->section->output_section->vma 6760 + lsect->section->output_offset 6761 + linker_section_ptr->offset - 1 6762 - SYM_VAL (lsect->sym)); 6763 6764 #ifdef DEBUG 6765 fprintf (stderr, 6766 "Finish pointer in linker section %s, offset = %ld (0x%lx)\n", 6767 lsect->name, (long) relocation, (long) relocation); 6768 #endif 6769 6770 return relocation; 6771 } 6772 6773 #define PPC_LO(v) ((v) & 0xffff) 6774 #define PPC_HI(v) (((v) >> 16) & 0xffff) 6775 #define PPC_HA(v) PPC_HI ((v) + 0x8000) 6776 6777 static void 6778 write_glink_stub (struct elf_link_hash_entry *h, struct plt_entry *ent, 6779 asection *plt_sec, unsigned char *p, 6780 struct bfd_link_info *info) 6781 { 6782 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab = ppc_elf_hash_table (info); 6783 bfd *output_bfd = info->output_bfd; 6784 bfd_vma plt; 6785 unsigned char *end = p + GLINK_ENTRY_SIZE (htab, h); 6786 6787 if (h != NULL 6788 && h == htab->tls_get_addr 6789 && !htab->params->no_tls_get_addr_opt) 6790 { 6791 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, LWZ_11_3, p); 6792 p += 4; 6793 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, LWZ_12_3 + 4, p); 6794 p += 4; 6795 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, MR_0_3, p); 6796 p += 4; 6797 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, CMPWI_11_0, p); 6798 p += 4; 6799 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, ADD_3_12_2, p); 6800 p += 4; 6801 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, BEQLR, p); 6802 p += 4; 6803 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, MR_3_0, p); 6804 p += 4; 6805 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, NOP, p); 6806 p += 4; 6807 } 6808 6809 plt = ((ent->plt.offset & ~1) 6810 + plt_sec->output_section->vma 6811 + plt_sec->output_offset); 6812 6813 if (bfd_link_pic (info)) 6814 { 6815 bfd_vma got = 0; 6816 6817 if (ent->addend >= 32768) 6818 got = (ent->addend 6819 + ent->sec->output_section->vma 6820 + ent->sec->output_offset); 6821 else if (htab->elf.hgot != NULL) 6822 got = SYM_VAL (htab->elf.hgot); 6823 6824 plt -= got; 6825 6826 if (plt + 0x8000 < 0x10000) 6827 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, LWZ_11_30 + PPC_LO (plt), p); 6828 else 6829 { 6830 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, ADDIS_11_30 + PPC_HA (plt), p); 6831 p += 4; 6832 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, LWZ_11_11 + PPC_LO (plt), p); 6833 } 6834 } 6835 else 6836 { 6837 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, LIS_11 + PPC_HA (plt), p); 6838 p += 4; 6839 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, LWZ_11_11 + PPC_LO (plt), p); 6840 } 6841 p += 4; 6842 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, MTCTR_11, p); 6843 p += 4; 6844 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, BCTR, p); 6845 p += 4; 6846 while (p < end) 6847 { 6848 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, htab->params->ppc476_workaround ? BA : NOP, p); 6849 p += 4; 6850 } 6851 } 6852 6853 /* Return true if symbol is defined statically. */ 6854 6855 static bfd_boolean 6856 is_static_defined (struct elf_link_hash_entry *h) 6857 { 6858 return ((h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined 6859 || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak) 6860 && h->root.u.def.section != NULL 6861 && h->root.u.def.section->output_section != NULL); 6862 } 6863 6864 /* If INSN is an opcode that may be used with an @tls operand, return 6865 the transformed insn for TLS optimisation, otherwise return 0. If 6866 REG is non-zero only match an insn with RB or RA equal to REG. */ 6867 6868 unsigned int 6869 _bfd_elf_ppc_at_tls_transform (unsigned int insn, unsigned int reg) 6870 { 6871 unsigned int rtra; 6872 6873 if ((insn & (0x3f << 26)) != 31 << 26) 6874 return 0; 6875 6876 if (reg == 0 || ((insn >> 11) & 0x1f) == reg) 6877 rtra = insn & ((1 << 26) - (1 << 16)); 6878 else if (((insn >> 16) & 0x1f) == reg) 6879 rtra = (insn & (0x1f << 21)) | ((insn & (0x1f << 11)) << 5); 6880 else 6881 return 0; 6882 6883 if ((insn & (0x3ff << 1)) == 266 << 1) 6884 /* add -> addi. */ 6885 insn = 14 << 26; 6886 else if ((insn & (0x1f << 1)) == 23 << 1 6887 && ((insn & (0x1f << 6)) < 14 << 6 6888 || ((insn & (0x1f << 6)) >= 16 << 6 6889 && (insn & (0x1f << 6)) < 24 << 6))) 6890 /* load and store indexed -> dform. */ 6891 insn = (32 | ((insn >> 6) & 0x1f)) << 26; 6892 else if ((insn & (((0x1a << 5) | 0x1f) << 1)) == 21 << 1) 6893 /* ldx, ldux, stdx, stdux -> ld, ldu, std, stdu. */ 6894 insn = ((58 | ((insn >> 6) & 4)) << 26) | ((insn >> 6) & 1); 6895 else if ((insn & (((0x1f << 5) | 0x1f) << 1)) == 341 << 1) 6896 /* lwax -> lwa. */ 6897 insn = (58 << 26) | 2; 6898 else 6899 return 0; 6900 insn |= rtra; 6901 return insn; 6902 } 6903 6904 /* If INSN is an opcode that may be used with an @tprel operand, return 6905 the transformed insn for an undefined weak symbol, ie. with the 6906 thread pointer REG operand removed. Otherwise return 0. */ 6907 6908 unsigned int 6909 _bfd_elf_ppc_at_tprel_transform (unsigned int insn, unsigned int reg) 6910 { 6911 if ((insn & (0x1f << 16)) == reg << 16 6912 && ((insn & (0x3f << 26)) == 14u << 26 /* addi */ 6913 || (insn & (0x3f << 26)) == 15u << 26 /* addis */ 6914 || (insn & (0x3f << 26)) == 32u << 26 /* lwz */ 6915 || (insn & (0x3f << 26)) == 34u << 26 /* lbz */ 6916 || (insn & (0x3f << 26)) == 36u << 26 /* stw */ 6917 || (insn & (0x3f << 26)) == 38u << 26 /* stb */ 6918 || (insn & (0x3f << 26)) == 40u << 26 /* lhz */ 6919 || (insn & (0x3f << 26)) == 42u << 26 /* lha */ 6920 || (insn & (0x3f << 26)) == 44u << 26 /* sth */ 6921 || (insn & (0x3f << 26)) == 46u << 26 /* lmw */ 6922 || (insn & (0x3f << 26)) == 47u << 26 /* stmw */ 6923 || (insn & (0x3f << 26)) == 48u << 26 /* lfs */ 6924 || (insn & (0x3f << 26)) == 50u << 26 /* lfd */ 6925 || (insn & (0x3f << 26)) == 52u << 26 /* stfs */ 6926 || (insn & (0x3f << 26)) == 54u << 26 /* stfd */ 6927 || ((insn & (0x3f << 26)) == 58u << 26 /* lwa,ld,lmd */ 6928 && (insn & 3) != 1) 6929 || ((insn & (0x3f << 26)) == 62u << 26 /* std, stmd */ 6930 && ((insn & 3) == 0 || (insn & 3) == 3)))) 6931 { 6932 insn &= ~(0x1f << 16); 6933 } 6934 else if ((insn & (0x1f << 21)) == reg << 21 6935 && ((insn & (0x3e << 26)) == 24u << 26 /* ori, oris */ 6936 || (insn & (0x3e << 26)) == 26u << 26 /* xori,xoris */ 6937 || (insn & (0x3e << 26)) == 28u << 26 /* andi,andis */)) 6938 { 6939 insn &= ~(0x1f << 21); 6940 insn |= (insn & (0x1f << 16)) << 5; 6941 if ((insn & (0x3e << 26)) == 26 << 26 /* xori,xoris */) 6942 insn -= 2 >> 26; /* convert to ori,oris */ 6943 } 6944 else 6945 insn = 0; 6946 return insn; 6947 } 6948 6949 static bfd_boolean 6950 is_insn_ds_form (unsigned int insn) 6951 { 6952 return ((insn & (0x3f << 26)) == 58u << 26 /* ld,ldu,lwa */ 6953 || (insn & (0x3f << 26)) == 62u << 26 /* std,stdu,stq */ 6954 || (insn & (0x3f << 26)) == 57u << 26 /* lfdp */ 6955 || (insn & (0x3f << 26)) == 61u << 26 /* stfdp */); 6956 } 6957 6958 static bfd_boolean 6959 is_insn_dq_form (unsigned int insn) 6960 { 6961 return ((insn & (0x3f << 26)) == 56u << 26 /* lq */ 6962 || ((insn & (0x3f << 26)) == (61u << 26) /* lxv, stxv */ 6963 && (insn & 3) == 1)); 6964 } 6965 6966 /* The RELOCATE_SECTION function is called by the ELF backend linker 6967 to handle the relocations for a section. 6968 6969 The relocs are always passed as Rela structures; if the section 6970 actually uses Rel structures, the r_addend field will always be 6971 zero. 6972 6973 This function is responsible for adjust the section contents as 6974 necessary, and (if using Rela relocs and generating a 6975 relocatable output file) adjusting the reloc addend as 6976 necessary. 6977 6978 This function does not have to worry about setting the reloc 6979 address or the reloc symbol index. 6980 6981 LOCAL_SYMS is a pointer to the swapped in local symbols. 6982 6983 LOCAL_SECTIONS is an array giving the section in the input file 6984 corresponding to the st_shndx field of each local symbol. 6985 6986 The global hash table entry for the global symbols can be found 6987 via elf_sym_hashes (input_bfd). 6988 6989 When generating relocatable output, this function must handle 6990 STB_LOCAL/STT_SECTION symbols specially. The output symbol is 6991 going to be the section symbol corresponding to the output 6992 section, which means that the addend must be adjusted 6993 accordingly. */ 6994 6995 static bfd_boolean 6996 ppc_elf_relocate_section (bfd *output_bfd, 6997 struct bfd_link_info *info, 6998 bfd *input_bfd, 6999 asection *input_section, 7000 bfd_byte *contents, 7001 Elf_Internal_Rela *relocs, 7002 Elf_Internal_Sym *local_syms, 7003 asection **local_sections) 7004 { 7005 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr; 7006 struct elf_link_hash_entry **sym_hashes; 7007 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab; 7008 Elf_Internal_Rela *rel; 7009 Elf_Internal_Rela *wrel; 7010 Elf_Internal_Rela *relend; 7011 Elf_Internal_Rela outrel; 7012 asection *got2; 7013 bfd_vma *local_got_offsets; 7014 bfd_boolean ret = TRUE; 7015 bfd_vma d_offset = (bfd_big_endian (input_bfd) ? 2 : 0); 7016 bfd_boolean is_vxworks_tls; 7017 unsigned int picfixup_size = 0; 7018 struct ppc_elf_relax_info *relax_info = NULL; 7019 7020 #ifdef DEBUG 7021 _bfd_error_handler ("ppc_elf_relocate_section called for %pB section %pA, " 7022 "%ld relocations%s", 7023 input_bfd, input_section, 7024 (long) input_section->reloc_count, 7025 (bfd_link_relocatable (info)) ? " (relocatable)" : ""); 7026 #endif 7027 7028 if (!is_ppc_elf (input_bfd)) 7029 { 7030 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_wrong_format); 7031 return FALSE; 7032 } 7033 7034 got2 = bfd_get_section_by_name (input_bfd, ".got2"); 7035 7036 /* Initialize howto table if not already done. */ 7037 if (!ppc_elf_howto_table[R_PPC_ADDR32]) 7038 ppc_elf_howto_init (); 7039 7040 htab = ppc_elf_hash_table (info); 7041 local_got_offsets = elf_local_got_offsets (input_bfd); 7042 symtab_hdr = &elf_symtab_hdr (input_bfd); 7043 sym_hashes = elf_sym_hashes (input_bfd); 7044 /* We have to handle relocations in vxworks .tls_vars sections 7045 specially, because the dynamic loader is 'weird'. */ 7046 is_vxworks_tls = (htab->is_vxworks && bfd_link_pic (info) 7047 && !strcmp (input_section->output_section->name, 7048 ".tls_vars")); 7049 if (input_section->sec_info_type == SEC_INFO_TYPE_TARGET) 7050 relax_info = elf_section_data (input_section)->sec_info; 7051 rel = wrel = relocs; 7052 relend = relocs + input_section->reloc_count; 7053 for (; rel < relend; wrel++, rel++) 7054 { 7055 enum elf_ppc_reloc_type r_type; 7056 bfd_vma addend; 7057 bfd_reloc_status_type r; 7058 Elf_Internal_Sym *sym; 7059 asection *sec; 7060 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h; 7061 const char *sym_name; 7062 reloc_howto_type *howto; 7063 unsigned long r_symndx; 7064 bfd_vma relocation; 7065 bfd_vma branch_bit, from; 7066 bfd_boolean unresolved_reloc, save_unresolved_reloc; 7067 bfd_boolean warned; 7068 unsigned int tls_type, tls_mask, tls_gd; 7069 struct plt_entry **ifunc, **plt_list; 7070 struct reloc_howto_struct alt_howto; 7071 7072 again: 7073 r_type = ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info); 7074 sym = NULL; 7075 sec = NULL; 7076 h = NULL; 7077 unresolved_reloc = FALSE; 7078 warned = FALSE; 7079 r_symndx = ELF32_R_SYM (rel->r_info); 7080 7081 if (r_symndx < symtab_hdr->sh_info) 7082 { 7083 sym = local_syms + r_symndx; 7084 sec = local_sections[r_symndx]; 7085 sym_name = bfd_elf_sym_name (input_bfd, symtab_hdr, sym, sec); 7086 7087 relocation = _bfd_elf_rela_local_sym (output_bfd, sym, &sec, rel); 7088 } 7089 else 7090 { 7091 bfd_boolean ignored; 7092 7093 RELOC_FOR_GLOBAL_SYMBOL (info, input_bfd, input_section, rel, 7094 r_symndx, symtab_hdr, sym_hashes, 7095 h, sec, relocation, 7096 unresolved_reloc, warned, ignored); 7097 7098 sym_name = h->root.root.string; 7099 } 7100 7101 if (sec != NULL && discarded_section (sec)) 7102 { 7103 /* For relocs against symbols from removed linkonce sections, 7104 or sections discarded by a linker script, we just want the 7105 section contents zeroed. Avoid any special processing. */ 7106 howto = NULL; 7107 if (r_type < R_PPC_max) 7108 howto = ppc_elf_howto_table[r_type]; 7109 7110 _bfd_clear_contents (howto, input_bfd, input_section, 7111 contents, rel->r_offset); 7112 wrel->r_offset = rel->r_offset; 7113 wrel->r_info = 0; 7114 wrel->r_addend = 0; 7115 7116 /* For ld -r, remove relocations in debug sections against 7117 symbols defined in discarded sections. Not done for 7118 non-debug to preserve relocs in .eh_frame which the 7119 eh_frame editing code expects to be present. */ 7120 if (bfd_link_relocatable (info) 7121 && (input_section->flags & SEC_DEBUGGING)) 7122 wrel--; 7123 7124 continue; 7125 } 7126 7127 if (bfd_link_relocatable (info)) 7128 { 7129 if (got2 != NULL 7130 && r_type == R_PPC_PLTREL24 7131 && rel->r_addend != 0) 7132 { 7133 /* R_PPC_PLTREL24 is rather special. If non-zero, the 7134 addend specifies the GOT pointer offset within .got2. */ 7135 rel->r_addend += got2->output_offset; 7136 } 7137 if (r_type != R_PPC_RELAX_PLT 7138 && r_type != R_PPC_RELAX_PLTREL24 7139 && r_type != R_PPC_RELAX) 7140 goto copy_reloc; 7141 } 7142 7143 /* TLS optimizations. Replace instruction sequences and relocs 7144 based on information we collected in tls_optimize. We edit 7145 RELOCS so that --emit-relocs will output something sensible 7146 for the final instruction stream. */ 7147 tls_mask = 0; 7148 tls_gd = 0; 7149 if (h != NULL) 7150 tls_mask = ((struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry *) h)->tls_mask; 7151 else if (local_got_offsets != NULL) 7152 { 7153 struct plt_entry **local_plt; 7154 char *lgot_masks; 7155 local_plt 7156 = (struct plt_entry **) (local_got_offsets + symtab_hdr->sh_info); 7157 lgot_masks = (char *) (local_plt + symtab_hdr->sh_info); 7158 tls_mask = lgot_masks[r_symndx]; 7159 } 7160 7161 /* Ensure reloc mapping code below stays sane. */ 7162 if ((R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16 & 3) != (R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16 & 3) 7163 || (R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_LO & 3) != (R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_LO & 3) 7164 || (R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HI & 3) != (R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HI & 3) 7165 || (R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HA & 3) != (R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HA & 3) 7166 || (R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16 & 3) != (R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16 & 3) 7167 || (R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_LO & 3) != (R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_LO & 3) 7168 || (R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HI & 3) != (R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HI & 3) 7169 || (R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HA & 3) != (R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HA & 3)) 7170 abort (); 7171 switch (r_type) 7172 { 7173 default: 7174 break; 7175 7176 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16: 7177 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_LO: 7178 if ((tls_mask & TLS_TLS) != 0 7179 && (tls_mask & TLS_TPREL) == 0) 7180 { 7181 bfd_vma insn; 7182 7183 insn = bfd_get_32 (input_bfd, 7184 contents + rel->r_offset - d_offset); 7185 insn &= 31 << 21; 7186 insn |= 0x3c020000; /* addis 0,2,0 */ 7187 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, insn, 7188 contents + rel->r_offset - d_offset); 7189 r_type = R_PPC_TPREL16_HA; 7190 rel->r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx, r_type); 7191 } 7192 break; 7193 7194 case R_PPC_TLS: 7195 if ((tls_mask & TLS_TLS) != 0 7196 && (tls_mask & TLS_TPREL) == 0) 7197 { 7198 bfd_vma insn; 7199 7200 insn = bfd_get_32 (input_bfd, contents + rel->r_offset); 7201 insn = _bfd_elf_ppc_at_tls_transform (insn, 2); 7202 if (insn == 0) 7203 abort (); 7204 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, insn, contents + rel->r_offset); 7205 r_type = R_PPC_TPREL16_LO; 7206 rel->r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx, r_type); 7207 7208 /* Was PPC_TLS which sits on insn boundary, now 7209 PPC_TPREL16_LO which is at low-order half-word. */ 7210 rel->r_offset += d_offset; 7211 } 7212 break; 7213 7214 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HI: 7215 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HA: 7216 tls_gd = TLS_TPRELGD; 7217 if ((tls_mask & TLS_TLS) != 0 && (tls_mask & TLS_GD) == 0) 7218 goto tls_gdld_hi; 7219 break; 7220 7221 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HI: 7222 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HA: 7223 if ((tls_mask & TLS_TLS) != 0 && (tls_mask & TLS_LD) == 0) 7224 { 7225 tls_gdld_hi: 7226 if ((tls_mask & tls_gd) != 0) 7227 r_type = (((r_type - (R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16 & 3)) & 3) 7228 + R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16); 7229 else 7230 { 7231 rel->r_offset -= d_offset; 7232 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, NOP, contents + rel->r_offset); 7233 r_type = R_PPC_NONE; 7234 } 7235 rel->r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx, r_type); 7236 } 7237 break; 7238 7239 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16: 7240 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_LO: 7241 tls_gd = TLS_TPRELGD; 7242 if ((tls_mask & TLS_TLS) != 0 && (tls_mask & TLS_GD) == 0) 7243 goto tls_ldgd_opt; 7244 break; 7245 7246 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16: 7247 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_LO: 7248 if ((tls_mask & TLS_TLS) != 0 && (tls_mask & TLS_LD) == 0) 7249 { 7250 unsigned int insn1, insn2; 7251 bfd_vma offset; 7252 7253 tls_ldgd_opt: 7254 offset = (bfd_vma) -1; 7255 /* If not using the newer R_PPC_TLSGD/LD to mark 7256 __tls_get_addr calls, we must trust that the call 7257 stays with its arg setup insns, ie. that the next 7258 reloc is the __tls_get_addr call associated with 7259 the current reloc. Edit both insns. */ 7260 if (input_section->has_tls_get_addr_call 7261 && rel + 1 < relend 7262 && branch_reloc_hash_match (input_bfd, rel + 1, 7263 htab->tls_get_addr)) 7264 offset = rel[1].r_offset; 7265 /* We read the low GOT_TLS insn because we need to keep 7266 the destination reg. It may be something other than 7267 the usual r3, and moved to r3 before the call by 7268 intervening code. */ 7269 insn1 = bfd_get_32 (input_bfd, 7270 contents + rel->r_offset - d_offset); 7271 if ((tls_mask & tls_gd) != 0) 7272 { 7273 /* IE */ 7274 insn1 &= (0x1f << 21) | (0x1f << 16); 7275 insn1 |= 32 << 26; /* lwz */ 7276 if (offset != (bfd_vma) -1) 7277 { 7278 rel[1].r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (STN_UNDEF, R_PPC_NONE); 7279 insn2 = 0x7c631214; /* add 3,3,2 */ 7280 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, insn2, contents + offset); 7281 } 7282 r_type = (((r_type - (R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16 & 3)) & 3) 7283 + R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16); 7284 rel->r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx, r_type); 7285 } 7286 else 7287 { 7288 /* LE */ 7289 insn1 &= 0x1f << 21; 7290 insn1 |= 0x3c020000; /* addis r,2,0 */ 7291 if (tls_gd == 0) 7292 { 7293 /* Was an LD reloc. */ 7294 for (r_symndx = 0; 7295 r_symndx < symtab_hdr->sh_info; 7296 r_symndx++) 7297 if (local_sections[r_symndx] == sec) 7298 break; 7299 if (r_symndx >= symtab_hdr->sh_info) 7300 r_symndx = STN_UNDEF; 7301 rel->r_addend = htab->elf.tls_sec->vma + DTP_OFFSET; 7302 if (r_symndx != STN_UNDEF) 7303 rel->r_addend -= (local_syms[r_symndx].st_value 7304 + sec->output_offset 7305 + sec->output_section->vma); 7306 } 7307 r_type = R_PPC_TPREL16_HA; 7308 rel->r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx, r_type); 7309 if (offset != (bfd_vma) -1) 7310 { 7311 rel[1].r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx, R_PPC_TPREL16_LO); 7312 rel[1].r_offset = offset + d_offset; 7313 rel[1].r_addend = rel->r_addend; 7314 insn2 = 0x38630000; /* addi 3,3,0 */ 7315 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, insn2, contents + offset); 7316 } 7317 } 7318 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, insn1, 7319 contents + rel->r_offset - d_offset); 7320 if (tls_gd == 0) 7321 { 7322 /* We changed the symbol on an LD reloc. Start over 7323 in order to get h, sym, sec etc. right. */ 7324 goto again; 7325 } 7326 } 7327 break; 7328 7329 case R_PPC_TLSGD: 7330 if ((tls_mask & TLS_TLS) != 0 && (tls_mask & TLS_GD) == 0 7331 && rel + 1 < relend) 7332 { 7333 unsigned int insn2; 7334 bfd_vma offset = rel->r_offset; 7335 7336 if (is_plt_seq_reloc (ELF32_R_TYPE (rel[1].r_info))) 7337 { 7338 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, NOP, contents + offset); 7339 rel[1].r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (STN_UNDEF, R_PPC_NONE); 7340 break; 7341 } 7342 7343 if ((tls_mask & TLS_TPRELGD) != 0) 7344 { 7345 /* IE */ 7346 r_type = R_PPC_NONE; 7347 insn2 = 0x7c631214; /* add 3,3,2 */ 7348 } 7349 else 7350 { 7351 /* LE */ 7352 r_type = R_PPC_TPREL16_LO; 7353 rel->r_offset += d_offset; 7354 insn2 = 0x38630000; /* addi 3,3,0 */ 7355 } 7356 rel->r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx, r_type); 7357 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, insn2, contents + offset); 7358 /* Zap the reloc on the _tls_get_addr call too. */ 7359 BFD_ASSERT (offset == rel[1].r_offset); 7360 rel[1].r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (STN_UNDEF, R_PPC_NONE); 7361 } 7362 break; 7363 7364 case R_PPC_TLSLD: 7365 if ((tls_mask & TLS_TLS) != 0 && (tls_mask & TLS_LD) == 0 7366 && rel + 1 < relend) 7367 { 7368 unsigned int insn2; 7369 7370 if (is_plt_seq_reloc (ELF32_R_TYPE (rel[1].r_info))) 7371 { 7372 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, NOP, contents + rel->r_offset); 7373 rel[1].r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (STN_UNDEF, R_PPC_NONE); 7374 break; 7375 } 7376 7377 for (r_symndx = 0; 7378 r_symndx < symtab_hdr->sh_info; 7379 r_symndx++) 7380 if (local_sections[r_symndx] == sec) 7381 break; 7382 if (r_symndx >= symtab_hdr->sh_info) 7383 r_symndx = STN_UNDEF; 7384 rel->r_addend = htab->elf.tls_sec->vma + DTP_OFFSET; 7385 if (r_symndx != STN_UNDEF) 7386 rel->r_addend -= (local_syms[r_symndx].st_value 7387 + sec->output_offset 7388 + sec->output_section->vma); 7389 7390 rel->r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx, R_PPC_TPREL16_LO); 7391 rel->r_offset += d_offset; 7392 insn2 = 0x38630000; /* addi 3,3,0 */ 7393 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, insn2, 7394 contents + rel->r_offset - d_offset); 7395 /* Zap the reloc on the _tls_get_addr call too. */ 7396 BFD_ASSERT (rel->r_offset - d_offset == rel[1].r_offset); 7397 rel[1].r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (STN_UNDEF, R_PPC_NONE); 7398 goto again; 7399 } 7400 break; 7401 } 7402 7403 /* Handle other relocations that tweak non-addend part of insn. */ 7404 branch_bit = 0; 7405 switch (r_type) 7406 { 7407 default: 7408 break; 7409 7410 /* Branch taken prediction relocations. */ 7411 case R_PPC_ADDR14_BRTAKEN: 7412 case R_PPC_REL14_BRTAKEN: 7413 branch_bit = BRANCH_PREDICT_BIT; 7414 /* Fall through. */ 7415 7416 /* Branch not taken prediction relocations. */ 7417 case R_PPC_ADDR14_BRNTAKEN: 7418 case R_PPC_REL14_BRNTAKEN: 7419 { 7420 unsigned int insn; 7421 7422 insn = bfd_get_32 (input_bfd, contents + rel->r_offset); 7423 insn &= ~BRANCH_PREDICT_BIT; 7424 insn |= branch_bit; 7425 7426 from = (rel->r_offset 7427 + input_section->output_offset 7428 + input_section->output_section->vma); 7429 7430 /* Invert 'y' bit if not the default. */ 7431 if ((bfd_signed_vma) (relocation + rel->r_addend - from) < 0) 7432 insn ^= BRANCH_PREDICT_BIT; 7433 7434 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, insn, contents + rel->r_offset); 7435 } 7436 break; 7437 7438 case R_PPC_PLT16_HA: 7439 { 7440 unsigned int insn; 7441 7442 insn = bfd_get_32 (input_bfd, 7443 contents + rel->r_offset - d_offset); 7444 if ((insn & (0x3f << 26)) == 15u << 26 7445 && (insn & (0x1f << 16)) != 0) 7446 { 7447 if (!bfd_link_pic (info)) 7448 { 7449 /* Convert addis to lis. */ 7450 insn &= ~(0x1f << 16); 7451 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, insn, 7452 contents + rel->r_offset - d_offset); 7453 } 7454 } 7455 else if (bfd_link_pic (info)) 7456 info->callbacks->einfo 7457 (_("%P: %H: error: %s with unexpected instruction %x\n"), 7458 input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset, 7459 "R_PPC_PLT16_HA", insn); 7460 } 7461 break; 7462 } 7463 7464 if (ELIMINATE_COPY_RELOCS 7465 && h != NULL 7466 && !h->def_regular 7467 && h->protected_def 7468 && ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->has_addr16_ha 7469 && ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->has_addr16_lo 7470 && htab->params->pic_fixup > 0) 7471 { 7472 /* Convert lis;addi or lis;load/store accessing a protected 7473 variable defined in a shared library to PIC. */ 7474 unsigned int insn; 7475 7476 if (r_type == R_PPC_ADDR16_HA) 7477 { 7478 insn = bfd_get_32 (input_bfd, 7479 contents + rel->r_offset - d_offset); 7480 if ((insn & (0x3f << 26)) == (15u << 26) 7481 && (insn & (0x1f << 16)) == 0 /* lis */) 7482 { 7483 bfd_byte *p; 7484 bfd_vma off; 7485 bfd_vma got_addr; 7486 7487 p = (contents + input_section->size 7488 - relax_info->workaround_size 7489 - relax_info->picfixup_size 7490 + picfixup_size); 7491 off = (p - contents) - (rel->r_offset - d_offset); 7492 if (off > 0x1fffffc || (off & 3) != 0) 7493 info->callbacks->einfo 7494 (_("%H: fixup branch overflow\n"), 7495 input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset); 7496 7497 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, B | off, 7498 contents + rel->r_offset - d_offset); 7499 got_addr = (htab->elf.sgot->output_section->vma 7500 + htab->elf.sgot->output_offset 7501 + (h->got.offset & ~1)); 7502 wrel->r_offset = (p - contents) + d_offset; 7503 wrel->r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_PPC_ADDR16_HA); 7504 wrel->r_addend = got_addr; 7505 insn &= ~0xffff; 7506 insn |= ((unsigned int) (got_addr + 0x8000) >> 16) & 0xffff; 7507 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, insn, p); 7508 7509 /* Convert lis to lwz, loading address from GOT. */ 7510 insn &= ~0xffff; 7511 insn ^= (32u ^ 15u) << 26; 7512 insn |= (insn & (0x1f << 21)) >> 5; 7513 insn |= got_addr & 0xffff; 7514 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, insn, p + 4); 7515 7516 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, B | ((-4 - off) & 0x3ffffff), p + 8); 7517 picfixup_size += 12; 7518 7519 /* Use one of the spare relocs, so --emit-relocs 7520 output is reasonable. */ 7521 memmove (rel + 1, rel, (relend - rel - 1) * sizeof (*rel)); 7522 wrel++, rel++; 7523 rel->r_offset = wrel[-1].r_offset + 4; 7524 rel->r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_PPC_ADDR16_LO); 7525 rel->r_addend = wrel[-1].r_addend; 7526 7527 /* Continue on as if we had a got reloc, to output 7528 dynamic reloc. */ 7529 r_type = R_PPC_GOT16_LO; 7530 } 7531 else 7532 _bfd_error_handler 7533 /* xgettext:c-format */ 7534 (_("%pB(%pA+%#" PRIx64 "): error: " 7535 "%s with unexpected instruction %#x"), 7536 input_bfd, input_section, (uint64_t) rel->r_offset, 7537 "R_PPC_ADDR16_HA", insn); 7538 } 7539 else if (r_type == R_PPC_ADDR16_LO) 7540 { 7541 insn = bfd_get_32 (input_bfd, 7542 contents + rel->r_offset - d_offset); 7543 if ((insn & (0x3f << 26)) == 14u << 26 /* addi */ 7544 || (insn & (0x3f << 26)) == 32u << 26 /* lwz */ 7545 || (insn & (0x3f << 26)) == 34u << 26 /* lbz */ 7546 || (insn & (0x3f << 26)) == 36u << 26 /* stw */ 7547 || (insn & (0x3f << 26)) == 38u << 26 /* stb */ 7548 || (insn & (0x3f << 26)) == 40u << 26 /* lhz */ 7549 || (insn & (0x3f << 26)) == 42u << 26 /* lha */ 7550 || (insn & (0x3f << 26)) == 44u << 26 /* sth */ 7551 || (insn & (0x3f << 26)) == 46u << 26 /* lmw */ 7552 || (insn & (0x3f << 26)) == 47u << 26 /* stmw */ 7553 || (insn & (0x3f << 26)) == 48u << 26 /* lfs */ 7554 || (insn & (0x3f << 26)) == 50u << 26 /* lfd */ 7555 || (insn & (0x3f << 26)) == 52u << 26 /* stfs */ 7556 || (insn & (0x3f << 26)) == 54u << 26 /* stfd */ 7557 || ((insn & (0x3f << 26)) == 58u << 26 /* lwa,ld,lmd */ 7558 && (insn & 3) != 1) 7559 || ((insn & (0x3f << 26)) == 62u << 26 /* std, stmd */ 7560 && ((insn & 3) == 0 || (insn & 3) == 3))) 7561 { 7562 /* Arrange to apply the reloc addend, if any. */ 7563 relocation = 0; 7564 unresolved_reloc = FALSE; 7565 rel->r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, r_type); 7566 } 7567 else 7568 _bfd_error_handler 7569 /* xgettext:c-format */ 7570 (_("%pB(%pA+%#" PRIx64 "): error: " 7571 "%s with unexpected instruction %#x"), 7572 input_bfd, input_section, (uint64_t) rel->r_offset, 7573 "R_PPC_ADDR16_LO", insn); 7574 } 7575 } 7576 7577 ifunc = NULL; 7578 if (!htab->is_vxworks) 7579 { 7580 struct plt_entry *ent; 7581 7582 if (h != NULL) 7583 { 7584 if (h->type == STT_GNU_IFUNC) 7585 ifunc = &h->plt.plist; 7586 } 7587 else if (local_got_offsets != NULL 7588 && ELF_ST_TYPE (sym->st_info) == STT_GNU_IFUNC) 7589 { 7590 struct plt_entry **local_plt; 7591 7592 local_plt = (struct plt_entry **) (local_got_offsets 7593 + symtab_hdr->sh_info); 7594 ifunc = local_plt + r_symndx; 7595 } 7596 7597 ent = NULL; 7598 if (ifunc != NULL 7599 && (!bfd_link_pic (info) 7600 || is_branch_reloc (r_type) 7601 || r_type == R_PPC_PLT16_LO 7602 || r_type == R_PPC_PLT16_HI 7603 || r_type == R_PPC_PLT16_HA)) 7604 { 7605 addend = 0; 7606 if (bfd_link_pic (info) 7607 && (r_type == R_PPC_PLTREL24 7608 || r_type == R_PPC_PLT16_LO 7609 || r_type == R_PPC_PLT16_HI 7610 || r_type == R_PPC_PLT16_HA)) 7611 addend = rel->r_addend; 7612 ent = find_plt_ent (ifunc, got2, addend); 7613 } 7614 if (ent != NULL) 7615 { 7616 if (bfd_link_pic (info) 7617 && ent->sec != got2 7618 && htab->plt_type != PLT_NEW 7619 && (!htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created 7620 || h == NULL 7621 || h->dynindx == -1)) 7622 { 7623 /* Uh oh, we are going to create a pic glink stub 7624 for an ifunc (here for h == NULL and later in 7625 finish_dynamic_symbol for h != NULL), and 7626 apparently are using code compiled with 7627 -mbss-plt. The difficulty is that -mbss-plt code 7628 gives no indication via a magic PLTREL24 addend 7629 whether r30 is equal to _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ or 7630 is pointing into a .got2 section (and how far 7631 into .got2). */ 7632 info->callbacks->einfo 7633 /* xgettext:c-format */ 7634 (_("%X%H: unsupported bss-plt -fPIC ifunc %s\n"), 7635 input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset, sym_name); 7636 } 7637 7638 unresolved_reloc = FALSE; 7639 if (htab->plt_type == PLT_NEW 7640 || !htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created 7641 || h == NULL 7642 || h->dynindx == -1) 7643 relocation = (htab->glink->output_section->vma 7644 + htab->glink->output_offset 7645 + (ent->glink_offset & ~1)); 7646 else 7647 relocation = (htab->elf.splt->output_section->vma 7648 + htab->elf.splt->output_offset 7649 + ent->plt.offset); 7650 } 7651 } 7652 7653 addend = rel->r_addend; 7654 save_unresolved_reloc = unresolved_reloc; 7655 howto = NULL; 7656 if (r_type < R_PPC_max) 7657 howto = ppc_elf_howto_table[r_type]; 7658 7659 switch (r_type) 7660 { 7661 default: 7662 break; 7663 7664 case R_PPC_TPREL16_HA: 7665 if (htab->do_tls_opt && relocation + addend + 0x8000 < 0x10000) 7666 { 7667 bfd_byte *p = contents + (rel->r_offset & ~3); 7668 unsigned int insn = bfd_get_32 (input_bfd, p); 7669 if ((insn & ((0x3f << 26) | 0x1f << 16)) 7670 != ((15u << 26) | (2 << 16)) /* addis rt,2,imm */) 7671 /* xgettext:c-format */ 7672 info->callbacks->minfo 7673 (_("%H: warning: %s unexpected insn %#x.\n"), 7674 input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset, howto->name, insn); 7675 else 7676 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, NOP, p); 7677 } 7678 break; 7679 7680 case R_PPC_TPREL16_LO: 7681 if (htab->do_tls_opt && relocation + addend + 0x8000 < 0x10000) 7682 { 7683 bfd_byte *p = contents + (rel->r_offset & ~3); 7684 unsigned int insn = bfd_get_32 (input_bfd, p); 7685 insn &= ~(0x1f << 16); 7686 insn |= 2 << 16; 7687 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, insn, p); 7688 } 7689 break; 7690 } 7691 7692 tls_type = 0; 7693 switch (r_type) 7694 { 7695 default: 7696 /* xgettext:c-format */ 7697 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: %s unsupported"), 7698 input_bfd, howto->name); 7699 7700 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value); 7701 ret = FALSE; 7702 goto copy_reloc; 7703 7704 case R_PPC_NONE: 7705 case R_PPC_TLS: 7706 case R_PPC_TLSGD: 7707 case R_PPC_TLSLD: 7708 case R_PPC_EMB_MRKREF: 7709 case R_PPC_GNU_VTINHERIT: 7710 case R_PPC_GNU_VTENTRY: 7711 goto copy_reloc; 7712 7713 /* GOT16 relocations. Like an ADDR16 using the symbol's 7714 address in the GOT as relocation value instead of the 7715 symbol's value itself. Also, create a GOT entry for the 7716 symbol and put the symbol value there. */ 7717 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16: 7718 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_LO: 7719 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HI: 7720 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HA: 7721 tls_type = TLS_TLS | TLS_GD; 7722 goto dogot; 7723 7724 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16: 7725 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_LO: 7726 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HI: 7727 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HA: 7728 tls_type = TLS_TLS | TLS_LD; 7729 goto dogot; 7730 7731 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16: 7732 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_LO: 7733 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HI: 7734 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HA: 7735 tls_type = TLS_TLS | TLS_TPREL; 7736 goto dogot; 7737 7738 case R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16: 7739 case R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_LO: 7740 case R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_HI: 7741 case R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_HA: 7742 tls_type = TLS_TLS | TLS_DTPREL; 7743 goto dogot; 7744 7745 case R_PPC_GOT16: 7746 case R_PPC_GOT16_LO: 7747 case R_PPC_GOT16_HI: 7748 case R_PPC_GOT16_HA: 7749 tls_mask = 0; 7750 dogot: 7751 { 7752 /* Relocation is to the entry for this symbol in the global 7753 offset table. */ 7754 bfd_vma off; 7755 bfd_vma *offp; 7756 unsigned long indx; 7757 7758 if (htab->elf.sgot == NULL) 7759 abort (); 7760 7761 indx = 0; 7762 if (tls_type == (TLS_TLS | TLS_LD) 7763 && (h == NULL 7764 || !h->def_dynamic)) 7765 offp = &htab->tlsld_got.offset; 7766 else if (h != NULL) 7767 { 7768 if (!htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created 7769 || h->dynindx == -1 7770 || SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info, h) 7771 || UNDEFWEAK_NO_DYNAMIC_RELOC (info, h)) 7772 /* This is actually a static link, or it is a 7773 -Bsymbolic link and the symbol is defined 7774 locally, or the symbol was forced to be local 7775 because of a version file. */ 7776 ; 7777 else 7778 { 7779 indx = h->dynindx; 7780 unresolved_reloc = FALSE; 7781 } 7782 offp = &h->got.offset; 7783 } 7784 else 7785 { 7786 if (local_got_offsets == NULL) 7787 abort (); 7788 offp = &local_got_offsets[r_symndx]; 7789 } 7790 7791 /* The offset must always be a multiple of 4. We use the 7792 least significant bit to record whether we have already 7793 processed this entry. */ 7794 off = *offp; 7795 if ((off & 1) != 0) 7796 off &= ~1; 7797 else 7798 { 7799 unsigned int tls_m = ((tls_mask & TLS_TLS) != 0 7800 ? tls_mask & (TLS_LD | TLS_GD | TLS_DTPREL 7801 | TLS_TPREL | TLS_TPRELGD) 7802 : 0); 7803 7804 if (offp == &htab->tlsld_got.offset) 7805 tls_m = TLS_LD; 7806 else if (h == NULL 7807 || !h->def_dynamic) 7808 tls_m &= ~TLS_LD; 7809 7810 /* We might have multiple got entries for this sym. 7811 Initialize them all. */ 7812 do 7813 { 7814 int tls_ty = 0; 7815 7816 if ((tls_m & TLS_LD) != 0) 7817 { 7818 tls_ty = TLS_TLS | TLS_LD; 7819 tls_m &= ~TLS_LD; 7820 } 7821 else if ((tls_m & TLS_GD) != 0) 7822 { 7823 tls_ty = TLS_TLS | TLS_GD; 7824 tls_m &= ~TLS_GD; 7825 } 7826 else if ((tls_m & TLS_DTPREL) != 0) 7827 { 7828 tls_ty = TLS_TLS | TLS_DTPREL; 7829 tls_m &= ~TLS_DTPREL; 7830 } 7831 else if ((tls_m & (TLS_TPREL | TLS_TPRELGD)) != 0) 7832 { 7833 tls_ty = TLS_TLS | TLS_TPREL; 7834 tls_m = 0; 7835 } 7836 7837 /* Generate relocs for the dynamic linker. */ 7838 if (indx != 0 7839 || (bfd_link_pic (info) 7840 && (h == NULL 7841 || !UNDEFWEAK_NO_DYNAMIC_RELOC (info, h) 7842 || offp == &htab->tlsld_got.offset) 7843 && !(tls_ty == (TLS_TLS | TLS_TPREL) 7844 && bfd_link_executable (info) 7845 && SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info, h)))) 7846 { 7847 asection *rsec = htab->elf.srelgot; 7848 bfd_byte * loc; 7849 7850 if (ifunc != NULL) 7851 { 7852 rsec = htab->elf.irelplt; 7853 if (indx == 0) 7854 htab->local_ifunc_resolver = 1; 7855 else if (is_static_defined (h)) 7856 htab->maybe_local_ifunc_resolver = 1; 7857 } 7858 outrel.r_offset = (htab->elf.sgot->output_section->vma 7859 + htab->elf.sgot->output_offset 7860 + off); 7861 outrel.r_addend = 0; 7862 if (tls_ty & (TLS_LD | TLS_GD)) 7863 { 7864 outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (indx, R_PPC_DTPMOD32); 7865 if (tls_ty == (TLS_TLS | TLS_GD)) 7866 { 7867 loc = rsec->contents; 7868 loc += (rsec->reloc_count++ 7869 * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela)); 7870 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, 7871 &outrel, loc); 7872 outrel.r_offset += 4; 7873 outrel.r_info 7874 = ELF32_R_INFO (indx, R_PPC_DTPREL32); 7875 } 7876 } 7877 else if (tls_ty == (TLS_TLS | TLS_DTPREL)) 7878 outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (indx, R_PPC_DTPREL32); 7879 else if (tls_ty == (TLS_TLS | TLS_TPREL)) 7880 outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (indx, R_PPC_TPREL32); 7881 else if (indx != 0) 7882 outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (indx, R_PPC_GLOB_DAT); 7883 else if (ifunc != NULL) 7884 outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_PPC_IRELATIVE); 7885 else 7886 outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_PPC_RELATIVE); 7887 if (indx == 0 && tls_ty != (TLS_TLS | TLS_LD)) 7888 { 7889 outrel.r_addend += relocation; 7890 if (tls_ty & (TLS_GD | TLS_DTPREL | TLS_TPREL)) 7891 { 7892 if (htab->elf.tls_sec == NULL) 7893 outrel.r_addend = 0; 7894 else 7895 outrel.r_addend -= htab->elf.tls_sec->vma; 7896 } 7897 } 7898 loc = rsec->contents; 7899 loc += (rsec->reloc_count++ 7900 * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela)); 7901 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &outrel, loc); 7902 } 7903 7904 /* Init the .got section contents if we're not 7905 emitting a reloc. */ 7906 else 7907 { 7908 bfd_vma value = relocation; 7909 7910 if (tls_ty != 0) 7911 { 7912 if (htab->elf.tls_sec == NULL) 7913 value = 0; 7914 else 7915 { 7916 if (tls_ty & TLS_LD) 7917 value = 0; 7918 else 7919 value -= htab->elf.tls_sec->vma + DTP_OFFSET; 7920 if (tls_ty & TLS_TPREL) 7921 value += DTP_OFFSET - TP_OFFSET; 7922 } 7923 7924 if (tls_ty & (TLS_LD | TLS_GD)) 7925 { 7926 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, value, 7927 htab->elf.sgot->contents + off + 4); 7928 value = 1; 7929 } 7930 } 7931 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, value, 7932 htab->elf.sgot->contents + off); 7933 } 7934 7935 off += 4; 7936 if (tls_ty & (TLS_LD | TLS_GD)) 7937 off += 4; 7938 } 7939 while (tls_m != 0); 7940 7941 off = *offp; 7942 *offp = off | 1; 7943 } 7944 7945 if (off >= (bfd_vma) -2) 7946 abort (); 7947 7948 if ((tls_type & TLS_TLS) != 0) 7949 { 7950 if (tls_type != (TLS_TLS | TLS_LD)) 7951 { 7952 if ((tls_mask & TLS_LD) != 0 7953 && !(h == NULL 7954 || !h->def_dynamic)) 7955 off += 8; 7956 if (tls_type != (TLS_TLS | TLS_GD)) 7957 { 7958 if ((tls_mask & TLS_GD) != 0) 7959 off += 8; 7960 if (tls_type != (TLS_TLS | TLS_DTPREL)) 7961 { 7962 if ((tls_mask & TLS_DTPREL) != 0) 7963 off += 4; 7964 } 7965 } 7966 } 7967 } 7968 7969 /* If here for a picfixup, we're done. */ 7970 if (r_type != ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info)) 7971 goto copy_reloc; 7972 7973 relocation = (htab->elf.sgot->output_section->vma 7974 + htab->elf.sgot->output_offset 7975 + off 7976 - SYM_VAL (htab->elf.hgot)); 7977 7978 /* Addends on got relocations don't make much sense. 7979 x+off@got is actually x@got+off, and since the got is 7980 generated by a hash table traversal, the value in the 7981 got at entry m+n bears little relation to the entry m. */ 7982 if (addend != 0) 7983 info->callbacks->einfo 7984 /* xgettext:c-format */ 7985 (_("%H: non-zero addend on %s reloc against `%s'\n"), 7986 input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset, 7987 howto->name, 7988 sym_name); 7989 } 7990 break; 7991 7992 /* Relocations that need no special processing. */ 7993 case R_PPC_LOCAL24PC: 7994 /* It makes no sense to point a local relocation 7995 at a symbol not in this object. */ 7996 if (unresolved_reloc) 7997 { 7998 (*info->callbacks->undefined_symbol) (info, 7999 h->root.root.string, 8000 input_bfd, 8001 input_section, 8002 rel->r_offset, 8003 TRUE); 8004 goto copy_reloc; 8005 } 8006 if (h != NULL && h->type == STT_GNU_IFUNC && bfd_link_pic (info)) 8007 { 8008 /* @local on an ifunc does not really make sense since 8009 the ifunc resolver can take you anywhere. More 8010 seriously, calls to ifuncs must go through a plt call 8011 stub, and for pic the plt call stubs uses r30 to 8012 access the PLT. The problem is that a call that is 8013 local won't have the +32k reloc addend trick marking 8014 -fPIC code, so the linker won't know whether r30 is 8015 _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ or pointing into a .got2 section. */ 8016 /* xgettext:c-format */ 8017 info->callbacks->einfo (_("%X%H: @local call to ifunc %s\n"), 8018 input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset, 8019 h->root.root.string); 8020 } 8021 break; 8022 8023 case R_PPC_DTPREL16: 8024 case R_PPC_DTPREL16_LO: 8025 case R_PPC_DTPREL16_HI: 8026 case R_PPC_DTPREL16_HA: 8027 if (htab->elf.tls_sec != NULL) 8028 addend -= htab->elf.tls_sec->vma + DTP_OFFSET; 8029 break; 8030 8031 /* Relocations that may need to be propagated if this is a shared 8032 object. */ 8033 case R_PPC_TPREL16: 8034 case R_PPC_TPREL16_LO: 8035 case R_PPC_TPREL16_HI: 8036 case R_PPC_TPREL16_HA: 8037 if (h != NULL 8038 && h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak 8039 && h->dynindx == -1) 8040 { 8041 /* Make this relocation against an undefined weak symbol 8042 resolve to zero. This is really just a tweak, since 8043 code using weak externs ought to check that they are 8044 defined before using them. */ 8045 bfd_byte *p = contents + rel->r_offset - d_offset; 8046 unsigned int insn = bfd_get_32 (input_bfd, p); 8047 insn = _bfd_elf_ppc_at_tprel_transform (insn, 2); 8048 if (insn != 0) 8049 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, insn, p); 8050 break; 8051 } 8052 if (htab->elf.tls_sec != NULL) 8053 addend -= htab->elf.tls_sec->vma + TP_OFFSET; 8054 /* The TPREL16 relocs shouldn't really be used in shared 8055 libs or with non-local symbols as that will result in 8056 DT_TEXTREL being set, but support them anyway. */ 8057 goto dodyn; 8058 8059 case R_PPC_TPREL32: 8060 if (htab->elf.tls_sec != NULL) 8061 addend -= htab->elf.tls_sec->vma + TP_OFFSET; 8062 goto dodyn; 8063 8064 case R_PPC_DTPREL32: 8065 if (htab->elf.tls_sec != NULL) 8066 addend -= htab->elf.tls_sec->vma + DTP_OFFSET; 8067 goto dodyn; 8068 8069 case R_PPC_DTPMOD32: 8070 relocation = 1; 8071 addend = 0; 8072 goto dodyn; 8073 8074 case R_PPC_REL16: 8075 case R_PPC_REL16_LO: 8076 case R_PPC_REL16_HI: 8077 case R_PPC_REL16_HA: 8078 case R_PPC_REL16DX_HA: 8079 break; 8080 8081 case R_PPC_REL32: 8082 if (h == NULL || h == htab->elf.hgot) 8083 break; 8084 /* fall through */ 8085 8086 case R_PPC_ADDR32: 8087 case R_PPC_ADDR16: 8088 case R_PPC_ADDR16_LO: 8089 case R_PPC_ADDR16_HI: 8090 case R_PPC_ADDR16_HA: 8091 case R_PPC_UADDR32: 8092 case R_PPC_UADDR16: 8093 goto dodyn; 8094 8095 case R_PPC_VLE_REL8: 8096 case R_PPC_VLE_REL15: 8097 case R_PPC_VLE_REL24: 8098 case R_PPC_REL24: 8099 case R_PPC_REL14: 8100 case R_PPC_REL14_BRTAKEN: 8101 case R_PPC_REL14_BRNTAKEN: 8102 /* If these relocations are not to a named symbol, they can be 8103 handled right here, no need to bother the dynamic linker. */ 8104 if (SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, h) 8105 || h == htab->elf.hgot) 8106 break; 8107 /* fall through */ 8108 8109 case R_PPC_ADDR24: 8110 case R_PPC_ADDR14: 8111 case R_PPC_ADDR14_BRTAKEN: 8112 case R_PPC_ADDR14_BRNTAKEN: 8113 if (h != NULL && !bfd_link_pic (info)) 8114 break; 8115 /* fall through */ 8116 8117 dodyn: 8118 if ((input_section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) == 0 8119 || is_vxworks_tls) 8120 break; 8121 8122 if (bfd_link_pic (info) 8123 ? ((h == NULL 8124 || ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->dyn_relocs != NULL) 8125 && ((h != NULL && pc_dynrelocs (h)) 8126 || must_be_dyn_reloc (info, r_type))) 8127 : (h != NULL 8128 && ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->dyn_relocs != NULL)) 8129 { 8130 int skip; 8131 bfd_byte *loc; 8132 asection *sreloc; 8133 long indx = 0; 8134 8135 #ifdef DEBUG 8136 fprintf (stderr, "ppc_elf_relocate_section needs to " 8137 "create relocation for %s\n", 8138 (h && h->root.root.string 8139 ? h->root.root.string : "<unknown>")); 8140 #endif 8141 8142 /* When generating a shared object, these relocations 8143 are copied into the output file to be resolved at run 8144 time. */ 8145 skip = 0; 8146 outrel.r_offset = _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd, info, 8147 input_section, 8148 rel->r_offset); 8149 if (outrel.r_offset == (bfd_vma) -1 8150 || outrel.r_offset == (bfd_vma) -2) 8151 skip = (int) outrel.r_offset; 8152 outrel.r_offset += (input_section->output_section->vma 8153 + input_section->output_offset); 8154 8155 if (skip) 8156 memset (&outrel, 0, sizeof outrel); 8157 else if (!SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info, h)) 8158 { 8159 indx = h->dynindx; 8160 BFD_ASSERT (indx != -1); 8161 unresolved_reloc = FALSE; 8162 outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (indx, r_type); 8163 outrel.r_addend = rel->r_addend; 8164 } 8165 else 8166 { 8167 outrel.r_addend = relocation + rel->r_addend; 8168 8169 if (r_type != R_PPC_ADDR32) 8170 { 8171 if (ifunc != NULL) 8172 { 8173 /* If we get here when building a static 8174 executable, then the libc startup function 8175 responsible for applying indirect function 8176 relocations is going to complain about 8177 the reloc type. 8178 If we get here when building a dynamic 8179 executable, it will be because we have 8180 a text relocation. The dynamic loader 8181 will set the text segment writable and 8182 non-executable to apply text relocations. 8183 So we'll segfault when trying to run the 8184 indirection function to resolve the reloc. */ 8185 info->callbacks->einfo 8186 /* xgettext:c-format */ 8187 (_("%H: relocation %s for indirect " 8188 "function %s unsupported\n"), 8189 input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset, 8190 howto->name, 8191 sym_name); 8192 ret = FALSE; 8193 } 8194 else if (r_symndx == STN_UNDEF || bfd_is_abs_section (sec)) 8195 ; 8196 else if (sec == NULL || sec->owner == NULL) 8197 { 8198 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value); 8199 ret = FALSE; 8200 } 8201 else 8202 { 8203 asection *osec; 8204 8205 /* We are turning this relocation into one 8206 against a section symbol. It would be 8207 proper to subtract the symbol's value, 8208 osec->vma, from the emitted reloc addend, 8209 but ld.so expects buggy relocs. 8210 FIXME: Why not always use a zero index? */ 8211 osec = sec->output_section; 8212 indx = elf_section_data (osec)->dynindx; 8213 if (indx == 0) 8214 { 8215 osec = htab->elf.text_index_section; 8216 indx = elf_section_data (osec)->dynindx; 8217 } 8218 BFD_ASSERT (indx != 0); 8219 #ifdef DEBUG 8220 if (indx == 0) 8221 printf ("indx=%ld section=%s flags=%08x name=%s\n", 8222 indx, osec->name, osec->flags, 8223 h->root.root.string); 8224 #endif 8225 } 8226 8227 outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (indx, r_type); 8228 } 8229 else if (ifunc != NULL) 8230 outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_PPC_IRELATIVE); 8231 else 8232 outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_PPC_RELATIVE); 8233 } 8234 8235 sreloc = elf_section_data (input_section)->sreloc; 8236 if (ifunc) 8237 { 8238 sreloc = htab->elf.irelplt; 8239 if (indx == 0) 8240 htab->local_ifunc_resolver = 1; 8241 else if (is_static_defined (h)) 8242 htab->maybe_local_ifunc_resolver = 1; 8243 } 8244 if (sreloc == NULL) 8245 return FALSE; 8246 8247 loc = sreloc->contents; 8248 loc += sreloc->reloc_count++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela); 8249 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &outrel, loc); 8250 8251 if (skip == -1) 8252 goto copy_reloc; 8253 8254 /* This reloc will be computed at runtime. Clear the memory 8255 so that it contains a predictable value for prelink. */ 8256 if (!skip) 8257 { 8258 relocation = howto->pc_relative ? outrel.r_offset : 0; 8259 addend = 0; 8260 break; 8261 } 8262 } 8263 break; 8264 8265 case R_PPC_RELAX_PLT: 8266 case R_PPC_RELAX_PLTREL24: 8267 if (h != NULL) 8268 { 8269 struct plt_entry *ent; 8270 bfd_vma got2_addend = 0; 8271 8272 if (r_type == R_PPC_RELAX_PLTREL24) 8273 { 8274 if (bfd_link_pic (info)) 8275 got2_addend = addend; 8276 addend = 0; 8277 } 8278 ent = find_plt_ent (&h->plt.plist, got2, got2_addend); 8279 if (htab->plt_type == PLT_NEW) 8280 relocation = (htab->glink->output_section->vma 8281 + htab->glink->output_offset 8282 + ent->glink_offset); 8283 else 8284 relocation = (htab->elf.splt->output_section->vma 8285 + htab->elf.splt->output_offset 8286 + ent->plt.offset); 8287 } 8288 /* Fall through. */ 8289 8290 case R_PPC_RELAX: 8291 { 8292 const int *stub; 8293 size_t size; 8294 size_t insn_offset = rel->r_offset; 8295 unsigned int insn; 8296 8297 if (bfd_link_pic (info)) 8298 { 8299 relocation -= (input_section->output_section->vma 8300 + input_section->output_offset 8301 + rel->r_offset - 4); 8302 stub = shared_stub_entry; 8303 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, stub[0], contents + insn_offset - 12); 8304 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, stub[1], contents + insn_offset - 8); 8305 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, stub[2], contents + insn_offset - 4); 8306 stub += 3; 8307 size = ARRAY_SIZE (shared_stub_entry) - 3; 8308 } 8309 else 8310 { 8311 stub = stub_entry; 8312 size = ARRAY_SIZE (stub_entry); 8313 } 8314 8315 relocation += addend; 8316 if (bfd_link_relocatable (info)) 8317 relocation = 0; 8318 8319 /* First insn is HA, second is LO. */ 8320 insn = *stub++; 8321 insn |= ((relocation + 0x8000) >> 16) & 0xffff; 8322 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, insn, contents + insn_offset); 8323 insn_offset += 4; 8324 8325 insn = *stub++; 8326 insn |= relocation & 0xffff; 8327 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, insn, contents + insn_offset); 8328 insn_offset += 4; 8329 size -= 2; 8330 8331 while (size != 0) 8332 { 8333 insn = *stub++; 8334 --size; 8335 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, insn, contents + insn_offset); 8336 insn_offset += 4; 8337 } 8338 8339 /* Rewrite the reloc and convert one of the trailing nop 8340 relocs to describe this relocation. */ 8341 BFD_ASSERT (ELF32_R_TYPE (relend[-1].r_info) == R_PPC_NONE); 8342 /* The relocs are at the bottom 2 bytes */ 8343 wrel->r_offset = rel->r_offset + d_offset; 8344 wrel->r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx, R_PPC_ADDR16_HA); 8345 wrel->r_addend = rel->r_addend; 8346 memmove (wrel + 1, wrel, (relend - wrel - 1) * sizeof (*wrel)); 8347 wrel++, rel++; 8348 wrel->r_offset += 4; 8349 wrel->r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx, R_PPC_ADDR16_LO); 8350 } 8351 continue; 8352 8353 /* Indirect .sdata relocation. */ 8354 case R_PPC_EMB_SDAI16: 8355 BFD_ASSERT (htab->sdata[0].section != NULL); 8356 if (!is_static_defined (htab->sdata[0].sym)) 8357 { 8358 unresolved_reloc = TRUE; 8359 break; 8360 } 8361 relocation 8362 = elf_finish_pointer_linker_section (input_bfd, &htab->sdata[0], 8363 h, relocation, rel); 8364 addend = 0; 8365 break; 8366 8367 /* Indirect .sdata2 relocation. */ 8368 case R_PPC_EMB_SDA2I16: 8369 BFD_ASSERT (htab->sdata[1].section != NULL); 8370 if (!is_static_defined (htab->sdata[1].sym)) 8371 { 8372 unresolved_reloc = TRUE; 8373 break; 8374 } 8375 relocation 8376 = elf_finish_pointer_linker_section (input_bfd, &htab->sdata[1], 8377 h, relocation, rel); 8378 addend = 0; 8379 break; 8380 8381 /* Handle the TOC16 reloc. We want to use the offset within the .got 8382 section, not the actual VMA. This is appropriate when generating 8383 an embedded ELF object, for which the .got section acts like the 8384 AIX .toc section. */ 8385 case R_PPC_TOC16: /* phony GOT16 relocations */ 8386 if (sec == NULL || sec->output_section == NULL) 8387 { 8388 unresolved_reloc = TRUE; 8389 break; 8390 } 8391 BFD_ASSERT (strcmp (bfd_get_section_name (sec->owner, sec), 8392 ".got") == 0 8393 || strcmp (bfd_get_section_name (sec->owner, sec), 8394 ".cgot") == 0); 8395 8396 addend -= sec->output_section->vma + sec->output_offset + 0x8000; 8397 break; 8398 8399 case R_PPC_PLTREL24: 8400 if (h != NULL && ifunc == NULL) 8401 { 8402 struct plt_entry *ent; 8403 8404 ent = find_plt_ent (&h->plt.plist, got2, 8405 bfd_link_pic (info) ? addend : 0); 8406 if (ent == NULL 8407 || htab->elf.splt == NULL) 8408 { 8409 /* We didn't make a PLT entry for this symbol. This 8410 happens when statically linking PIC code, or when 8411 using -Bsymbolic. */ 8412 } 8413 else 8414 { 8415 /* Relocation is to the entry for this symbol in the 8416 procedure linkage table. */ 8417 unresolved_reloc = FALSE; 8418 if (htab->plt_type == PLT_NEW) 8419 relocation = (htab->glink->output_section->vma 8420 + htab->glink->output_offset 8421 + ent->glink_offset); 8422 else 8423 relocation = (htab->elf.splt->output_section->vma 8424 + htab->elf.splt->output_offset 8425 + ent->plt.offset); 8426 } 8427 } 8428 8429 /* R_PPC_PLTREL24 is rather special. If non-zero, the 8430 addend specifies the GOT pointer offset within .got2. 8431 Don't apply it to the relocation field. */ 8432 addend = 0; 8433 break; 8434 8435 case R_PPC_PLTSEQ: 8436 case R_PPC_PLTCALL: 8437 case R_PPC_PLT16_LO: 8438 case R_PPC_PLT16_HI: 8439 case R_PPC_PLT16_HA: 8440 plt_list = NULL; 8441 if (h != NULL) 8442 plt_list = &h->plt.plist; 8443 else if (ifunc != NULL) 8444 plt_list = ifunc; 8445 else if (local_got_offsets != NULL) 8446 { 8447 struct plt_entry **local_plt; 8448 local_plt = (struct plt_entry **) (local_got_offsets 8449 + symtab_hdr->sh_info); 8450 plt_list = local_plt + r_symndx; 8451 } 8452 unresolved_reloc = TRUE; 8453 if (plt_list != NULL) 8454 { 8455 struct plt_entry *ent; 8456 8457 ent = find_plt_ent (plt_list, got2, 8458 bfd_link_pic (info) ? addend : 0); 8459 if (ent != NULL && ent->plt.offset != (bfd_vma) -1) 8460 { 8461 asection *plt; 8462 8463 unresolved_reloc = FALSE; 8464 plt = htab->elf.splt; 8465 if (!htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created 8466 || h == NULL 8467 || h->dynindx == -1) 8468 { 8469 if (ifunc != NULL) 8470 plt = htab->elf.iplt; 8471 else 8472 plt = htab->pltlocal; 8473 } 8474 relocation = (plt->output_section->vma 8475 + plt->output_offset 8476 + ent->plt.offset); 8477 if (bfd_link_pic (info)) 8478 { 8479 bfd_vma got = 0; 8480 8481 if (ent->addend >= 32768) 8482 got = (ent->addend 8483 + ent->sec->output_section->vma 8484 + ent->sec->output_offset); 8485 else 8486 got = SYM_VAL (htab->elf.hgot); 8487 relocation -= got; 8488 } 8489 } 8490 } 8491 addend = 0; 8492 break; 8493 8494 /* Relocate against _SDA_BASE_. */ 8495 case R_PPC_SDAREL16: 8496 { 8497 const char *name; 8498 struct elf_link_hash_entry *sda = htab->sdata[0].sym; 8499 8500 if (sec == NULL 8501 || sec->output_section == NULL 8502 || !is_static_defined (sda)) 8503 { 8504 unresolved_reloc = TRUE; 8505 break; 8506 } 8507 addend -= SYM_VAL (sda); 8508 8509 name = bfd_get_section_name (output_bfd, sec->output_section); 8510 if (!(strcmp (name, ".sdata") == 0 8511 || strcmp (name, ".sbss") == 0)) 8512 { 8513 _bfd_error_handler 8514 /* xgettext:c-format */ 8515 (_("%pB: the target (%s) of a %s relocation is " 8516 "in the wrong output section (%s)"), 8517 input_bfd, 8518 sym_name, 8519 howto->name, 8520 name); 8521 } 8522 } 8523 break; 8524 8525 /* Relocate against _SDA2_BASE_. */ 8526 case R_PPC_EMB_SDA2REL: 8527 { 8528 const char *name; 8529 struct elf_link_hash_entry *sda = htab->sdata[1].sym; 8530 8531 if (sec == NULL 8532 || sec->output_section == NULL 8533 || !is_static_defined (sda)) 8534 { 8535 unresolved_reloc = TRUE; 8536 break; 8537 } 8538 addend -= SYM_VAL (sda); 8539 8540 name = bfd_get_section_name (output_bfd, sec->output_section); 8541 if (!(strcmp (name, ".sdata2") == 0 8542 || strcmp (name, ".sbss2") == 0)) 8543 { 8544 _bfd_error_handler 8545 /* xgettext:c-format */ 8546 (_("%pB: the target (%s) of a %s relocation is " 8547 "in the wrong output section (%s)"), 8548 input_bfd, 8549 sym_name, 8550 howto->name, 8551 name); 8552 } 8553 } 8554 break; 8555 8556 case R_PPC_VLE_LO16A: 8557 relocation = relocation + addend; 8558 ppc_elf_vle_split16 (input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset, 8559 contents + rel->r_offset, relocation, 8560 split16a_type, htab->params->vle_reloc_fixup); 8561 goto copy_reloc; 8562 8563 case R_PPC_VLE_LO16D: 8564 relocation = relocation + addend; 8565 ppc_elf_vle_split16 (input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset, 8566 contents + rel->r_offset, relocation, 8567 split16d_type, htab->params->vle_reloc_fixup); 8568 goto copy_reloc; 8569 8570 case R_PPC_VLE_HI16A: 8571 relocation = (relocation + addend) >> 16; 8572 ppc_elf_vle_split16 (input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset, 8573 contents + rel->r_offset, relocation, 8574 split16a_type, htab->params->vle_reloc_fixup); 8575 goto copy_reloc; 8576 8577 case R_PPC_VLE_HI16D: 8578 relocation = (relocation + addend) >> 16; 8579 ppc_elf_vle_split16 (input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset, 8580 contents + rel->r_offset, relocation, 8581 split16d_type, htab->params->vle_reloc_fixup); 8582 goto copy_reloc; 8583 8584 case R_PPC_VLE_HA16A: 8585 relocation = (relocation + addend + 0x8000) >> 16; 8586 ppc_elf_vle_split16 (input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset, 8587 contents + rel->r_offset, relocation, 8588 split16a_type, htab->params->vle_reloc_fixup); 8589 goto copy_reloc; 8590 8591 case R_PPC_VLE_HA16D: 8592 relocation = (relocation + addend + 0x8000) >> 16; 8593 ppc_elf_vle_split16 (input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset, 8594 contents + rel->r_offset, relocation, 8595 split16d_type, htab->params->vle_reloc_fixup); 8596 goto copy_reloc; 8597 8598 /* Relocate against either _SDA_BASE_, _SDA2_BASE_, or 0. */ 8599 case R_PPC_EMB_SDA21: 8600 case R_PPC_VLE_SDA21: 8601 case R_PPC_EMB_RELSDA: 8602 case R_PPC_VLE_SDA21_LO: 8603 { 8604 const char *name; 8605 int reg; 8606 unsigned int insn; 8607 struct elf_link_hash_entry *sda = NULL; 8608 8609 if (sec == NULL || sec->output_section == NULL) 8610 { 8611 unresolved_reloc = TRUE; 8612 break; 8613 } 8614 8615 name = bfd_get_section_name (output_bfd, sec->output_section); 8616 if (strcmp (name, ".sdata") == 0 8617 || strcmp (name, ".sbss") == 0) 8618 { 8619 reg = 13; 8620 sda = htab->sdata[0].sym; 8621 } 8622 else if (strcmp (name, ".sdata2") == 0 8623 || strcmp (name, ".sbss2") == 0) 8624 { 8625 reg = 2; 8626 sda = htab->sdata[1].sym; 8627 } 8628 else if (strcmp (name, ".PPC.EMB.sdata0") == 0 8629 || strcmp (name, ".PPC.EMB.sbss0") == 0) 8630 { 8631 reg = 0; 8632 } 8633 else 8634 { 8635 _bfd_error_handler 8636 /* xgettext:c-format */ 8637 (_("%pB: the target (%s) of a %s relocation is " 8638 "in the wrong output section (%s)"), 8639 input_bfd, 8640 sym_name, 8641 howto->name, 8642 name); 8643 8644 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value); 8645 ret = FALSE; 8646 goto copy_reloc; 8647 } 8648 8649 if (sda != NULL) 8650 { 8651 if (!is_static_defined (sda)) 8652 { 8653 unresolved_reloc = TRUE; 8654 break; 8655 } 8656 addend -= SYM_VAL (sda); 8657 } 8658 8659 insn = bfd_get_32 (input_bfd, contents + rel->r_offset); 8660 if (reg == 0 8661 && (r_type == R_PPC_VLE_SDA21 8662 || r_type == R_PPC_VLE_SDA21_LO)) 8663 { 8664 relocation = relocation + addend; 8665 addend = 0; 8666 8667 /* Force e_li insn, keeping RT from original insn. */ 8668 insn &= 0x1f << 21; 8669 insn |= 28u << 26; 8670 8671 /* We have an li20 field, bits 17..20, 11..15, 21..31. */ 8672 /* Top 4 bits of value to 17..20. */ 8673 insn |= (relocation & 0xf0000) >> 5; 8674 /* Next 5 bits of the value to 11..15. */ 8675 insn |= (relocation & 0xf800) << 5; 8676 /* And the final 11 bits of the value to bits 21 to 31. */ 8677 insn |= relocation & 0x7ff; 8678 8679 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, insn, contents + rel->r_offset); 8680 8681 if (r_type == R_PPC_VLE_SDA21 8682 && ((relocation + 0x80000) & 0xffffffff) > 0x100000) 8683 goto overflow; 8684 goto copy_reloc; 8685 } 8686 else if (r_type == R_PPC_EMB_SDA21 8687 || r_type == R_PPC_VLE_SDA21 8688 || r_type == R_PPC_VLE_SDA21_LO) 8689 { 8690 /* Fill in register field. */ 8691 insn = (insn & ~RA_REGISTER_MASK) | (reg << RA_REGISTER_SHIFT); 8692 } 8693 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, insn, contents + rel->r_offset); 8694 } 8695 break; 8696 8697 case R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_LO16A: 8698 case R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_LO16D: 8699 case R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HI16A: 8700 case R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HI16D: 8701 case R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HA16A: 8702 case R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HA16D: 8703 { 8704 bfd_vma value; 8705 const char *name; 8706 struct elf_link_hash_entry *sda = NULL; 8707 8708 if (sec == NULL || sec->output_section == NULL) 8709 { 8710 unresolved_reloc = TRUE; 8711 break; 8712 } 8713 8714 name = bfd_get_section_name (output_bfd, sec->output_section); 8715 if (strcmp (name, ".sdata") == 0 8716 || strcmp (name, ".sbss") == 0) 8717 sda = htab->sdata[0].sym; 8718 else if (strcmp (name, ".sdata2") == 0 8719 || strcmp (name, ".sbss2") == 0) 8720 sda = htab->sdata[1].sym; 8721 else 8722 { 8723 _bfd_error_handler 8724 /* xgettext:c-format */ 8725 (_("%pB: the target (%s) of a %s relocation is " 8726 "in the wrong output section (%s)"), 8727 input_bfd, 8728 sym_name, 8729 howto->name, 8730 name); 8731 8732 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value); 8733 ret = FALSE; 8734 goto copy_reloc; 8735 } 8736 8737 if (sda == NULL || !is_static_defined (sda)) 8738 { 8739 unresolved_reloc = TRUE; 8740 break; 8741 } 8742 value = relocation + addend - SYM_VAL (sda); 8743 8744 if (r_type == R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_LO16A) 8745 ppc_elf_vle_split16 (input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset, 8746 contents + rel->r_offset, value, 8747 split16a_type, 8748 htab->params->vle_reloc_fixup); 8749 else if (r_type == R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_LO16D) 8750 ppc_elf_vle_split16 (input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset, 8751 contents + rel->r_offset, value, 8752 split16d_type, 8753 htab->params->vle_reloc_fixup); 8754 else if (r_type == R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HI16A) 8755 { 8756 value = value >> 16; 8757 ppc_elf_vle_split16 (input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset, 8758 contents + rel->r_offset, value, 8759 split16a_type, 8760 htab->params->vle_reloc_fixup); 8761 } 8762 else if (r_type == R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HI16D) 8763 { 8764 value = value >> 16; 8765 ppc_elf_vle_split16 (input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset, 8766 contents + rel->r_offset, value, 8767 split16d_type, 8768 htab->params->vle_reloc_fixup); 8769 } 8770 else if (r_type == R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HA16A) 8771 { 8772 value = (value + 0x8000) >> 16; 8773 ppc_elf_vle_split16 (input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset, 8774 contents + rel->r_offset, value, 8775 split16a_type, 8776 htab->params->vle_reloc_fixup); 8777 } 8778 else if (r_type == R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HA16D) 8779 { 8780 value = (value + 0x8000) >> 16; 8781 ppc_elf_vle_split16 (input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset, 8782 contents + rel->r_offset, value, 8783 split16d_type, 8784 htab->params->vle_reloc_fixup); 8785 } 8786 } 8787 goto copy_reloc; 8788 8789 case R_PPC_VLE_ADDR20: 8790 ppc_elf_vle_split20 (output_bfd, contents + rel->r_offset, relocation); 8791 continue; 8792 8793 /* Relocate against the beginning of the section. */ 8794 case R_PPC_SECTOFF: 8795 case R_PPC_SECTOFF_LO: 8796 case R_PPC_SECTOFF_HI: 8797 case R_PPC_SECTOFF_HA: 8798 if (sec == NULL || sec->output_section == NULL) 8799 { 8800 unresolved_reloc = TRUE; 8801 break; 8802 } 8803 addend -= sec->output_section->vma; 8804 break; 8805 8806 /* Negative relocations. */ 8807 case R_PPC_EMB_NADDR32: 8808 case R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16: 8809 case R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_LO: 8810 case R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_HI: 8811 case R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_HA: 8812 addend -= 2 * relocation; 8813 break; 8814 8815 case R_PPC_COPY: 8816 case R_PPC_GLOB_DAT: 8817 case R_PPC_JMP_SLOT: 8818 case R_PPC_RELATIVE: 8819 case R_PPC_IRELATIVE: 8820 case R_PPC_PLT32: 8821 case R_PPC_PLTREL32: 8822 case R_PPC_ADDR30: 8823 case R_PPC_EMB_RELSEC16: 8824 case R_PPC_EMB_RELST_LO: 8825 case R_PPC_EMB_RELST_HI: 8826 case R_PPC_EMB_RELST_HA: 8827 case R_PPC_EMB_BIT_FLD: 8828 /* xgettext:c-format */ 8829 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: %s unsupported"), 8830 input_bfd, howto->name); 8831 8832 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation); 8833 ret = FALSE; 8834 goto copy_reloc; 8835 } 8836 8837 switch (r_type) 8838 { 8839 default: 8840 break; 8841 8842 case R_PPC_PLTCALL: 8843 if (unresolved_reloc) 8844 { 8845 bfd_byte *p = contents + rel->r_offset; 8846 unsigned int insn = bfd_get_32 (input_bfd, p); 8847 insn &= 1; 8848 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, B | insn, p); 8849 unresolved_reloc = save_unresolved_reloc; 8850 r_type = R_PPC_REL24; 8851 howto = ppc_elf_howto_table[r_type]; 8852 } 8853 else if (htab->plt_type != PLT_NEW) 8854 info->callbacks->einfo 8855 (_("%X%P: %H: %s relocation unsupported for bss-plt\n"), 8856 input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset, 8857 howto->name); 8858 break; 8859 8860 case R_PPC_PLTSEQ: 8861 case R_PPC_PLT16_HA: 8862 case R_PPC_PLT16_LO: 8863 if (unresolved_reloc) 8864 { 8865 bfd_byte *p = contents + (rel->r_offset & ~3); 8866 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, NOP, p); 8867 unresolved_reloc = FALSE; 8868 r_type = R_PPC_NONE; 8869 howto = ppc_elf_howto_table[r_type]; 8870 } 8871 else if (htab->plt_type != PLT_NEW) 8872 info->callbacks->einfo 8873 (_("%X%P: %H: %s relocation unsupported for bss-plt\n"), 8874 input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset, 8875 howto->name); 8876 break; 8877 } 8878 8879 /* Do any further special processing. */ 8880 switch (r_type) 8881 { 8882 default: 8883 break; 8884 8885 case R_PPC_ADDR16_HA: 8886 case R_PPC_REL16_HA: 8887 case R_PPC_REL16DX_HA: 8888 case R_PPC_SECTOFF_HA: 8889 case R_PPC_TPREL16_HA: 8890 case R_PPC_DTPREL16_HA: 8891 case R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_HA: 8892 case R_PPC_EMB_RELST_HA: 8893 /* It's just possible that this symbol is a weak symbol 8894 that's not actually defined anywhere. In that case, 8895 'sec' would be NULL, and we should leave the symbol 8896 alone (it will be set to zero elsewhere in the link). */ 8897 if (sec == NULL) 8898 break; 8899 /* Fall through. */ 8900 8901 case R_PPC_PLT16_HA: 8902 case R_PPC_GOT16_HA: 8903 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HA: 8904 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HA: 8905 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HA: 8906 case R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_HA: 8907 /* Add 0x10000 if sign bit in 0:15 is set. 8908 Bits 0:15 are not used. */ 8909 addend += 0x8000; 8910 break; 8911 8912 case R_PPC_ADDR16: 8913 case R_PPC_ADDR16_LO: 8914 case R_PPC_GOT16: 8915 case R_PPC_GOT16_LO: 8916 case R_PPC_SDAREL16: 8917 case R_PPC_SECTOFF: 8918 case R_PPC_SECTOFF_LO: 8919 case R_PPC_DTPREL16: 8920 case R_PPC_DTPREL16_LO: 8921 case R_PPC_TPREL16: 8922 case R_PPC_TPREL16_LO: 8923 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16: 8924 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_LO: 8925 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16: 8926 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_LO: 8927 case R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16: 8928 case R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_LO: 8929 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16: 8930 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_LO: 8931 { 8932 /* The 32-bit ABI lacks proper relocations to deal with 8933 certain 64-bit instructions. Prevent damage to bits 8934 that make up part of the insn opcode. */ 8935 unsigned int insn, mask, lobit; 8936 8937 insn = bfd_get_32 (input_bfd, 8938 contents + rel->r_offset - d_offset); 8939 mask = 0; 8940 if (is_insn_ds_form (insn)) 8941 mask = 3; 8942 else if (is_insn_dq_form (insn)) 8943 mask = 15; 8944 else 8945 break; 8946 relocation += addend; 8947 addend = insn & mask; 8948 lobit = mask & relocation; 8949 if (lobit != 0) 8950 { 8951 relocation ^= lobit; 8952 info->callbacks->einfo 8953 /* xgettext:c-format */ 8954 (_("%H: error: %s against `%s' not a multiple of %u\n"), 8955 input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset, 8956 howto->name, sym_name, mask + 1); 8957 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value); 8958 ret = FALSE; 8959 } 8960 } 8961 break; 8962 } 8963 8964 #ifdef DEBUG 8965 fprintf (stderr, "\ttype = %s (%d), name = %s, symbol index = %ld, " 8966 "offset = %ld, addend = %ld\n", 8967 howto->name, 8968 (int) r_type, 8969 sym_name, 8970 r_symndx, 8971 (long) rel->r_offset, 8972 (long) addend); 8973 #endif 8974 8975 if (unresolved_reloc 8976 && !((input_section->flags & SEC_DEBUGGING) != 0 8977 && h->def_dynamic) 8978 && _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd, info, input_section, 8979 rel->r_offset) != (bfd_vma) -1) 8980 { 8981 info->callbacks->einfo 8982 /* xgettext:c-format */ 8983 (_("%H: unresolvable %s relocation against symbol `%s'\n"), 8984 input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset, 8985 howto->name, 8986 sym_name); 8987 ret = FALSE; 8988 } 8989 8990 /* 16-bit fields in insns mostly have signed values, but a 8991 few insns have 16-bit unsigned values. Really, we should 8992 have different reloc types. */ 8993 if (howto->complain_on_overflow != complain_overflow_dont 8994 && howto->dst_mask == 0xffff 8995 && (input_section->flags & SEC_CODE) != 0) 8996 { 8997 enum complain_overflow complain = complain_overflow_signed; 8998 8999 if ((elf_section_flags (input_section) & SHF_PPC_VLE) == 0) 9000 { 9001 unsigned int insn; 9002 9003 insn = bfd_get_32 (input_bfd, contents + (rel->r_offset & ~3)); 9004 if ((insn & (0x3f << 26)) == 10u << 26 /* cmpli */) 9005 complain = complain_overflow_bitfield; 9006 else if ((insn & (0x3f << 26)) == 28u << 26 /* andi */ 9007 || (insn & (0x3f << 26)) == 24u << 26 /* ori */ 9008 || (insn & (0x3f << 26)) == 26u << 26 /* xori */) 9009 complain = complain_overflow_unsigned; 9010 } 9011 if (howto->complain_on_overflow != complain) 9012 { 9013 alt_howto = *howto; 9014 alt_howto.complain_on_overflow = complain; 9015 howto = &alt_howto; 9016 } 9017 } 9018 9019 if (r_type == R_PPC_REL16DX_HA) 9020 { 9021 /* Split field reloc isn't handled by _bfd_final_link_relocate. */ 9022 if (rel->r_offset + 4 > input_section->size) 9023 r = bfd_reloc_outofrange; 9024 else 9025 { 9026 unsigned int insn; 9027 9028 relocation += addend; 9029 relocation -= (rel->r_offset 9030 + input_section->output_offset 9031 + input_section->output_section->vma); 9032 relocation >>= 16; 9033 insn = bfd_get_32 (input_bfd, contents + rel->r_offset); 9034 insn &= ~0x1fffc1; 9035 insn |= (relocation & 0xffc1) | ((relocation & 0x3e) << 15); 9036 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, insn, contents + rel->r_offset); 9037 r = bfd_reloc_ok; 9038 } 9039 } 9040 else 9041 r = _bfd_final_link_relocate (howto, input_bfd, input_section, contents, 9042 rel->r_offset, relocation, addend); 9043 9044 if (r != bfd_reloc_ok) 9045 { 9046 if (r == bfd_reloc_overflow) 9047 { 9048 overflow: 9049 /* On code like "if (foo) foo();" don't report overflow 9050 on a branch to zero when foo is undefined. */ 9051 if (!warned 9052 && !(h != NULL 9053 && (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak 9054 || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefined) 9055 && is_branch_reloc (r_type))) 9056 info->callbacks->reloc_overflow 9057 (info, (h ? &h->root : NULL), sym_name, howto->name, 9058 rel->r_addend, input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset); 9059 } 9060 else 9061 { 9062 info->callbacks->einfo 9063 /* xgettext:c-format */ 9064 (_("%H: %s reloc against `%s': error %d\n"), 9065 input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset, 9066 howto->name, sym_name, (int) r); 9067 ret = FALSE; 9068 } 9069 } 9070 copy_reloc: 9071 if (wrel != rel) 9072 *wrel = *rel; 9073 } 9074 9075 if (wrel != rel) 9076 { 9077 Elf_Internal_Shdr *rel_hdr; 9078 size_t deleted = rel - wrel; 9079 9080 rel_hdr = _bfd_elf_single_rel_hdr (input_section->output_section); 9081 rel_hdr->sh_size -= rel_hdr->sh_entsize * deleted; 9082 if (rel_hdr->sh_size == 0) 9083 { 9084 /* It is too late to remove an empty reloc section. Leave 9085 one NONE reloc. 9086 ??? What is wrong with an empty section??? */ 9087 rel_hdr->sh_size = rel_hdr->sh_entsize; 9088 deleted -= 1; 9089 wrel++; 9090 } 9091 relend = wrel; 9092 rel_hdr = _bfd_elf_single_rel_hdr (input_section); 9093 rel_hdr->sh_size -= rel_hdr->sh_entsize * deleted; 9094 input_section->reloc_count -= deleted; 9095 } 9096 9097 #ifdef DEBUG 9098 fprintf (stderr, "\n"); 9099 #endif 9100 9101 if (input_section->sec_info_type == SEC_INFO_TYPE_TARGET 9102 && input_section->size != input_section->rawsize 9103 && (strcmp (input_section->output_section->name, ".init") == 0 9104 || strcmp (input_section->output_section->name, ".fini") == 0)) 9105 { 9106 /* Branch around the trampolines. */ 9107 unsigned int insn = B + input_section->size - input_section->rawsize; 9108 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, insn, contents + input_section->rawsize); 9109 } 9110 9111 if (htab->params->ppc476_workaround 9112 && input_section->sec_info_type == SEC_INFO_TYPE_TARGET 9113 && (!bfd_link_relocatable (info) 9114 || (input_section->output_section->alignment_power 9115 >= htab->params->pagesize_p2))) 9116 { 9117 bfd_vma start_addr, end_addr, addr; 9118 bfd_vma pagesize = (bfd_vma) 1 << htab->params->pagesize_p2; 9119 9120 if (relax_info->workaround_size != 0) 9121 { 9122 bfd_byte *p; 9123 unsigned int n; 9124 bfd_byte fill[4]; 9125 9126 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, BA, fill); 9127 p = contents + input_section->size - relax_info->workaround_size; 9128 n = relax_info->workaround_size >> 2; 9129 while (n--) 9130 { 9131 memcpy (p, fill, 4); 9132 p += 4; 9133 } 9134 } 9135 9136 /* The idea is: Replace the last instruction on a page with a 9137 branch to a patch area. Put the insn there followed by a 9138 branch back to the next page. Complicated a little by 9139 needing to handle moved conditional branches, and by not 9140 wanting to touch data-in-text. */ 9141 9142 start_addr = (input_section->output_section->vma 9143 + input_section->output_offset); 9144 end_addr = (start_addr + input_section->size 9145 - relax_info->workaround_size); 9146 for (addr = ((start_addr & -pagesize) + pagesize - 4); 9147 addr < end_addr; 9148 addr += pagesize) 9149 { 9150 bfd_vma offset = addr - start_addr; 9151 Elf_Internal_Rela *lo, *hi; 9152 bfd_boolean is_data; 9153 bfd_vma patch_off, patch_addr; 9154 unsigned int insn; 9155 9156 /* Do we have a data reloc at this offset? If so, leave 9157 the word alone. */ 9158 is_data = FALSE; 9159 lo = relocs; 9160 hi = relend; 9161 rel = NULL; 9162 while (lo < hi) 9163 { 9164 rel = lo + (hi - lo) / 2; 9165 if (rel->r_offset < offset) 9166 lo = rel + 1; 9167 else if (rel->r_offset > offset + 3) 9168 hi = rel; 9169 else 9170 { 9171 switch (ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info)) 9172 { 9173 case R_PPC_ADDR32: 9174 case R_PPC_UADDR32: 9175 case R_PPC_REL32: 9176 case R_PPC_ADDR30: 9177 is_data = TRUE; 9178 break; 9179 default: 9180 break; 9181 } 9182 break; 9183 } 9184 } 9185 if (is_data) 9186 continue; 9187 9188 /* Some instructions can be left alone too. Unconditional 9189 branches, except for bcctr with BO=0x14 (bctr, bctrl), 9190 avoid the icache failure. 9191 9192 The problem occurs due to prefetch across a page boundary 9193 where stale instructions can be fetched from the next 9194 page, and the mechanism for flushing these bad 9195 instructions fails under certain circumstances. The 9196 unconditional branches: 9197 1) Branch: b, bl, ba, bla, 9198 2) Branch Conditional: bc, bca, bcl, bcla, 9199 3) Branch Conditional to Link Register: bclr, bclrl, 9200 where (2) and (3) have BO=0x14 making them unconditional, 9201 prevent the bad prefetch because the prefetch itself is 9202 affected by these instructions. This happens even if the 9203 instruction is not executed. 9204 9205 A bctr example: 9206 . 9207 . lis 9,new_page@ha 9208 . addi 9,9,new_page@l 9209 . mtctr 9 9210 . bctr 9211 . nop 9212 . nop 9213 . new_page: 9214 . 9215 The bctr is not predicted taken due to ctr not being 9216 ready, so prefetch continues on past the bctr into the 9217 new page which might have stale instructions. If they 9218 fail to be flushed, then they will be executed after the 9219 bctr executes. Either of the following modifications 9220 prevent the bad prefetch from happening in the first 9221 place: 9222 . 9223 . lis 9,new_page@ha lis 9,new_page@ha 9224 . addi 9,9,new_page@l addi 9,9,new_page@l 9225 . mtctr 9 mtctr 9 9226 . bctr bctr 9227 . nop b somewhere_else 9228 . b somewhere_else nop 9229 . new_page: new_page: 9230 . */ 9231 insn = bfd_get_32 (input_bfd, contents + offset); 9232 if ((insn & (0x3f << 26)) == (18u << 26) /* b,bl,ba,bla */ 9233 || ((insn & (0x3f << 26)) == (16u << 26) /* bc,bcl,bca,bcla*/ 9234 && (insn & (0x14 << 21)) == (0x14 << 21)) /* with BO=0x14 */ 9235 || ((insn & (0x3f << 26)) == (19u << 26) 9236 && (insn & (0x3ff << 1)) == (16u << 1) /* bclr,bclrl */ 9237 && (insn & (0x14 << 21)) == (0x14 << 21)))/* with BO=0x14 */ 9238 continue; 9239 9240 patch_addr = (start_addr + input_section->size 9241 - relax_info->workaround_size); 9242 patch_addr = (patch_addr + 15) & -16; 9243 patch_off = patch_addr - start_addr; 9244 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, B + patch_off - offset, contents + offset); 9245 9246 if (rel != NULL 9247 && rel->r_offset >= offset 9248 && rel->r_offset < offset + 4) 9249 { 9250 asection *sreloc; 9251 9252 /* If the insn we are patching had a reloc, adjust the 9253 reloc r_offset so that the reloc applies to the moved 9254 location. This matters for -r and --emit-relocs. */ 9255 if (rel + 1 != relend) 9256 { 9257 Elf_Internal_Rela tmp = *rel; 9258 9259 /* Keep the relocs sorted by r_offset. */ 9260 memmove (rel, rel + 1, (relend - (rel + 1)) * sizeof (*rel)); 9261 relend[-1] = tmp; 9262 } 9263 relend[-1].r_offset += patch_off - offset; 9264 9265 /* Adjust REL16 addends too. */ 9266 switch (ELF32_R_TYPE (relend[-1].r_info)) 9267 { 9268 case R_PPC_REL16: 9269 case R_PPC_REL16_LO: 9270 case R_PPC_REL16_HI: 9271 case R_PPC_REL16_HA: 9272 relend[-1].r_addend += patch_off - offset; 9273 break; 9274 default: 9275 break; 9276 } 9277 9278 /* If we are building a PIE or shared library with 9279 non-PIC objects, perhaps we had a dynamic reloc too? 9280 If so, the dynamic reloc must move with the insn. */ 9281 sreloc = elf_section_data (input_section)->sreloc; 9282 if (sreloc != NULL) 9283 { 9284 Elf32_External_Rela *slo, *shi, *srelend; 9285 bfd_vma soffset; 9286 9287 slo = (Elf32_External_Rela *) sreloc->contents; 9288 shi = srelend = slo + sreloc->reloc_count; 9289 soffset = (offset + input_section->output_section->vma 9290 + input_section->output_offset); 9291 while (slo < shi) 9292 { 9293 Elf32_External_Rela *srel = slo + (shi - slo) / 2; 9294 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_in (output_bfd, (bfd_byte *) srel, 9295 &outrel); 9296 if (outrel.r_offset < soffset) 9297 slo = srel + 1; 9298 else if (outrel.r_offset > soffset + 3) 9299 shi = srel; 9300 else 9301 { 9302 if (srel + 1 != srelend) 9303 { 9304 memmove (srel, srel + 1, 9305 (srelend - (srel + 1)) * sizeof (*srel)); 9306 srel = srelend - 1; 9307 } 9308 outrel.r_offset += patch_off - offset; 9309 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &outrel, 9310 (bfd_byte *) srel); 9311 break; 9312 } 9313 } 9314 } 9315 } 9316 else 9317 rel = NULL; 9318 9319 if ((insn & (0x3f << 26)) == (16u << 26) /* bc */ 9320 && (insn & 2) == 0 /* relative */) 9321 { 9322 bfd_vma delta = ((insn & 0xfffc) ^ 0x8000) - 0x8000; 9323 9324 delta += offset - patch_off; 9325 if (bfd_link_relocatable (info) && rel != NULL) 9326 delta = 0; 9327 if (!bfd_link_relocatable (info) && rel != NULL) 9328 { 9329 enum elf_ppc_reloc_type r_type; 9330 9331 r_type = ELF32_R_TYPE (relend[-1].r_info); 9332 if (r_type == R_PPC_REL14_BRTAKEN) 9333 insn |= BRANCH_PREDICT_BIT; 9334 else if (r_type == R_PPC_REL14_BRNTAKEN) 9335 insn &= ~BRANCH_PREDICT_BIT; 9336 else 9337 BFD_ASSERT (r_type == R_PPC_REL14); 9338 9339 if ((r_type == R_PPC_REL14_BRTAKEN 9340 || r_type == R_PPC_REL14_BRNTAKEN) 9341 && delta + 0x8000 < 0x10000 9342 && (bfd_signed_vma) delta < 0) 9343 insn ^= BRANCH_PREDICT_BIT; 9344 } 9345 if (delta + 0x8000 < 0x10000) 9346 { 9347 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, 9348 (insn & ~0xfffc) | (delta & 0xfffc), 9349 contents + patch_off); 9350 patch_off += 4; 9351 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, 9352 B | ((offset + 4 - patch_off) & 0x3fffffc), 9353 contents + patch_off); 9354 patch_off += 4; 9355 } 9356 else 9357 { 9358 if (rel != NULL) 9359 { 9360 unsigned int r_sym = ELF32_R_SYM (relend[-1].r_info); 9361 9362 relend[-1].r_offset += 8; 9363 relend[-1].r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (r_sym, R_PPC_REL24); 9364 } 9365 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, 9366 (insn & ~0xfffc) | 8, 9367 contents + patch_off); 9368 patch_off += 4; 9369 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, 9370 B | ((offset + 4 - patch_off) & 0x3fffffc), 9371 contents + patch_off); 9372 patch_off += 4; 9373 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, 9374 B | ((delta - 8) & 0x3fffffc), 9375 contents + patch_off); 9376 patch_off += 4; 9377 } 9378 } 9379 else 9380 { 9381 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, insn, contents + patch_off); 9382 patch_off += 4; 9383 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, 9384 B | ((offset + 4 - patch_off) & 0x3fffffc), 9385 contents + patch_off); 9386 patch_off += 4; 9387 } 9388 BFD_ASSERT (patch_off <= input_section->size); 9389 relax_info->workaround_size = input_section->size - patch_off; 9390 } 9391 } 9392 9393 return ret; 9394 } 9395 9396 /* Write out the PLT relocs and entries for H. */ 9397 9398 static bfd_boolean 9399 write_global_sym_plt (struct elf_link_hash_entry *h, void *inf) 9400 { 9401 struct bfd_link_info *info = (struct bfd_link_info *) inf; 9402 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab = ppc_elf_hash_table (info); 9403 struct plt_entry *ent; 9404 bfd_boolean doneone; 9405 9406 doneone = FALSE; 9407 for (ent = h->plt.plist; ent != NULL; ent = ent->next) 9408 if (ent->plt.offset != (bfd_vma) -1) 9409 { 9410 if (!doneone) 9411 { 9412 Elf_Internal_Rela rela; 9413 bfd_byte *loc; 9414 bfd_vma reloc_index; 9415 asection *plt = htab->elf.splt; 9416 asection *relplt = htab->elf.srelplt; 9417 9418 if (htab->plt_type == PLT_NEW 9419 || !htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created 9420 || h->dynindx == -1) 9421 reloc_index = ent->plt.offset / 4; 9422 else 9423 { 9424 reloc_index = ((ent->plt.offset - htab->plt_initial_entry_size) 9425 / htab->plt_slot_size); 9426 if (reloc_index > PLT_NUM_SINGLE_ENTRIES 9427 && htab->plt_type == PLT_OLD) 9428 reloc_index -= (reloc_index - PLT_NUM_SINGLE_ENTRIES) / 2; 9429 } 9430 9431 /* This symbol has an entry in the procedure linkage table. 9432 Set it up. */ 9433 if (htab->plt_type == PLT_VXWORKS 9434 && htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created 9435 && h->dynindx != -1) 9436 { 9437 bfd_vma got_offset; 9438 const bfd_vma *plt_entry; 9439 9440 /* The first three entries in .got.plt are reserved. */ 9441 got_offset = (reloc_index + 3) * 4; 9442 9443 /* Use the right PLT. */ 9444 plt_entry = bfd_link_pic (info) ? ppc_elf_vxworks_pic_plt_entry 9445 : ppc_elf_vxworks_plt_entry; 9446 9447 /* Fill in the .plt on VxWorks. */ 9448 if (bfd_link_pic (info)) 9449 { 9450 bfd_put_32 (info->output_bfd, 9451 plt_entry[0] | PPC_HA (got_offset), 9452 plt->contents + ent->plt.offset + 0); 9453 bfd_put_32 (info->output_bfd, 9454 plt_entry[1] | PPC_LO (got_offset), 9455 plt->contents + ent->plt.offset + 4); 9456 } 9457 else 9458 { 9459 bfd_vma got_loc = got_offset + SYM_VAL (htab->elf.hgot); 9460 9461 bfd_put_32 (info->output_bfd, 9462 plt_entry[0] | PPC_HA (got_loc), 9463 plt->contents + ent->plt.offset + 0); 9464 bfd_put_32 (info->output_bfd, 9465 plt_entry[1] | PPC_LO (got_loc), 9466 plt->contents + ent->plt.offset + 4); 9467 } 9468 9469 bfd_put_32 (info->output_bfd, plt_entry[2], 9470 plt->contents + ent->plt.offset + 8); 9471 bfd_put_32 (info->output_bfd, plt_entry[3], 9472 plt->contents + ent->plt.offset + 12); 9473 9474 /* This instruction is an immediate load. The value loaded is 9475 the byte offset of the R_PPC_JMP_SLOT relocation from the 9476 start of the .rela.plt section. The value is stored in the 9477 low-order 16 bits of the load instruction. */ 9478 /* NOTE: It appears that this is now an index rather than a 9479 prescaled offset. */ 9480 bfd_put_32 (info->output_bfd, 9481 plt_entry[4] | reloc_index, 9482 plt->contents + ent->plt.offset + 16); 9483 /* This instruction is a PC-relative branch whose target is 9484 the start of the PLT section. The address of this branch 9485 instruction is 20 bytes beyond the start of this PLT entry. 9486 The address is encoded in bits 6-29, inclusive. The value 9487 stored is right-shifted by two bits, permitting a 26-bit 9488 offset. */ 9489 bfd_put_32 (info->output_bfd, 9490 (plt_entry[5] 9491 | (-(ent->plt.offset + 20) & 0x03fffffc)), 9492 plt->contents + ent->plt.offset + 20); 9493 bfd_put_32 (info->output_bfd, plt_entry[6], 9494 plt->contents + ent->plt.offset + 24); 9495 bfd_put_32 (info->output_bfd, plt_entry[7], 9496 plt->contents + ent->plt.offset + 28); 9497 9498 /* Fill in the GOT entry corresponding to this PLT slot with 9499 the address immediately after the "bctr" instruction 9500 in this PLT entry. */ 9501 bfd_put_32 (info->output_bfd, (plt->output_section->vma 9502 + plt->output_offset 9503 + ent->plt.offset + 16), 9504 htab->elf.sgotplt->contents + got_offset); 9505 9506 if (!bfd_link_pic (info)) 9507 { 9508 /* Fill in a couple of entries in .rela.plt.unloaded. */ 9509 loc = htab->srelplt2->contents 9510 + ((VXWORKS_PLTRESOLVE_RELOCS + reloc_index 9511 * VXWORKS_PLT_NON_JMP_SLOT_RELOCS) 9512 * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela)); 9513 9514 /* Provide the @ha relocation for the first instruction. */ 9515 rela.r_offset = (plt->output_section->vma 9516 + plt->output_offset 9517 + ent->plt.offset + 2); 9518 rela.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->elf.hgot->indx, 9519 R_PPC_ADDR16_HA); 9520 rela.r_addend = got_offset; 9521 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (info->output_bfd, &rela, loc); 9522 loc += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela); 9523 9524 /* Provide the @l relocation for the second instruction. */ 9525 rela.r_offset = (plt->output_section->vma 9526 + plt->output_offset 9527 + ent->plt.offset + 6); 9528 rela.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->elf.hgot->indx, 9529 R_PPC_ADDR16_LO); 9530 rela.r_addend = got_offset; 9531 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (info->output_bfd, &rela, loc); 9532 loc += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela); 9533 9534 /* Provide a relocation for the GOT entry corresponding to this 9535 PLT slot. Point it at the middle of the .plt entry. */ 9536 rela.r_offset = (htab->elf.sgotplt->output_section->vma 9537 + htab->elf.sgotplt->output_offset 9538 + got_offset); 9539 rela.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->elf.hplt->indx, 9540 R_PPC_ADDR32); 9541 rela.r_addend = ent->plt.offset + 16; 9542 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (info->output_bfd, &rela, loc); 9543 } 9544 9545 /* VxWorks uses non-standard semantics for R_PPC_JMP_SLOT. 9546 In particular, the offset for the relocation is not the 9547 address of the PLT entry for this function, as specified 9548 by the ABI. Instead, the offset is set to the address of 9549 the GOT slot for this function. See EABI 4.4.4.1. */ 9550 rela.r_offset = (htab->elf.sgotplt->output_section->vma 9551 + htab->elf.sgotplt->output_offset 9552 + got_offset); 9553 rela.r_addend = 0; 9554 } 9555 else 9556 { 9557 rela.r_addend = 0; 9558 if (!htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created 9559 || h->dynindx == -1) 9560 { 9561 if (h->type == STT_GNU_IFUNC) 9562 { 9563 plt = htab->elf.iplt; 9564 relplt = htab->elf.irelplt; 9565 } 9566 else 9567 { 9568 plt = htab->pltlocal; 9569 relplt = bfd_link_pic (info) ? htab->relpltlocal : NULL; 9570 } 9571 if (h->def_regular 9572 && (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined 9573 || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak)) 9574 rela.r_addend = SYM_VAL (h); 9575 } 9576 9577 if (relplt == NULL) 9578 { 9579 loc = plt->contents + ent->plt.offset; 9580 bfd_put_32 (info->output_bfd, rela.r_addend, loc); 9581 } 9582 else 9583 { 9584 rela.r_offset = (plt->output_section->vma 9585 + plt->output_offset 9586 + ent->plt.offset); 9587 9588 if (htab->plt_type == PLT_OLD 9589 || !htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created 9590 || h->dynindx == -1) 9591 { 9592 /* We don't need to fill in the .plt. The ppc dynamic 9593 linker will fill it in. */ 9594 } 9595 else 9596 { 9597 bfd_vma val = (htab->glink_pltresolve + ent->plt.offset 9598 + htab->glink->output_section->vma 9599 + htab->glink->output_offset); 9600 bfd_put_32 (info->output_bfd, val, 9601 plt->contents + ent->plt.offset); 9602 } 9603 } 9604 } 9605 9606 if (relplt != NULL) 9607 { 9608 /* Fill in the entry in the .rela.plt section. */ 9609 if (!htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created 9610 || h->dynindx == -1) 9611 { 9612 if (h->type == STT_GNU_IFUNC) 9613 rela.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_PPC_IRELATIVE); 9614 else 9615 rela.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_PPC_RELATIVE); 9616 loc = relplt->contents + (relplt->reloc_count++ 9617 * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela)); 9618 htab->local_ifunc_resolver = 1; 9619 } 9620 else 9621 { 9622 rela.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (h->dynindx, R_PPC_JMP_SLOT); 9623 loc = relplt->contents + (reloc_index 9624 * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela)); 9625 if (h->type == STT_GNU_IFUNC && is_static_defined (h)) 9626 htab->maybe_local_ifunc_resolver = 1; 9627 } 9628 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (info->output_bfd, &rela, loc); 9629 } 9630 doneone = TRUE; 9631 } 9632 9633 if (htab->plt_type == PLT_NEW 9634 || !htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created 9635 || h->dynindx == -1) 9636 { 9637 unsigned char *p; 9638 asection *plt = htab->elf.splt; 9639 9640 if (!htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created 9641 || h->dynindx == -1) 9642 { 9643 if (h->type == STT_GNU_IFUNC) 9644 plt = htab->elf.iplt; 9645 else 9646 break; 9647 } 9648 9649 p = (unsigned char *) htab->glink->contents + ent->glink_offset; 9650 write_glink_stub (h, ent, plt, p, info); 9651 9652 if (!bfd_link_pic (info)) 9653 /* We only need one non-PIC glink stub. */ 9654 break; 9655 } 9656 else 9657 break; 9658 } 9659 return TRUE; 9660 } 9661 9662 /* Finish up PLT handling. */ 9663 9664 bfd_boolean 9665 ppc_finish_symbols (struct bfd_link_info *info) 9666 { 9667 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab = ppc_elf_hash_table (info); 9668 bfd *ibfd; 9669 9670 if (!htab) 9671 return TRUE; 9672 9673 elf_link_hash_traverse (&htab->elf, write_global_sym_plt, info); 9674 9675 for (ibfd = info->input_bfds; ibfd != NULL; ibfd = ibfd->link.next) 9676 { 9677 bfd_vma *local_got, *end_local_got; 9678 struct plt_entry **local_plt, **lplt, **end_local_plt; 9679 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr; 9680 bfd_size_type locsymcount; 9681 Elf_Internal_Sym *local_syms = NULL; 9682 struct plt_entry *ent; 9683 9684 if (!is_ppc_elf (ibfd)) 9685 continue; 9686 9687 local_got = elf_local_got_offsets (ibfd); 9688 if (!local_got) 9689 continue; 9690 9691 symtab_hdr = &elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd); 9692 locsymcount = symtab_hdr->sh_info; 9693 end_local_got = local_got + locsymcount; 9694 local_plt = (struct plt_entry **) end_local_got; 9695 end_local_plt = local_plt + locsymcount; 9696 for (lplt = local_plt; lplt < end_local_plt; ++lplt) 9697 for (ent = *lplt; ent != NULL; ent = ent->next) 9698 { 9699 if (ent->plt.offset != (bfd_vma) -1) 9700 { 9701 Elf_Internal_Sym *sym; 9702 asection *sym_sec; 9703 asection *plt, *relplt; 9704 bfd_byte *loc; 9705 bfd_vma val; 9706 Elf_Internal_Rela rela; 9707 9708 if (!get_sym_h (NULL, &sym, &sym_sec, NULL, &local_syms, 9709 lplt - local_plt, ibfd)) 9710 { 9711 if (local_syms != NULL 9712 && symtab_hdr->contents != (unsigned char *) local_syms) 9713 free (local_syms); 9714 return FALSE; 9715 } 9716 9717 val = sym->st_value; 9718 if (sym_sec != NULL && sym_sec->output_section != NULL) 9719 val += sym_sec->output_offset + sym_sec->output_section->vma; 9720 9721 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (sym->st_info) == STT_GNU_IFUNC) 9722 { 9723 htab->local_ifunc_resolver = 1; 9724 plt = htab->elf.iplt; 9725 relplt = htab->elf.irelplt; 9726 rela.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_PPC_IRELATIVE); 9727 } 9728 else 9729 { 9730 plt = htab->pltlocal; 9731 if (bfd_link_pic (info)) 9732 { 9733 relplt = htab->relpltlocal; 9734 rela.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_PPC_RELATIVE); 9735 } 9736 else 9737 { 9738 loc = plt->contents + ent->plt.offset; 9739 bfd_put_32 (info->output_bfd, val, loc); 9740 continue; 9741 } 9742 } 9743 9744 rela.r_offset = (ent->plt.offset 9745 + plt->output_offset 9746 + plt->output_section->vma); 9747 rela.r_addend = val; 9748 loc = relplt->contents + (relplt->reloc_count++ 9749 * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela)); 9750 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (info->output_bfd, &rela, loc); 9751 } 9752 if ((ent->glink_offset & 1) == 0) 9753 { 9754 unsigned char *p = ((unsigned char *) htab->glink->contents 9755 + ent->glink_offset); 9756 9757 write_glink_stub (NULL, ent, htab->elf.iplt, p, info); 9758 ent->glink_offset |= 1; 9759 } 9760 } 9761 9762 if (local_syms != NULL 9763 && symtab_hdr->contents != (unsigned char *) local_syms) 9764 { 9765 if (!info->keep_memory) 9766 free (local_syms); 9767 else 9768 symtab_hdr->contents = (unsigned char *) local_syms; 9769 } 9770 } 9771 return TRUE; 9772 } 9773 9774 /* Finish up dynamic symbol handling. We set the contents of various 9775 dynamic sections here. */ 9776 9777 static bfd_boolean 9778 ppc_elf_finish_dynamic_symbol (bfd *output_bfd, 9779 struct bfd_link_info *info, 9780 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h, 9781 Elf_Internal_Sym *sym) 9782 { 9783 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab = ppc_elf_hash_table (info); 9784 struct plt_entry *ent; 9785 9786 #ifdef DEBUG 9787 fprintf (stderr, "ppc_elf_finish_dynamic_symbol called for %s", 9788 h->root.root.string); 9789 #endif 9790 9791 if (!h->def_regular 9792 || (h->type == STT_GNU_IFUNC && !bfd_link_pic (info))) 9793 for (ent = h->plt.plist; ent != NULL; ent = ent->next) 9794 if (ent->plt.offset != (bfd_vma) -1) 9795 { 9796 if (!h->def_regular) 9797 { 9798 /* Mark the symbol as undefined, rather than as 9799 defined in the .plt section. Leave the value if 9800 there were any relocations where pointer equality 9801 matters (this is a clue for the dynamic linker, to 9802 make function pointer comparisons work between an 9803 application and shared library), otherwise set it 9804 to zero. */ 9805 sym->st_shndx = SHN_UNDEF; 9806 if (!h->pointer_equality_needed) 9807 sym->st_value = 0; 9808 else if (!h->ref_regular_nonweak) 9809 { 9810 /* This breaks function pointer comparisons, but 9811 that is better than breaking tests for a NULL 9812 function pointer. */ 9813 sym->st_value = 0; 9814 } 9815 } 9816 else 9817 { 9818 /* Set the value of ifunc symbols in a non-pie 9819 executable to the glink entry. This is to avoid 9820 text relocations. We can't do this for ifunc in 9821 allocate_dynrelocs, as we do for normal dynamic 9822 function symbols with plt entries, because we need 9823 to keep the original value around for the ifunc 9824 relocation. */ 9825 sym->st_shndx 9826 = (_bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section 9827 (info->output_bfd, htab->glink->output_section)); 9828 sym->st_value = (ent->glink_offset 9829 + htab->glink->output_offset 9830 + htab->glink->output_section->vma); 9831 } 9832 break; 9833 } 9834 9835 if (h->needs_copy) 9836 { 9837 asection *s; 9838 Elf_Internal_Rela rela; 9839 bfd_byte *loc; 9840 9841 /* This symbols needs a copy reloc. Set it up. */ 9842 9843 #ifdef DEBUG 9844 fprintf (stderr, ", copy"); 9845 #endif 9846 9847 BFD_ASSERT (h->dynindx != -1); 9848 9849 if (ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->has_sda_refs) 9850 s = htab->relsbss; 9851 else if (h->root.u.def.section == htab->elf.sdynrelro) 9852 s = htab->elf.sreldynrelro; 9853 else 9854 s = htab->elf.srelbss; 9855 BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL); 9856 9857 rela.r_offset = SYM_VAL (h); 9858 rela.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (h->dynindx, R_PPC_COPY); 9859 rela.r_addend = 0; 9860 loc = s->contents + s->reloc_count++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela); 9861 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &rela, loc); 9862 } 9863 9864 #ifdef DEBUG 9865 fprintf (stderr, "\n"); 9866 #endif 9867 9868 return TRUE; 9869 } 9870 9871 static enum elf_reloc_type_class 9872 ppc_elf_reloc_type_class (const struct bfd_link_info *info, 9873 const asection *rel_sec, 9874 const Elf_Internal_Rela *rela) 9875 { 9876 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab = ppc_elf_hash_table (info); 9877 9878 if (rel_sec == htab->elf.irelplt) 9879 return reloc_class_ifunc; 9880 9881 switch (ELF32_R_TYPE (rela->r_info)) 9882 { 9883 case R_PPC_RELATIVE: 9884 return reloc_class_relative; 9885 case R_PPC_JMP_SLOT: 9886 return reloc_class_plt; 9887 case R_PPC_COPY: 9888 return reloc_class_copy; 9889 default: 9890 return reloc_class_normal; 9891 } 9892 } 9893 9894 /* Finish up the dynamic sections. */ 9895 9896 static bfd_boolean 9897 ppc_elf_finish_dynamic_sections (bfd *output_bfd, 9898 struct bfd_link_info *info) 9899 { 9900 asection *sdyn; 9901 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab; 9902 bfd_vma got; 9903 bfd *dynobj; 9904 bfd_boolean ret = TRUE; 9905 9906 #ifdef DEBUG 9907 fprintf (stderr, "ppc_elf_finish_dynamic_sections called\n"); 9908 #endif 9909 9910 htab = ppc_elf_hash_table (info); 9911 dynobj = htab->elf.dynobj; 9912 sdyn = bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj, ".dynamic"); 9913 9914 got = 0; 9915 if (htab->elf.hgot != NULL) 9916 got = SYM_VAL (htab->elf.hgot); 9917 9918 if (htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created) 9919 { 9920 Elf32_External_Dyn *dyncon, *dynconend; 9921 9922 BFD_ASSERT (htab->elf.splt != NULL && sdyn != NULL); 9923 9924 dyncon = (Elf32_External_Dyn *) sdyn->contents; 9925 dynconend = (Elf32_External_Dyn *) (sdyn->contents + sdyn->size); 9926 for (; dyncon < dynconend; dyncon++) 9927 { 9928 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn; 9929 asection *s; 9930 9931 bfd_elf32_swap_dyn_in (dynobj, dyncon, &dyn); 9932 9933 switch (dyn.d_tag) 9934 { 9935 case DT_PLTGOT: 9936 if (htab->is_vxworks) 9937 s = htab->elf.sgotplt; 9938 else 9939 s = htab->elf.splt; 9940 dyn.d_un.d_ptr = s->output_section->vma + s->output_offset; 9941 break; 9942 9943 case DT_PLTRELSZ: 9944 dyn.d_un.d_val = htab->elf.srelplt->size; 9945 break; 9946 9947 case DT_JMPREL: 9948 s = htab->elf.srelplt; 9949 dyn.d_un.d_ptr = s->output_section->vma + s->output_offset; 9950 break; 9951 9952 case DT_PPC_GOT: 9953 dyn.d_un.d_ptr = got; 9954 break; 9955 9956 case DT_TEXTREL: 9957 if (htab->local_ifunc_resolver) 9958 info->callbacks->einfo 9959 (_("%X%P: text relocations and GNU indirect " 9960 "functions will result in a segfault at runtime\n")); 9961 else if (htab->maybe_local_ifunc_resolver) 9962 info->callbacks->einfo 9963 (_("%P: warning: text relocations and GNU indirect " 9964 "functions may result in a segfault at runtime\n")); 9965 continue; 9966 9967 default: 9968 if (htab->is_vxworks 9969 && elf_vxworks_finish_dynamic_entry (output_bfd, &dyn)) 9970 break; 9971 continue; 9972 } 9973 9974 bfd_elf32_swap_dyn_out (output_bfd, &dyn, dyncon); 9975 } 9976 } 9977 9978 if (htab->elf.sgot != NULL 9979 && htab->elf.sgot->output_section != bfd_abs_section_ptr) 9980 { 9981 if (htab->elf.hgot->root.u.def.section == htab->elf.sgot 9982 || htab->elf.hgot->root.u.def.section == htab->elf.sgotplt) 9983 { 9984 unsigned char *p = htab->elf.hgot->root.u.def.section->contents; 9985 9986 p += htab->elf.hgot->root.u.def.value; 9987 if (htab->plt_type == PLT_OLD) 9988 { 9989 /* Add a blrl instruction at _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_-4 9990 so that a function can easily find the address of 9991 _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_. */ 9992 BFD_ASSERT (htab->elf.hgot->root.u.def.value - 4 9993 < htab->elf.hgot->root.u.def.section->size); 9994 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, 0x4e800021, p - 4); 9995 } 9996 9997 if (sdyn != NULL) 9998 { 9999 bfd_vma val = sdyn->output_section->vma + sdyn->output_offset; 10000 BFD_ASSERT (htab->elf.hgot->root.u.def.value 10001 < htab->elf.hgot->root.u.def.section->size); 10002 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, val, p); 10003 } 10004 } 10005 else 10006 { 10007 /* xgettext:c-format */ 10008 _bfd_error_handler (_("%s not defined in linker created %pA"), 10009 htab->elf.hgot->root.root.string, 10010 (htab->elf.sgotplt != NULL 10011 ? htab->elf.sgotplt : htab->elf.sgot)); 10012 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value); 10013 ret = FALSE; 10014 } 10015 10016 elf_section_data (htab->elf.sgot->output_section)->this_hdr.sh_entsize = 4; 10017 } 10018 10019 /* Fill in the first entry in the VxWorks procedure linkage table. */ 10020 if (htab->is_vxworks 10021 && htab->elf.splt != NULL 10022 && htab->elf.splt->size != 0 10023 && htab->elf.splt->output_section != bfd_abs_section_ptr) 10024 { 10025 asection *splt = htab->elf.splt; 10026 /* Use the right PLT. */ 10027 const bfd_vma *plt_entry = (bfd_link_pic (info) 10028 ? ppc_elf_vxworks_pic_plt0_entry 10029 : ppc_elf_vxworks_plt0_entry); 10030 10031 if (!bfd_link_pic (info)) 10032 { 10033 bfd_vma got_value = SYM_VAL (htab->elf.hgot); 10034 10035 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[0] | PPC_HA (got_value), 10036 splt->contents + 0); 10037 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[1] | PPC_LO (got_value), 10038 splt->contents + 4); 10039 } 10040 else 10041 { 10042 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[0], splt->contents + 0); 10043 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[1], splt->contents + 4); 10044 } 10045 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[2], splt->contents + 8); 10046 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[3], splt->contents + 12); 10047 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[4], splt->contents + 16); 10048 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[5], splt->contents + 20); 10049 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[6], splt->contents + 24); 10050 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[7], splt->contents + 28); 10051 10052 if (! bfd_link_pic (info)) 10053 { 10054 Elf_Internal_Rela rela; 10055 bfd_byte *loc; 10056 10057 loc = htab->srelplt2->contents; 10058 10059 /* Output the @ha relocation for the first instruction. */ 10060 rela.r_offset = (htab->elf.splt->output_section->vma 10061 + htab->elf.splt->output_offset 10062 + 2); 10063 rela.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->elf.hgot->indx, R_PPC_ADDR16_HA); 10064 rela.r_addend = 0; 10065 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &rela, loc); 10066 loc += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela); 10067 10068 /* Output the @l relocation for the second instruction. */ 10069 rela.r_offset = (htab->elf.splt->output_section->vma 10070 + htab->elf.splt->output_offset 10071 + 6); 10072 rela.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->elf.hgot->indx, R_PPC_ADDR16_LO); 10073 rela.r_addend = 0; 10074 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &rela, loc); 10075 loc += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela); 10076 10077 /* Fix up the remaining relocations. They may have the wrong 10078 symbol index for _G_O_T_ or _P_L_T_ depending on the order 10079 in which symbols were output. */ 10080 while (loc < htab->srelplt2->contents + htab->srelplt2->size) 10081 { 10082 Elf_Internal_Rela rel; 10083 10084 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_in (output_bfd, loc, &rel); 10085 rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->elf.hgot->indx, R_PPC_ADDR16_HA); 10086 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_out (output_bfd, &rel, loc); 10087 loc += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela); 10088 10089 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_in (output_bfd, loc, &rel); 10090 rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->elf.hgot->indx, R_PPC_ADDR16_LO); 10091 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_out (output_bfd, &rel, loc); 10092 loc += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela); 10093 10094 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_in (output_bfd, loc, &rel); 10095 rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->elf.hplt->indx, R_PPC_ADDR32); 10096 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_out (output_bfd, &rel, loc); 10097 loc += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela); 10098 } 10099 } 10100 } 10101 10102 if (htab->glink != NULL 10103 && htab->glink->contents != NULL 10104 && htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created) 10105 { 10106 unsigned char *p; 10107 unsigned char *endp; 10108 bfd_vma res0; 10109 10110 /* 10111 * PIC glink code is the following: 10112 * 10113 * # ith PLT code stub. 10114 * addis 11,30,(plt+(i-1)*4-got)@ha 10115 * lwz 11,(plt+(i-1)*4-got)@l(11) 10116 * mtctr 11 10117 * bctr 10118 * 10119 * # A table of branches, one for each plt entry. 10120 * # The idea is that the plt call stub loads ctr and r11 with these 10121 * # addresses, so (r11 - res_0) gives the plt index * 4. 10122 * res_0: b PLTresolve 10123 * res_1: b PLTresolve 10124 * . 10125 * # Some number of entries towards the end can be nops 10126 * res_n_m3: nop 10127 * res_n_m2: nop 10128 * res_n_m1: 10129 * 10130 * PLTresolve: 10131 * addis 11,11,(1f-res_0)@ha 10132 * mflr 0 10133 * bcl 20,31,1f 10134 * 1: addi 11,11,(1b-res_0)@l 10135 * mflr 12 10136 * mtlr 0 10137 * sub 11,11,12 # r11 = index * 4 10138 * addis 12,12,(got+4-1b)@ha 10139 * lwz 0,(got+4-1b)@l(12) # got[1] address of dl_runtime_resolve 10140 * lwz 12,(got+8-1b)@l(12) # got[2] contains the map address 10141 * mtctr 0 10142 * add 0,11,11 10143 * add 11,0,11 # r11 = index * 12 = reloc offset. 10144 * bctr 10145 * 10146 * Non-PIC glink code is a little simpler. 10147 * 10148 * # ith PLT code stub. 10149 * lis 11,(plt+(i-1)*4)@ha 10150 * lwz 11,(plt+(i-1)*4)@l(11) 10151 * mtctr 11 10152 * bctr 10153 * 10154 * The branch table is the same, then comes 10155 * 10156 * PLTresolve: 10157 * lis 12,(got+4)@ha 10158 * addis 11,11,(-res_0)@ha 10159 * lwz 0,(got+4)@l(12) # got[1] address of dl_runtime_resolve 10160 * addi 11,11,(-res_0)@l # r11 = index * 4 10161 * mtctr 0 10162 * add 0,11,11 10163 * lwz 12,(got+8)@l(12) # got[2] contains the map address 10164 * add 11,0,11 # r11 = index * 12 = reloc offset. 10165 * bctr 10166 */ 10167 10168 /* Build the branch table, one for each plt entry (less one), 10169 and perhaps some padding. */ 10170 p = htab->glink->contents; 10171 p += htab->glink_pltresolve; 10172 endp = htab->glink->contents; 10173 endp += htab->glink->size - GLINK_PLTRESOLVE; 10174 while (p < endp - (htab->params->ppc476_workaround ? 0 : 8 * 4)) 10175 { 10176 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, B + endp - p, p); 10177 p += 4; 10178 } 10179 while (p < endp) 10180 { 10181 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, NOP, p); 10182 p += 4; 10183 } 10184 10185 res0 = (htab->glink_pltresolve 10186 + htab->glink->output_section->vma 10187 + htab->glink->output_offset); 10188 10189 if (htab->params->ppc476_workaround) 10190 { 10191 /* Ensure that a call stub at the end of a page doesn't 10192 result in prefetch over the end of the page into the 10193 glink branch table. */ 10194 bfd_vma pagesize = (bfd_vma) 1 << htab->params->pagesize_p2; 10195 bfd_vma page_addr; 10196 bfd_vma glink_start = (htab->glink->output_section->vma 10197 + htab->glink->output_offset); 10198 10199 for (page_addr = res0 & -pagesize; 10200 page_addr > glink_start; 10201 page_addr -= pagesize) 10202 { 10203 /* We have a plt call stub that may need fixing. */ 10204 bfd_byte *loc; 10205 unsigned int insn; 10206 10207 loc = htab->glink->contents + page_addr - 4 - glink_start; 10208 insn = bfd_get_32 (output_bfd, loc); 10209 if (insn == BCTR) 10210 { 10211 /* By alignment, we know that there must be at least 10212 one other call stub before this one. */ 10213 insn = bfd_get_32 (output_bfd, loc - 16); 10214 if (insn == BCTR) 10215 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, B | (-16 & 0x3fffffc), loc); 10216 else 10217 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, B | (-20 & 0x3fffffc), loc); 10218 } 10219 } 10220 } 10221 10222 /* Last comes the PLTresolve stub. */ 10223 endp = p + GLINK_PLTRESOLVE; 10224 if (bfd_link_pic (info)) 10225 { 10226 bfd_vma bcl; 10227 10228 bcl = (htab->glink->size - GLINK_PLTRESOLVE + 3*4 10229 + htab->glink->output_section->vma 10230 + htab->glink->output_offset); 10231 10232 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, ADDIS_11_11 + PPC_HA (bcl - res0), p); 10233 p += 4; 10234 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, MFLR_0, p); 10235 p += 4; 10236 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, BCL_20_31, p); 10237 p += 4; 10238 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, ADDI_11_11 + PPC_LO (bcl - res0), p); 10239 p += 4; 10240 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, MFLR_12, p); 10241 p += 4; 10242 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, MTLR_0, p); 10243 p += 4; 10244 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, SUB_11_11_12, p); 10245 p += 4; 10246 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, ADDIS_12_12 + PPC_HA (got + 4 - bcl), p); 10247 p += 4; 10248 if (PPC_HA (got + 4 - bcl) == PPC_HA (got + 8 - bcl)) 10249 { 10250 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, LWZ_0_12 + PPC_LO (got + 4 - bcl), p); 10251 p += 4; 10252 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, LWZ_12_12 + PPC_LO (got + 8 - bcl), p); 10253 p += 4; 10254 } 10255 else 10256 { 10257 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, LWZU_0_12 + PPC_LO (got + 4 - bcl), p); 10258 p += 4; 10259 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, LWZ_12_12 + 4, p); 10260 p += 4; 10261 } 10262 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, MTCTR_0, p); 10263 p += 4; 10264 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, ADD_0_11_11, p); 10265 } 10266 else 10267 { 10268 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, LIS_12 + PPC_HA (got + 4), p); 10269 p += 4; 10270 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, ADDIS_11_11 + PPC_HA (-res0), p); 10271 p += 4; 10272 if (PPC_HA (got + 4) == PPC_HA (got + 8)) 10273 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, LWZ_0_12 + PPC_LO (got + 4), p); 10274 else 10275 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, LWZU_0_12 + PPC_LO (got + 4), p); 10276 p += 4; 10277 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, ADDI_11_11 + PPC_LO (-res0), p); 10278 p += 4; 10279 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, MTCTR_0, p); 10280 p += 4; 10281 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, ADD_0_11_11, p); 10282 p += 4; 10283 if (PPC_HA (got + 4) == PPC_HA (got + 8)) 10284 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, LWZ_12_12 + PPC_LO (got + 8), p); 10285 else 10286 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, LWZ_12_12 + 4, p); 10287 } 10288 p += 4; 10289 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, ADD_11_0_11, p); 10290 p += 4; 10291 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, BCTR, p); 10292 p += 4; 10293 while (p < endp) 10294 { 10295 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, 10296 htab->params->ppc476_workaround ? BA : NOP, p); 10297 p += 4; 10298 } 10299 BFD_ASSERT (p == endp); 10300 } 10301 10302 if (htab->glink_eh_frame != NULL 10303 && htab->glink_eh_frame->contents != NULL) 10304 { 10305 unsigned char *p = htab->glink_eh_frame->contents; 10306 bfd_vma val; 10307 10308 p += sizeof (glink_eh_frame_cie); 10309 /* FDE length. */ 10310 p += 4; 10311 /* CIE pointer. */ 10312 p += 4; 10313 /* Offset to .glink. */ 10314 val = (htab->glink->output_section->vma 10315 + htab->glink->output_offset); 10316 val -= (htab->glink_eh_frame->output_section->vma 10317 + htab->glink_eh_frame->output_offset); 10318 val -= p - htab->glink_eh_frame->contents; 10319 bfd_put_32 (htab->elf.dynobj, val, p); 10320 10321 if (htab->glink_eh_frame->sec_info_type == SEC_INFO_TYPE_EH_FRAME 10322 && !_bfd_elf_write_section_eh_frame (output_bfd, info, 10323 htab->glink_eh_frame, 10324 htab->glink_eh_frame->contents)) 10325 return FALSE; 10326 } 10327 10328 return ret; 10329 } 10330 10331 #define TARGET_LITTLE_SYM powerpc_elf32_le_vec 10332 #define TARGET_LITTLE_NAME "elf32-powerpcle" 10333 #define TARGET_BIG_SYM powerpc_elf32_vec 10334 #define TARGET_BIG_NAME "elf32-powerpc" 10335 #define ELF_ARCH bfd_arch_powerpc 10336 #define ELF_TARGET_ID PPC32_ELF_DATA 10337 #define ELF_MACHINE_CODE EM_PPC 10338 #define ELF_MAXPAGESIZE 0x10000 10339 #define ELF_COMMONPAGESIZE 0x1000 10340 #define ELF_RELROPAGESIZE ELF_MAXPAGESIZE 10341 #define elf_info_to_howto ppc_elf_info_to_howto 10342 10343 #ifdef EM_CYGNUS_POWERPC 10344 #define ELF_MACHINE_ALT1 EM_CYGNUS_POWERPC 10345 #endif 10346 10347 #ifdef EM_PPC_OLD 10348 #define ELF_MACHINE_ALT2 EM_PPC_OLD 10349 #endif 10350 10351 #define elf_backend_plt_not_loaded 1 10352 #define elf_backend_want_dynrelro 1 10353 #define elf_backend_can_gc_sections 1 10354 #define elf_backend_can_refcount 1 10355 #define elf_backend_rela_normal 1 10356 #define elf_backend_caches_rawsize 1 10357 10358 #define bfd_elf32_mkobject ppc_elf_mkobject 10359 #define bfd_elf32_bfd_merge_private_bfd_data ppc_elf_merge_private_bfd_data 10360 #define bfd_elf32_bfd_relax_section ppc_elf_relax_section 10361 #define bfd_elf32_bfd_reloc_type_lookup ppc_elf_reloc_type_lookup 10362 #define bfd_elf32_bfd_reloc_name_lookup ppc_elf_reloc_name_lookup 10363 #define bfd_elf32_bfd_set_private_flags ppc_elf_set_private_flags 10364 #define bfd_elf32_bfd_link_hash_table_create ppc_elf_link_hash_table_create 10365 #define bfd_elf32_get_synthetic_symtab ppc_elf_get_synthetic_symtab 10366 10367 #define elf_backend_object_p ppc_elf_object_p 10368 #define elf_backend_gc_mark_hook ppc_elf_gc_mark_hook 10369 #define elf_backend_section_from_shdr ppc_elf_section_from_shdr 10370 #define elf_backend_relocate_section ppc_elf_relocate_section 10371 #define elf_backend_create_dynamic_sections ppc_elf_create_dynamic_sections 10372 #define elf_backend_check_relocs ppc_elf_check_relocs 10373 #define elf_backend_relocs_compatible _bfd_elf_relocs_compatible 10374 #define elf_backend_copy_indirect_symbol ppc_elf_copy_indirect_symbol 10375 #define elf_backend_adjust_dynamic_symbol ppc_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol 10376 #define elf_backend_add_symbol_hook ppc_elf_add_symbol_hook 10377 #define elf_backend_size_dynamic_sections ppc_elf_size_dynamic_sections 10378 #define elf_backend_hash_symbol ppc_elf_hash_symbol 10379 #define elf_backend_finish_dynamic_symbol ppc_elf_finish_dynamic_symbol 10380 #define elf_backend_finish_dynamic_sections ppc_elf_finish_dynamic_sections 10381 #define elf_backend_fake_sections ppc_elf_fake_sections 10382 #define elf_backend_additional_program_headers ppc_elf_additional_program_headers 10383 #define elf_backend_modify_segment_map ppc_elf_modify_segment_map 10384 #define elf_backend_grok_prstatus ppc_elf_grok_prstatus 10385 #define elf_backend_grok_psinfo ppc_elf_grok_psinfo 10386 #define elf_backend_write_core_note ppc_elf_write_core_note 10387 #define elf_backend_reloc_type_class ppc_elf_reloc_type_class 10388 #define elf_backend_begin_write_processing ppc_elf_begin_write_processing 10389 #define elf_backend_final_write_processing ppc_elf_final_write_processing 10390 #define elf_backend_write_section ppc_elf_write_section 10391 #define elf_backend_get_sec_type_attr ppc_elf_get_sec_type_attr 10392 #define elf_backend_plt_sym_val ppc_elf_plt_sym_val 10393 #define elf_backend_action_discarded ppc_elf_action_discarded 10394 #define elf_backend_init_index_section _bfd_elf_init_1_index_section 10395 #define elf_backend_lookup_section_flags_hook ppc_elf_lookup_section_flags 10396 10397 #include "elf32-target.h" 10398 10399 /* FreeBSD Target */ 10400 10401 #undef TARGET_LITTLE_SYM 10402 #undef TARGET_LITTLE_NAME 10403 10404 #undef TARGET_BIG_SYM 10405 #define TARGET_BIG_SYM powerpc_elf32_fbsd_vec 10406 #undef TARGET_BIG_NAME 10407 #define TARGET_BIG_NAME "elf32-powerpc-freebsd" 10408 10409 #undef ELF_OSABI 10410 #define ELF_OSABI ELFOSABI_FREEBSD 10411 10412 #undef elf32_bed 10413 #define elf32_bed elf32_powerpc_fbsd_bed 10414 10415 #include "elf32-target.h" 10416 10417 /* VxWorks Target */ 10418 10419 #undef TARGET_LITTLE_SYM 10420 #undef TARGET_LITTLE_NAME 10421 10422 #undef TARGET_BIG_SYM 10423 #define TARGET_BIG_SYM powerpc_elf32_vxworks_vec 10424 #undef TARGET_BIG_NAME 10425 #define TARGET_BIG_NAME "elf32-powerpc-vxworks" 10426 10427 #undef ELF_OSABI 10428 10429 /* VxWorks uses the elf default section flags for .plt. */ 10430 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section * 10431 ppc_elf_vxworks_get_sec_type_attr (bfd *abfd, asection *sec) 10432 { 10433 if (sec->name == NULL) 10434 return NULL; 10435 10436 if (strcmp (sec->name, ".plt") == 0) 10437 return _bfd_elf_get_sec_type_attr (abfd, sec); 10438 10439 return ppc_elf_get_sec_type_attr (abfd, sec); 10440 } 10441 10442 /* Like ppc_elf_link_hash_table_create, but overrides 10443 appropriately for VxWorks. */ 10444 static struct bfd_link_hash_table * 10445 ppc_elf_vxworks_link_hash_table_create (bfd *abfd) 10446 { 10447 struct bfd_link_hash_table *ret; 10448 10449 ret = ppc_elf_link_hash_table_create (abfd); 10450 if (ret) 10451 { 10452 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab 10453 = (struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *)ret; 10454 htab->is_vxworks = 1; 10455 htab->plt_type = PLT_VXWORKS; 10456 htab->plt_entry_size = VXWORKS_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE; 10457 htab->plt_slot_size = VXWORKS_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE; 10458 htab->plt_initial_entry_size = VXWORKS_PLT_INITIAL_ENTRY_SIZE; 10459 } 10460 return ret; 10461 } 10462 10463 /* Tweak magic VxWorks symbols as they are loaded. */ 10464 static bfd_boolean 10465 ppc_elf_vxworks_add_symbol_hook (bfd *abfd, 10466 struct bfd_link_info *info, 10467 Elf_Internal_Sym *sym, 10468 const char **namep, 10469 flagword *flagsp, 10470 asection **secp, 10471 bfd_vma *valp) 10472 { 10473 if (!elf_vxworks_add_symbol_hook (abfd, info, sym, namep, flagsp, secp, 10474 valp)) 10475 return FALSE; 10476 10477 return ppc_elf_add_symbol_hook (abfd, info, sym, namep, flagsp, secp, valp); 10478 } 10479 10480 static void 10481 ppc_elf_vxworks_final_write_processing (bfd *abfd, bfd_boolean linker) 10482 { 10483 ppc_elf_final_write_processing (abfd, linker); 10484 elf_vxworks_final_write_processing (abfd, linker); 10485 } 10486 10487 /* On VxWorks, we emit relocations against _PROCEDURE_LINKAGE_TABLE_, so 10488 define it. */ 10489 #undef elf_backend_want_plt_sym 10490 #define elf_backend_want_plt_sym 1 10491 #undef elf_backend_want_got_plt 10492 #define elf_backend_want_got_plt 1 10493 #undef elf_backend_got_symbol_offset 10494 #define elf_backend_got_symbol_offset 0 10495 #undef elf_backend_plt_not_loaded 10496 #define elf_backend_plt_not_loaded 0 10497 #undef elf_backend_plt_readonly 10498 #define elf_backend_plt_readonly 1 10499 #undef elf_backend_got_header_size 10500 #define elf_backend_got_header_size 12 10501 #undef elf_backend_dtrel_excludes_plt 10502 #define elf_backend_dtrel_excludes_plt 1 10503 10504 #undef bfd_elf32_get_synthetic_symtab 10505 10506 #undef bfd_elf32_bfd_link_hash_table_create 10507 #define bfd_elf32_bfd_link_hash_table_create \ 10508 ppc_elf_vxworks_link_hash_table_create 10509 #undef elf_backend_add_symbol_hook 10510 #define elf_backend_add_symbol_hook \ 10511 ppc_elf_vxworks_add_symbol_hook 10512 #undef elf_backend_link_output_symbol_hook 10513 #define elf_backend_link_output_symbol_hook \ 10514 elf_vxworks_link_output_symbol_hook 10515 #undef elf_backend_final_write_processing 10516 #define elf_backend_final_write_processing \ 10517 ppc_elf_vxworks_final_write_processing 10518 #undef elf_backend_get_sec_type_attr 10519 #define elf_backend_get_sec_type_attr \ 10520 ppc_elf_vxworks_get_sec_type_attr 10521 #undef elf_backend_emit_relocs 10522 #define elf_backend_emit_relocs \ 10523 elf_vxworks_emit_relocs 10524 10525 #undef elf32_bed 10526 #define elf32_bed ppc_elf_vxworks_bed 10527 #undef elf_backend_post_process_headers 10528 10529 #include "elf32-target.h" 10530